FMA Regs

LAWS OF MALAYSIA
ACT 139
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY ACT 1967 (REVISED - 1974)
Incorporating latest amendment - Act A1268 /2006
&
REGULATIONS
1.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (MINERAL DUST) REGULATIONS, 1989.
2.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (NOISE EXPOSURE) REGULATIONS, 1989.
3.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (BUILDING OPERATIONS AND WORKS OF
ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION) (SAFETY) REGULATIONS, 1986.
4.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (ASBESTOS PROCESS) REGULATIONS, 1986.
5.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (LEAD) REGULATIONS, 1984.
6.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (SAFETY, HEALTH AND WELFARE)

REGULATIONS, 1970.
7.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (FENCING OF MACHINERY AND SAFETY)

REGULATIONS,1970.
8.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (PERSONS-IN-CHARGE) REGULATIONS, 1970.
9.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY--

EXAMINATIONS) REGULATIONS, 1970.
10.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS, 1970.
11.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (ELECTRIC PASSENGER AND GOODS LIFT)

REGULATIONS, 1970.
12.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (COMPOUNDABLE OFFENCES) REGULATIONS,

1978.
12.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (COMPOUNDING OF OFFENCES) RULES 1978.
14.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (NOTIFICATION, CERTIFICATION OF FITNESS

AND INSPECTION) REGULATIONS, 1970.
15.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (STEAM BOILER AND UNFIRED PRESSURE

VESSEL) REGULATIONS, 1970.
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (MINERAL DUST) REGULATIONS 1989
___________________________
ARRANGEMENT OF REGULATIONS
___________________________
Preamble
PART I - PRELIMINARY
Regulation 1. Citation and commencement.

Regulation 2. Interpretation.
Regulation 3. Application.
Regulation 4. Obligations of occupier and employee.
Regulation 5. Sand blasting.
PART II - PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMIT
Regulation 6. Permissible exposure limit.

Regulation 7. Permissible exposure limit when using respirators.
PART III - EXPOSURE MONITORING
Regulation 8. General.
Regulation 9. Initial employee exposure monitoring.
Regulation 10. Frequency of monitoring.
Regulation 11. Additional monitoring.
Regulation 12. Employee notification.
Regulation 13. Method of monitoring and analysis: Competent person to conduct monitoring.
PART IV - METHODS OF COMPLIANCE
Regulation 14. Control equipment.

Regulation 15. Operation of control equipment, inspection and examination.
Regulation 16. Water spray.
Regulation 17. Respiratory protection.
PART V - PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Regulation 19. Instruction on use of personal protective equipment.
Regulation 20. Protective equipment to be clean and stored in a locker: Protective equipment not
to be used by other persons.
PART VI - HOUSEKEEPING
Regulation 21. Surfaces.

Regulation 22. Cleaning.
PART VII - MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS
Regulation 23. Medical examination.

Regulation 24. Prescribed medical examination.
Regulation 25. Report of medical examination.
Regulation 26. Further examination.
Regulation 27. Duty to take protective measures where pneumoconiosis has occured.
PART VIII - CHANGING ROOMS AND LOCKERS
Regulation 28. Changing rooms and lockers.
PART IX - EMPLOYEE INFORMATION AND TRAINING
Regulation 29. Training.
PART X - RECORD KEEPING
Regulation 30. Medical reports and records.

Regulation 31. Personal monitoring records.
Regulation 32. Availability of records.
Regulation 33. Transfer of records.
PART XI - WARNING SIGNS
Regulation 34. Warning sign.
PART XII - MISCELLANEOUS
Regulation 35. Amendment of Schedule.

Regulation 36. Penalty.
SCHEDULE.
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (MINERAL DUST) REGULATIONS 1989
Preamble.
IN exercise of the powers conferred by subsection (1) of section 56 of the Factories and
Machinery Act 1967 [Act 139], the Minister makes the following regulations :
PART I – PRELIMINARY

These Regulations may be cited as the Factories and Machinery (Mineral Dust) Regulations
1989 and shall come into force on the 1st February 1989.
In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires -
"action level" means half of the value of the permissible exposure limit;
"approved" means approved by the Chief Inspector in writing;
"breathing air", in relation to an employee, means air that is or may be breathed by that
employee;
"competent person" means an employee or any other person appointed by an occupier and
approved by the Chief Inspector to carry out any inspection, examination or test on control
equipment installed in the factory or to carry out employee exposure monitoring;
"control equipment" means water spray equipment or exhaust equipment or any other approved
dust removal equipment;
"crystalline silica" means a crystalline form of free silica which includes quartz, cristobalite and
tridymite;
"dust collector" means a bag, bin, or other receptacle for collecting dust and which forms part of
or is installed in connection with exhaust equipment;
"employee" means a person employed in a factory by the occupier or by any person who
contracts with the occupier to carry out the whole or any part of any work undertaken by the
occupier in the course of and for the purpose of the occupier's trade or business;
"exhaust equipment" means equipment for removing dust by means of an exhaust draught
produced by mechanical means;
"free silica" means silicon dioxide which is not combined with any other element or compound;
"mineral" means any of the substances listed in the Schedule;

"mineral dust" means dust of mineral;
"mineral process", in relation to a factory, means a manufacturing process involving the use,
application, removing, mixing or other handling of mineral, but does not include the cleaning of
premises, plant, equipment, furniture or fittings of the factory;
"mineral processing area" means a workroom or part of a factory in which a mineral process is
carried on;
"permissible exposure limit" means the maximum allowable concentration of mineral dust an
employee may be exposed to;
"personal sample" means a dust sample collected in the breathing zone of an employee by
means of a sampling device directly attached to the employee and worn continuously during all
work and rest operations;
"pneumoconiosis" means an accumulation of dust of solid inanimate particles in the lungs and the
tissue reactions to its presence;
"prescribed area" means a workroom or other part of a factory where mineral process is carried
on, but where -
(a) it would not be practical for such process to be so carried on if control equipment were
implemented; or
(b) due to the nature of the process, it would not be practical for control equipment to be
installed;
"prescribed work" means the cleaning (including the emptying of dust collector), inspection,
examination, and testing of a processing area, or any plant, equipment, furniture or fittings in such
area, or that used for the removal of mineral dust;
"protection factor" means the ratio of the ambient air concentration to the concentration inside the
face piece of the respiratory protective equipment;
[Ins. P.U.(A) 105/89]
"registered medical practitioner" means a medical practitioner registered under the Medical Act
1971 [Act 50];
"respirable dust" means that fraction of airborne dust collected on a filtering media during
personal sampling which penetrates through a size selector with the following characteriestics :
Aerodynamic Diameter % passing

(micrometer) pre-selector
(unit density sphere)
2 90
2.5 75
3.5 50
5.0 25
10 0
"sandblasting" means the cleaning, smoothing, roughening, cutting, preparation or removal of the
surface or part of the surface of any building, ship or article by the use of sand or other
substances containing crystalline silica propelled by a blast of compressed air or steam or by a
wheel or by any similar means;
"spray equipment" means equipment for removing airborne dust by means of water spray; and
"total dust" means the airborne dust collected on a filtering media during personal sampling.
These Regulations shall apply to all factories in which any mineral process is carried on.
Regulation 4. Obligations of occupier and employee.
(1) Every occupier who is engaged in any mineral process shall comply with these Regulations.
(2) Every employee shall -
(a) wear and make full and proper use of the protective clothing, respiratory protective
equipment and any other protective equipment provided for his use in pursuance of these
Regulations;
(b) make full and proper use of the changing room and the locker or lockers for changing
and storage of street clothing, protective clothing, respiratory protective equipment and
other protective equipment where such changing room and lockers or lockers have been
provided for his use;
(c) immediately report to the occupier any defect in any control equipment, protective
clothing, respiratory protective equipment, any other protective equipment or any other
thing provided in the factory, on his becoming aware of the existence of any such defect;
and
(d) undergo any medical examinations or tests arranged by the occupier in pursuance to
these Regulations
Regulation 5. Sand blasting.
Sand blasting process shall not be used in any factory, except with the prior written approval of
the Chief Inspector.
[Am. P.U.(A) 105/89]

(1) No employee shall be exposed to mineral dust, containing free silica less than 1 per cent in
weight, at a concentration greater than 5 milligram per meter cube of respirable dust or 10
milligram per meter cube of total dust averaged over an eight-hour period.
(2) No employee shall be exposed to crystalline silica at a concentration greater than -
(a) 0.05 milligram per metre cube of respirable cristobalite; or
(b) 0.1 milligram per metre cube of respirable quartz; or
(c) 0.05 milligram per metre cube of respirable tridymite,
averaged over an eight-hour period.
Regulation 7. Permissible exposure limit when using respirators.
When respirators are used to supplement control equipment to comply with the limits specified in
regulation 6 and all the provisions of these Regulations have been met, employee exposure, for
the purpose of determining whether the occupier has complied with the limits specified in
regulation 6, may be considered to be at the level provided by the protection factor of the
respirator for those periods the respirator is worn.
(1) For the purposes of this Part, employee exposure is the exposure which would occur if the
employee is not using a respirator.
(2) Every occupier who is engaged in any mineral process shall conduct employee exposure
monitoring to determine if any employee may be exposed to mineral dust at or above the action
level.
(3) For the purpose of sub-regulation (2), the occupier shall collect personal samples for full shift,
or for at least seven continuous hours, including at least one sample from each shift for each job
classification in each work area.
(4) A full shift personal sample shall be representative of the monitored employee's regular, daily
exposure to mineral dust.
An occupier shall conduct an initial employee exposure monitoring for all employees working in a
mineral processing area within six months from the date these Regulations take effect or within
three months from the day the employee commences work--
(a) to determine the percentage of free silica (by weight) in the mineral dust that the
employee is exposed to; and
(b) in pursuance to the requirement of regulation 8 (2).
Regulation 10. Frequency of monitoring.
(1) If the employee exposure monitoring conducted under regulation 8 reveals employee
exposure to be below the action level, the monitoring need not be repeated except as otherwise
provided by regulation 11.
exposure to be at or above the action level but below the limits specified in regulation 6, the
occupier shall repeat monitoring in accordance with this Part at least once in every six months.
The occupier shall continue monitoring at the required frequency until at least two consecutive
measurements, taken at least seven days apart, are below the action level, at which time the
occupier may discontinue monitoring for that employee except as otherwise provided by
regulation 11.
(3) If the employee exposure monitoring conducted under regulation 8 reveals that employee
exposure is above the limits specified in regulation 6 the occupier shall repeat monitoring once in
every three months. The occupier shall continue monitoring at the required frequency until at
least two consecutive measurements, taken at least seven days apart, are below the limits
specified in regulation 6 but at or above the action level, at which time the occupier may repeat
monitoring for that employee at the frequency specified in sub-regulation (2).
Whenever there has been a production, process, control equipment or personnel change which
may result in new or additional exposure to mineral dust, or wherever the occupier has any other
reason to suspect a change which may result in new or additional exposure to mineral dust,
additional monitoring in accordance with this Part shall be conducted within thirty days from the
date of such change or changes.
(1) Within two weeks after the receipt of employee exposure monitoring results, the occupier shall
notify each employee of the results of the monitoring.
(2) Whenever the results indicate that the representative employee exposure, without regard to
the use of respirator, exceeds the limits specified in regulation 6, the occupier shall notify the
employee that the limits specified in regulation 6 were exceeded.
Regulation 13. Method of monitoring and analysis: Competent person to

conduct monitoring.
(1) The occupier shall use an approved method of monitoring and analysis.
(2) Employee exposure monitoring shall be conducted by a competent person.

Regulation 14. Control equipment.
The occupier shall implement control equipment to reduce and maintain employee exposure to
mineral dust below the limits specified in regulation 6.
Regulation 15. Operation of control equipment, inspection and

examination.
(1) The control equipment provided in pursuance to regulation 14 in connection with any
machinery, plant or working area shall be operated at all times while such machinery or plant is in
operation, and for such time thereafter as is necessary to comply with the limits specified in
regulation 6.
(2) Such control equipment shall -
(a) be inspected by a competent person at least once in every seven days, or at such
more frequent intervals as an Inspector may, by notice in writing to the occupier, require;
and
(b) be examined and tested by a competent person at intervals not longer than six
months.
(3) A competent person making an inspection, examination or test referred to in sub-regulation (2)
shall forthwith make a report to the occupier of the fact of and matters disclosed by the
inspection, examination or test and every such report shall be kept in the factory for a period of at
least two years.
[Am. P.U.(A) 105/89]

Regulation 16. Water spray.
(1) The water spray produced by the water spray equipment shall be as evenly distributed as
possible and shall cover the entire surface of the mineral processing area.
(2) The size of water droplets of the water spray shall, as far as is practicable, be of optimal size
to ensure maximum removal of airborne mineral dust.
(3) The water supply used for spraying shall be free of particles greater than 0.5 millimeter in
diameter and, as far as practicable, acid-free.
The occupier shall, at no cost to the employee, provide an approved respiratory protective
equipment to, and ensure its use -
(a) whenever control equipment provided in pursuance to regulation 14 does not reduce
employee exposure to or below the limits specified in regulation 6; or
(b) where an employee is employed in a prescribed area or doing a prescribed work;

or
(c) after an employee has been diagnosed to suffer from an early stage of
pneumoconiosis.
PART V - PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT
(1) Where an employee is employed in a prescribed area, or in an area in which mineral dust in a
concentration exceeding the limits specified in regulation 6, arising from a mineral process,
cleaning, or any other process or work, is or is liable to be present in his breathing air, or in any
prescribed work, there shall be provided, at no cost to the employee, for his use -
(a) suitable protective clothing or any other protective equipment appropriate to the type
of work in which he is employed and to the extent to which he is or is liable to be exposed
to the inhalation of mineral dust; and
(b) approved respiratory protective equipment.
(2) The occupier shall permit each employee who uses a filter respirator to change the filter
elements whenever an increase in breathing resistance is detected and shall maintain an
adequate supply of filter elements for this purpose.
Regulation 19. Instruction on use of personal protective equipment.
No person shall be employed in any area or work referred to in regulation 18 unless he has been
fully instructed in the proper use of the protective clothing or the respiratory protective equipment
or any other protective equipment provided for his use, and the reasons for their use.
Regulation 20. Protective equipment to be clean and stored in a locker.

Protective equipment not to be used by other persons.
(1) All protective clothing, respiratory protective equipment and any other protective equipment
shall -
(a) be kept clean; and
(b) be stored in a locker provided for such storage, and shall not be removed from such
locker except for use, cleaning or other necessary purpose.
(2) No protective clothing or respiratory protective equipment or any other protective equipment
which has been used by a person shall be provided for use by any other persons, unless it has
been thoroughly cleaned since last being used.
PART VI - HOUSEKEEPING
Regulation 21. Surface.
All surface in a mineral processing area shall be maintained, as far as is practicable, in a clean
state and be free from accumulations of mineral dust.
(1) The cleaning in pursuance to regulation 21 shall be done, in the case of -
(a) all those parts of a floor where mineral dust could reasonably be expected to
accumulate, at least once in each day that a mineral process is carried on; and
(b) workbenches, forthwith after the cessation of each shift or period of more frequent
intervals as an Inspector may, by notice in writing to the occupier, require.
(2) The cleaning shall not be done by the use of compressed air or any other method which may
disperse mineral dust exceeding the limits specified in regulation 6 into the breathing air of any
employee.
PART VII - MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS
Regulation 23. Medical examinations.
(1) An occupier shall, at his cost, provide or make available medical examinations to an employee
who in the course of his normal employment in the factory is exposed to crystalline silica at or
above the action level.
(2) An occupier shall arrange for each such employee to undergo a prescribed medical
examination within six months from the date these Regulations take effect or within three months
from the day the employee commences work, unless he has undergone a prescribed medical
examination within the two years preceding such date and thereafter at intervals not longer than
two years, except in the case of an employee who is suffering from an early stage of
pneumoconiosis who shall undergo a prescribed medical examination at intervals not exceeding
one year.
Regulation 24. Prescribed medical examination.
(1) The prescribed medical examination referred to in regulation 23 is a medical examination by a

registered medical practitioner that comprises of or includes -
(a) a chest x-ray (posterior-anterior, 350 millimeter by 430 millimeter);
(b) a statement of the medical, occupational and smoking history of the person examined;
(c) a clinical examination of the chest and pulmonary function test, including testing of
forced vital capacity and forced expiratory volume at one second;
(d) detailed examination for tuberculosis; and
(e) any laboratory or other test which the examining registered medical practitioner
deems necessary by sound medical practice.
(2) A chest x-ray specified in sub-regulation (1) (a) shall be taken and read in accordance with the
ILO International Classification of Radiographs of Pneumoconioses, 1980.
Regulation 25. Report of medical examination.
The registered medical practitioner, upon completion of the medical examination on an employee,
shall furnish the occupier or the employee if requested by the employee, with a report of the
results of the examination or tests conducted.
Regulation 26. Further examination.
If the registered medical practitioner, after carrying out the prescribed or other medical
examination on an employee, is of the opinion that for reasons associated with the inhalation of
crystalline silica by the employee, a further medical examination or any special diagnostic test is
desirable, he shall notify the occupier and the occupier shall, at his cost, make arrangements for
the medical examination or tests indicated by the registered medical practitioner to be carried out.
Regulation 27. Duty to take protective measures where pneumoconiosis

has occurred.
If the registered medical practitioner, after carrying out the prescribed and further medical
examination and any other special diagnostic test on any employee, is of the opinion that an early
stage of pneumoconiosis has occurred, he shall notify the Chief Inspector and the occupier and
the occupier shall take immediate measures to comply with the requirement of regulation 17 and
any other directives specified in writing by the Chief Inspector.
PART VIII - CHANGING ROOMS AND LOCKERS
Regulation 28. Changing rooms and lockers.
There shall be provided for the employees, for whom protective clothing, respiratory protective
equipment and any other protective equipment are provided in pursuance of these Regulations, a
conveniently accessible changing room, and in that room, for each employee-
(a) a clothes locker for the storage of street clothes; and
(b) a separate locker, or a separate dust proof part of the locker referred to in paragraph
(a), for the storage of protective clothing, respiratory protective equipment and other
protective equipment.
(1) The occupier shall institute a training programme for, and ensure the participation of all
employees exposed to crystalline silica dust at or above the action level.
(2) The occupier shall ensure that during the training programme each employee is informed of
the following:
(a) the provisions of these Regulations;
(b) the specific nature of the operations which can result in exposure to mineral dust;
(c) the purpose, proper selection, fitting, maintenance, use and limitations of respiratory
protective equipment;
(d) the purpose and description of the prescribed medical examination, including
information concerning the adverse health effects associated with exposure to mineral
dust; and
(e) the control equipment and work procedures associated with the employees' job
assignments.
(3) The training programme shall be repeated at least once in two years.
PART X - RECORD KEEPING
Regulation 30. Medical reports and records.
(1) The occupier shall keep in the factory and in good condition the reports furnished to him by
the registered medical practitioner as required under regulation 25 for the period of employment
of the employee and for at least twenty years thereafter.
(2) The registered medical practitioner shall establish and maintain an accurate record, including
all x-ray photographs, for each employee subjected to medical examination in pursuance to
regulation 24 for the period of employment of the employee and for at least twenty years
thereafter.
The occupier shall maintain in good order records of personal monitoring of an employee in
pursuance to the requirements of Part III for the period of employment of the employee.
The occupier shall make available upon request all records required to be maintained under
these Regulations to the Chief Inspector.

(1) Whenever an occupier has ceased to carry on business, the successor occupier shall receive
and retain all records required to be maintained under these Regulations.
(2) Whenever an occupier has ceased to carry on business and there is no successor occupier to
receive and retain the records required to be maintained under these Regulations, the records
shall be transmitted to the Chief Inspector.
(3) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to be maintained under
regulations 30 and 31, the occupier shall give the Chief Inspector at least three months notice
that he intends to dispose of such records, and he shall transmit those records to the Chief
Inspector if requested to do so within that period.
PART XI - WARNING SIGNS
Regulation 34. Warning signs.
The occupier shall post the following warning sign in a mineral processing area:
CAUTION
MINERAL PROCESSING AREA
WORK AREA CONTAINING TOXIC DUST
PART XII - MISCELLANEOUS
The Minister may by order amend the Schedule at any time.
Any person who contravenes any provision of these Regulations shall be guilty of an offence and
shall, on conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding one thousand ringgit.
SCHEDULE
(Regulation 2)
List of Minerals
Substances
Barite
Clay
Coal
Corundum
Cristobalite
Diatomite
Emery
Feldspar
Garnet
Graphite
Gypsum
Kaolin
Kyanite
Limestone
Magnesite
Marble
Mica
Mineral Wool
Perlite
Portland Cement
Potash
Quartz
Soapstone
Talc (free of asbestos fibre)
Tridymite
Made the 10th December 1988.

[KB. (S) 32/1/2/5/1/1; PN. (PU2) 235/V.]
ENCIK LEE KIM SAI,
Minister of Labour
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (NOISE EXPOSURE) REGULATIONS 1989
___________________________
___________________________
Preamble

Regulation 4. Obligation of occupier and employee.

Regulation 6. Impulsive noise.
Regulation 7. Employee exposure when using hearing protection devices
Regulation 10. Negative initial employee exposure monitoring.
Regulation 11. Positive initial employee exposure monitoring.
Regulation 14. Approved equipment: Competent person to conduct monitoring.
Regulation 15. Hearing protection devices.

Regulation 16. Engineering and administrative control.
PART V - HEARING PROTECTION DEVICES

Regulation 18. Hearing protection device attenuation.
Regulation 19. Procedures on issuance, maintenance, inspection and training.
PART VI - AUDIOMETRIC TESTING PROGRAMME

Regulation 21. Baseline audiogram and occupational and medical history record.
Regulation 22. Frequency of audiometric testing.
Regulation 23. Retest.
Regulation 24. Permanent standard threshold shift.
Regulation 25. Revised baseline audiogram.
Regulation 26. Audiometric measuring equipment.
PART VII - EMPLOYEE INFORMATION AND TRAINING
PART VIII - WARNING SIGNS
PART IX - RECORD KEEPING
Regulation 29. Exposure monitoring records.

Regulation 30. Audiometric test records.
PART X - MISCELLANEOUS

FIRST SCHEDULE
SECOND SCHEDULE
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (NOISE EXPOSURE) REGULATIONS 1989
Preamble.
Machinery Act 1967 [Act 139.], the Minister makes the following regulations :
These Regulations may be cited as the Factories and Machinery (Noise Exposure)
Regulations 1989 and shall come into force on the 1st February 1989.
"action level" means equivalent continuous sound level of 85 dB(A) or daily noise dose equal to
0.5;
"administrative control" means any procedure that limits daily exposure to noise by control of
work schedule;
"ambient noise" means the all-encompassing noise associated with a given environment, being
usually a composite of sound levels from many sources near and far;
"annual audiogram" means the subsequent audiogram taken after the baseline audiogram;
"audiogram" means a chart, graph or table resulting from an audiometric test showing an
employee's hearing threshold levels as a function of frequency;
"audiometric measuring instrument" means an electroacoustical generator that provides pure

tones of selected frequencies and of calibrated output, for the purpose of determining an
employee's threshold of audibility;
"A-weighted sound level" means sound level measured with an instrument which is incorporated
with an electrical network having the characteristics specified in the International Electrotechnical
Commission (IEC), Publication 179;
"baseline audiogram" means the audiogram against which future audiograms are compared;
approved by the Chief Inspector to carry out employee exposure monitoring;
"continuous noise" means noise which has negligibly small fluctuations of sound level within the
period of observation;
"dB" means decibel, a unit of measurement of unweighted sound level using a reference level of
20 micropascals;
"dB (A)" means decibel - A - weighted, a unit of measurement of sound level corrected to the A -
weighted scale using a reference level of 20 micropascals;
"dB (A) - slow" means a unit of measurement of sound level indicated by a sound level meter,
when used for a A - weighted sound level at slow response;
"daily noise dose D" means the cumulative noise exposure of an employee during a working day
and is derived from the equation
C1 C2 Cn
D = ___ + ___ + ... + ___
T1 T2 Tn
where C1, C2, ......., Cn are the actual durations of exposure for an employee at the various noise
levels, while T1, T2, ......., Tn are the respective duration limits obtained from the table in the First
Schedule;
"employee" means a person employed in a factory by the occupier or by any person who
contracts with the occupier to carry out the whole or any part of any work undertaken by the
occupier in the course of and for the purpose of the occupier's trade or business;
"employee exposure" means exposure to noise measured with a noise measuring equipment at a
position which most closely approximates with the noise levels at the head position of the
employee during normal operation;
"engineering control" means the reduction of the noise level reaching the ear-drums of an
employee by lessening the amount of noise transmitted to the employee's ear-drums or the
amount of noise level produced, but does not include a reduction obtained by the use of a hearing
protection device;
"equivalent continuous sound level" means the sound level that would produce a given daily
noise dose if an employee were exposed to the sound level continuously over an 8-hour workday;
"hearing impairment" means the arithmetic average of the permanent hearing threshold level of
an employee at 500, 1000, 2000 and 3000 Hz which is shifted by 25 dB or more compared to the
standard audiometric reference level;
"hearing threshold level" means the amount, in dB, by which the threshold of audibility for an ear
differs from the standard audiometric reference level;
"Hz" means Hertz, a unit of measurement of frequency, numerically equal to cycles per second;
"impulsive noise" means a variation in sound level that involve maxima at intervals of greater than
one per second;
"intermittent noise" means a sound level which suddenly drops to the ambient level several times
during the period of observation and the time during which the level remains at a constant value
different from that of the ambient level being of the order of one second or more;
"noise dosimeter" means an instrument that integrates a function of sound pressure over a period
of time in such a manner that it directly indicates a daily noise dose;
"noise level" means sound level;
"noise measuring equipment" means a sound level meter or a noise dosimeter;
"peak sound pressure level" means the peak instantaneous pressure expressed in dB,
using a reference level of 20 micropascals;
"protection factor" [Deleted by P.U.(A) 106/89]
"quiet" means absence of exposure to sound levels exceeding 80 dB (A);
"sound level meter" means an instrument for measurement of sound level;
"sound level" means ten times the common logarithm of the ratio of the square of the measured A
-- weighted sound pressure to the square of the standard reference pressure of 20 micropascals;
"standard audiometric reference level" means a declared value, at a particular frequency, meeting
the requirements of International Standard ISO 389--1975;
"standard threshold shift" means an average shift of more than 10 dB at frequencies of 2000,
3000 and 4000 Hz relative to the baseline audiogram in either ear;
1971;
"technician" means a person who has been trained to operate and recognise the limitations, and
to detect malfunctions of the audiometric measuring equipment; and
"temporary threshold shift" means the component of threshold shift which shows progressive
reduction with the passage of time when the employee is no longer subjected to the noise.
Regulation 3. Application
These Regulations shall apply to all factories in which persons are employed in any occupation
involving exposure to excessive noise level in the workplace.
Regulation 4. Obligation of occupier and employee.
(1) It is the duty of every occupier pursuant to regulation 3 to comply with these Regulations.
(2) In pursuance of these Regulations, every employee shall -
(a) co-operate with the occupier by wearing a noise dosimeter during employee exposure
monitoring;
(b) wear and make full and proper use of the hearing protection device provided for his
use;
(c) attend for and undergo audiometric testing or any medical examination or test
arranged by the occupier; and
[Am. P.U.(A) 106/89]
(d) attend employee information and training programmes conducted by the occupier.
(1) No employee shall be exposed to noise level exceeding equivalent continuous sound level of
90 dB (A) or exceeding the limits specified in the First Schedule or exceeding the daily noise dose
of unity.
(2) No employee shall be exposed to noise level exceeding 115 dB (A) at any time.
Regulation 6. Impulsive noise.
No employee shall be exposed to impulsive noise exceeding a peak sound pressure level of 140
dB.
Regulation 7. Employee exposure when using hearing protection devices.
When hearing protection devices are used to supplement administrative or engineering controls
to comply with the requirement of regulation 5 and all the provisions of these Regulations have
been met, employee exposure, for the purpose of determining whether the occupier has complied
with the requirement of regulation 5, may be considered to be at the level provided by the
attenuation factor of the hearing protection device for the periods being used.
employee is not using a hearing protection device.
(2) Every occupier shall conduct employee exposure monitoring to determine if any employee
may be exposed to noise level at or above the action level.
(3) All continuous, intermittent, and impulsive noise levels from 80 dB to 130 dB shall be
integrated into the computation to determine employee exposure in pursuance to sub-regulation
(2).
(4) Exposure monitoring conducted in pursuance to sub-regulation (2) shall be representative of

the monitored employee's normal and daily exposure to noise level.
(1) An occupier shall conduct initial exposure monitoring in pursuance to regulation 8 within six
months from the date these Regulations take effect.
(2) An initial employee exposure monitoring may be limited to one or more representative
employee or employees from a particular group of employees performing the same work or from
the same workplace, who the occupier reasonably believes is or are exposed to noise level
representative of the group of employees.
[Am. P.U.(A) 106/89]
Regulation 10. Negative initial employee exposure monitoring.
[Am. P.U.(A) 106/89]
(1) Where an initial employee exposure monitoring shows the possibility of any employee
exposure to noise level at or above the action level, the occupier shall determine noise exposure
levels for employees engaged in the same work or from the same workplace within six months
from the date of receipt of the results of the initial employee exposure monitoring.
(2) An employee exposure monitoring may be limited to one or more representative employee or
employees from a particular group of employees performing the same work, or from the same
workplace, who the occupier reasonably believes is or are exposed to noise level representative
of the group of employees.
Regulation 11. Positive initial exposure monitoring.
[Am. P.U.(A) 106/89]
Where an initial employee exposure monitoring shows that no employee is exposed to noise level
at or above the action level, the occupier need not determine noise exposure levels for each and
every employee engaged in the same work or from the same workplace except as otherwise
provided in regulation 12.
Whenever there has been a production, process, equipment, control measures or personnel
change in the factory, the occupier shall conduct additional monitoring within six months from the
date of such change or changes.
Within two weeks after the receipt of the employee exposure monitoring results, the occupier
shall notify each employee of the results of the monitoring.
Regulation 14. Approved equipment : Competent person to conduct

monitoring.
(1) The occupier shall use approved noise measuring equipment for employee exposure
monitoring.
(2) Employee exposure monitoring shall be conducted by a competent person.

Regulation 15. Engineering and administrative control.
[Am. P.U.(A) 106/89]

The occupier shall reduce and maintain employee to noise level below the limits
prescribed in regulation 5 by -
(a) engineering control as far as is reasonably practicable;

(b) administrative control; or
(c) both the above.
Regulation 16. Hearing protection devices.

[Am. P.U.(A) 106/89]
Whenever it is not feasible to comply with regulation 15 (a) or (b) the controls provided
under regulation 15 (c) do not reduce employee exposure to a noise level below the limits
prescribed in regulation 5, the occupier shall provide or supplement such controls with approved
hearing protection devices in accordance with Part V of these Regulations.
PART V - HEARING PROTECTION DEVICES
(1) An occupier shall, at no cost to the employee, provide an approved hearing protection device
to, and ensure its use by -
(a) an employee exposed to noise level at or above the limits prescribed in regulations 5
and 6;
(b) an employee receiving a daily noise dose between 0.5 and 1.0 if his baseline
audiogram shows a hearing impairment, or if his annual audiogram shows a standard
threshold shift; or
(c) an employee who is required to wear a hearing protection device in accordance with
the provisions of these Regulations.
(2) The hearing protection device provided in pursuance to sub-regulation (1) shall -
(a) correctly fit the employee;
(b) be compatible with the job requirement of the employee; and
(c) not prejudice the health of the employee.

Regulation 18. Hearing protection device attenuation.
(1) A hearing protection device provided in pursuance to regulation 17 (1) (a) shall attenuate
employee exposure to noise level below the limits prescribed in regulations 5 and 6.
(2) Hearing protection devices provided in pursuance to regulation 17 (1) (b) and (c) shall
attenuate employee exposure to noise level below the action level.
Regulation 19. Procedures on issuance, maintenance, inspection and

training.
An occupier shall establish and implement procedures on the issuance, maintenance, inspection
and training in the use of hearing protection devices.
PART VI - AUDIOMETRIC TESTING PROGRAMME
(1) An occupier shall establish and maintain an audiometric testing programme for all employees
exposed to noise level at or above the action level.
(2) The programme shall be conducted at no cost to the employees.
(3) The programme shall be conducted under the supervision of a registered medical practitioner.
(4) An audiometric test shall -
(a) be conducted by a technician under the supervision of a registered medical

practitioner;
(b) be preceded by a period of quiet of at least fourteen hours;
(c) be carried out in a room with background noise level meeting the requirements
specified in the Second Schedule; and
(d) be of pure tone, air conduction, with test frequencies including 500, 1000, 2000, 3000,
4000 and 6000 Hz taken separately for each ear.
Regulation 21. Baseline audiogram and occupational and medical history

record.
An occupier shall establish -
(a) a valid baseline audiogram against which subsequent audiograms shall be compared;
and
(b) a record of the medical and occupational history, particularly in relation to past ear
diseases and exposure to noise,
for every employee within twelve months from the date these Regulations take effect or within six
months from the day the employee commences work.
Regulation 22. Frequency of audiometric testing.
An occupier, after obtaining the baseline audiogram of an employee, shall repeat the audiometric
test on the employee -
(a) every year for an employee exposed to noise level at or above the limits prescribed in
regulation 5;
(b) every year for an employee whose baseline audiogram shows a hearing impairment,
or where his annual audiogram shows a standard threshold shift; and
(c) once in every two years for an employee exposed to noise level at or above the action
level but less than the limits prescribed in regulation 5.
Regulation 23. Retest.
If the registered medical practitioner, after reviewing the annual and baseline audiograms of the
employee and after taking into consideration the effect of temporary threshold shift, is of an
opinion that a standard threshold shift has occurred, he shall notify the occupier and the occupier
shall retest the employee within three months from the date of the last audiometric test.
Regulation 24. Permanent standard threshold shift.
If the registered medical practitioner, after reviewing the retest audiogram and after examining the
employee, is of an opinion that a permanent standard threshold shift has occurred, he shall notify
the Chief Inspector and the occupier and the occupier shall -
(a) inform the employee of the results of the retest within three weeks after being so
notified;
(b) provide the employee, if he has not been so provided, with a hearing protection
device in pursuance to Part V of these Regulations; and
(c) refit and retrain the employee in the use of a hearing protection device if he has been
so provided with such a device.
Regulation 25. Revised baseline audiogram.
The baseline audiogram shall be replaced with the annual or retest audiogram if the annual or
retest audiogram reveals -
(a) a permanent standard threshold shift; or

(b) improved hearing threshold with respect to the baseline at two or more test
frequencies.
Regulation 26. Audiometric measuring equipment.
Audiometric measuring instrument shall be of an approved type and shall be calibrated and
maintained at regular intervals.
PART VII - EMPLOYEE INFORMATION AND TRAINING
employees exposed to noise level at or above the action level.
(2) The occupier shall ensure that during the training programme each employee is informed of
the following:
(b) the effects of noise on hearing;
(c) the purpose of hearing protection devices, the advantages, disadvantages and
attenuation of various types of hearing protection devices, and instructions on their
selection, fitting, use and care; and
(d) the purpose of an audiometric testing and an explanation of the test procedures.
(3) The training programme shall be repeated at least once in every two years.
PART VIII -WARNING SIGNS
(1) Warning signs shall be posted at entrances to or on the periphery of all well-defined work
areas in which workers may be exposed at or above the limits prescribed in regulations 5 and 6.
(2) The warning signs shall clearly indicate that the area is a high noise area and that hearing
protection devices shall be worn.
PART IX -RECORD KEEPING
Regulation 29. Exposure monitoring records.
(1) The occupier shall establish and maintain an accurate record of all exposure monitoring
conducted in pursuance to Part III of these Regulations.
(2) The record shall include the following information :
(a) the name of the employee and the daily noise dose;
(b) the location, date and time of measurement and the noise level obtained; and
(c) the type, model and date of calibration of the noise measuring equipment.
(3) The occupier shall maintain these exposure monitoring records for as long as the employee is
employed.
Regulation 30. Audiometric test records.
(1) The occupier shall keep an accurate record of all employee audiograms taken in pursuance to
Part VI of these Regulations.
(2) The record shall include the following information:
(a) the name and job location of the employee;
(b) the date of the audiogram;
(c) the name of the person conducting the test;
(d) the model, make and serial number of the audiometric testing equipment; and
(e) the date of the last calibration of the audiometric testing equipment.
(3) Audiometric test records shall be retained for as long as the employee is employed and
thereafter for a period of five years.
these Regulations to the Chief Inspector.
(1) Whenever an occupier has ceased to carry on business, the successor occupier shall receive
and retain all records required to be maintained under these Regulations.
(2) Whenever an occupier has ceased to carry on business and there is no successor occupier to
receive and retain the records required to be maintained under these Regulations, the records
shall be transmitted to the Chief Inspector.
regulations 29 and 30, the occupier shall give the Chief Inspector at least three months notice
that he intends to dispose of such records, and he shall transmit those records to the Chief
Inspector if requested to do so within that period.
PART X - MISCELLANEOUS
The Minister may by order amend the Schedule at any time.
shall, on conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding one thousand ringgit.
FIRST SCHEDULE
(Regulation 5 (1))
Permissible Exposure Limits
_________________________________________________________________________
Noise Level Duration of Exposure Permitted per day
(dB (A)-slow) (hours-minute)
_________________________________________________________________________
85 16-0
86 13-56
87 12-8
88 10-34
89 9-11
90 8-0
91 6-58
92 6.4
93 5-17
94 4-36
95 4-0
96 3-29
97 3-2
98 2-50
99 2-15
100 2-0
101 1-44
102 1-31
103 1-19
104 1-9
105 1-0
106 0-52
107 0-46
108 0-40
109 0-34
110 0-30
111 0-26
112 0-23
113 0-20
114 0-17
115 0-15
SECOND SCHEDULE
(Regulation 20 (4) (c))
Maximum Allowable Octave - Band Sound

Pressure Levels for Audiometric Test Rooms
Made the 10th December 1988.

[KB. (S) 32/1/2/5/1/1; PN. (PU2) 235/V.]
ENCIK LEE KIM SAI,
Minister of Labour
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (BUILDING OPERATIONS AND WORKS OF
ENGINEERING CONSTRUCTION) (SAFETY) REGULATIONS 1986
___________________________
___________________________
Preamble

Regulation 2. Definition.
Regulation 4. Obligation.
PART II - GENERAL PROVISIONS
Regulation 5. Application of Factories and Machinery (Fencing of Machinery and Safety)

Regulations 1983.
Regulation 6. Machinery installed on any floor above the ground floor.
Regulation 7. Drowning hazards.
Regulation 8. Slipping hazards.
Regulation 9. Tripping and cutting hazards.
Regulation 10. Access to workplace.
Regulation 11. Dust and gases.
Regulation 12. Corrosive substances.
Regulation 13. Eye protection.
Regulation 14. Respirators.
Regulation 15. Protective apparel.
Regulation 16. Electrical hazards.
Regulation 17. Power-driven saws.
Regulation 18. Public vehicular traffic.
Regulation 19. Stability of structures.
Regulation 20. Illumination of passageways, etc.
Regulation 21. Storage of materials and equipment.
Regulation 22. Disposal of debris.
Regulation 23. Numbering and marking of floors.
Regulation 24. Use of safety helmets.
Regulation 25. Site safety supervisors.
Regulation 26. Contractor's safety supervisors.
Regulation 27. Safety committee.
PART III - CONCRETE WORK
Regulation 28. General requirements.

Regulation 29. Inspection and supervision.
Regulation 30. Beams, floors and roofs.
Regulation 31. Stripping.
Regulation 32. Reshoring.
PART IV - STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PRECAST CONCRETE ASSEMBLY
Regulation 33. Placing of structural members.

Regulation 34. Holing or cutting of structural members.
Regulation 35. Tag lines.
Regulation 36. Construction of lintels.
Regulation 37. Permanent flooring - skeleton steel construction in tiered buildings.
Regulation 38. Temporary flooring - skeleton steel construction in tiered buildings.
PART V - CLEANING, REPAIRING AND MAINTENANCE OF ROOF, GUTTERS, WINDOWS,

LOUVRES AND VENTILATORS
Regulation 39. Duties of employer.

Regulation 40. Work on steep roofs.
Regulation 41. Construction and installation of roofing brackets.
Regulation 42. Crawling boards.
PART VI - CATCH PLATFORMS
Regulation 43. Catch platforms.

Regulation 44. Construction of catch platform.
Regulation 45. Details of catch platforms, etc.
PART VII - CHUTES, SAFETY BELTS AND NETS
Regulation 46. Chutes.

Regulation 47. Construction.
Regulation 48. Danger sign.
Regulation 49. Chute maintenance.
Regulation 50. Safety belts.
Regulation 51.Attachment required.
Regulation 52. Instruction in using safety belt.
Regulation 53. Protection of life lines.
Regulation 54. Inspection of safety belt.
Regulation 55. Safety nets.
Regulation 56. Storage.
Regulation 57. Inspection of safety nets.
PART VII - RUNWAYS AND RAMPS
Regulation 58. Use by vehicles.

Regulation 59. Use by employees.
Regulation 60. Use by wheel-barrows, etc.
Regulation 61. Slope.
PART IX - LADDERS AND STEP-LADDERS

Regulation 63. Handhold to be provided.
Regulation 64. Exception.
Regulation 65. Loose footing.
Regulation 66. Prevention against slipping.
Regulation 67. Swaying and sagging.
Regulation 68. Landing place.
Regulation 69. Prohibition against use of defective ladder.
Regulation 70. Wooden ladder construction.
PART X - SCAFFOLDS

Regulation 73. Maintenance.
Regulation 74. Supervision of work and inspection of material.
Regulation 75. Design and drawings of scaffolds to be approved.
Regulation 76. Standards, uprights, ledgers and putlogs.
Regulation 77. Support and stability of scaffolds.
Regulation 78. Gears for suspension of scaffolds.
Regulation 79. Cantilver, jib, figure and bracket scaffolds, etc.
Regulation 80. Scaffolds supported by buildings.
Regulation 81. Suspended scaffolds raised or lowered by means of winches.
Regulation 82. Other suspended scaffolds.
Regulation 83. Skip, bucket, basket, boatswain's chair, etc. shall not be used as suspended
scaffold.
Regulation 84. Trestle scaffold.
Regulation 85. Inspection of scaffolds.
Regulation 86. Working platforms.
Regulation 87. Boards and planks in working platforms.
Regulation 88. Guard-rails and toe-boards at working place.
Regulation 89. Working platforms at building face.
Regulation 90. Platforms to be unobstructed and to afford safe foot-hold.
Regulation 91. Tube scaffolds.
Regulation 92. Scaffold locking device.
Regulation 93. Locking device material.
Regulation 94. Construction of tubular scaffold.
Regulation 95. Size of tube scaffold.
Regulation 96. Factor of safety.
Regulation 97. Bracing.
Regulation 98. Power to prohibit the use of unsafe scaffolds.
PART XI - DEMOLITION

Regulation 100. Preparation.
Regulation 101. Projection of adjacent structures.
Regulation 102. Demolition of walls, partitions, etc.
Regulation 103. Inspection.
Regulation 104. Method of preparation.
Regulation 105. Access to floor.
Regulation 106. Opening in floors.
Regulation 107. Demolition of structural steel.
Regulation 108. Storage of materials.
Regulation 109. Barricades, catch platforms and warning signs.
Regulation 110. Mechanical method of demolition.
PART XII - EXCAVATION WORK
Regulation 111. Protection of the public.

Regulation 114. Piling, shoring and bracing.
Regulation 115. Access.
Regulation 116. Trench excavation.
Regulation 117. Deep trench.
Regulation 118. Positioning of machinery.
PART XIII - MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE, USE AND DISPOSAL

Regulation 120. Falling of timber.
Regulation 121. Aisles and passageway to be kept clear.
Regulation 122. Material storage.
Regulation 123. Disposal of waste material.
PART XIV - PILING
Regulation 124. Stability of adjacent structures.

Regulation 126. Protection of operator.
Regulation 127. Qualifications of operator.
Regulation 128. Handling of piles.
Regulation 129. Pile driver not in use.
Regulation 130. Ladders.
Regulation 132. Piles.
Regulation 133. Pile testing.
Regulation 134. Footing.
PART XV - BLASTING AND USE OF EXPLOSIVES
Regulation 135. Handling of explosives.

Regulation 136. Smoking and open lights.
Regulation 137. Opening packages.
Regulation 138. Drilling holes.
Regulation 139. Removing cartridge wrappers.
Regulation 140. Loading near other operations.
Regulation 141. Loading and tamping.
Regulation 142. Warning before blasting.
Regulation 143. Return to the blast area.
Regulation 144. Misfires.
Regulation 145. Precaution before blasting.
Regulation 146. Operation during thunderstorms.
PART XVI - HAND AND POWER TOOLS

Regulation 148. Hand tools.
Regulation 149. Electric power-operated tools.
Regulation 150. Pneumatic power tools.
Regulation 151. Fuel-powered tools.
Regulation 152. Hydraulic power tools.
Regulation 153. Power-actuated tools.
PART XVII - MISCELLANEOUS

FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (BUILDING OPERATIONS AND WORKS OF ENGINEERING
CONSTRUCTION) (SAFETY) REGULATIONS 1986
Preamble
Machinery Act 1967 [Act 139], the Minister makes the following regulations:
These Regulations may be cited as the Factories and Machinery (Building Operations and
Works of Engineering Construction (Safety) Regulations 1986 and shall come into force on
the 1st day of October 1986.
Regulation 2. Definition.
In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-
"bearer" in a tabular scaffold means the cross-wise member carrying the platform planking.
"boatswain's chair" means a seat to support a workman in a sitting position by rope slings
attached to a suspension rope.
"contract of service" includes a apprenticeship agreement;
"contractor" means a person who has entered into a contract for the purpose of carrying out any
building operations or works of engineering construction and includes a main contractor or sub-
contractor;
"contractor's safety supervisor" means a contractor's safety supervisor appointed under

regulation 26;
"crawling board" means a single plank or board to which cross strips or cleats are nailed at equal
intervels for crawling up and down steep inclines;
"demolition work" means any work incidental to or connected with the total or partial dismantling
or razing of a building or a structure other than a building and includes the removing or
dismantling of machinery or other equipments;
"designated person" means a competent person appointed by an employer to carry out any
supervision or inspection or to perform any tasks or duty prescribed by these Regulations;
"employee" means a person who has entered into a contract of service with an employer;
"employee's hoist" means a powered car operating in guides and used primarily to carry
employees in a substantially vertical direction;
"employer" means any person who employs another person under a contract of service;
"excavation" means the removal of earth, rock or other material in connection with construction or
demolition work;
"independent scaffold" means a scaffold supported from the base by a double row of uprights,
independent of support from the walls and constructed of uprights, ledgers, horizontal platform
bearers, and diagonal bracing;
"ladder jack scaffold" means a scaffold, the platform of which is supported by jacks attached to
ladders;
"ledger" means a scaffold member which extends horizontally from post to post, at right angles to
the putlogs, supports the putlogs, forms a tie between the posts, and becomes a part of the
scaffold bracing;
"main contractor" means a person who has entered into a contract with an owner or lessee of a
property or his agent for the purpose of carrying out any building operation or work of engineering
construction;
"material hoist" means a power or manually operated suspended platform or bucket operating in
guide rails and used for raising or lowering material exclusively and operated and controlled from
a point outside the conveyence;
"outrigger scaffold" means a scaffold, the platform of which is supported by outriggers or

thrustouts projecting from the wall of the building, the inner end of which is secured inside the
building;
"plant" includes any plant or equipment, gear machinery apparatus or appliance, or any part
thereof;
"plasterers inside scaffold" means a scaffold constructed for light work inside a building, the
platform of which is supported by trestle ladders, or a light pole scaffold;
"posts" in a tubular scaffold means the vertical supporting members;
"Professional Engineer" means a "registered Professional Engineer" as defined by section 2 of

the Registration of Engineers Act 1967 [Act 138];
"putlog" or "bearer" means that part of the scaffold upon which the platform rests;
"roofing bracket" means a bracket used in sloped roof construction and having sharp points or
other means for fastening to prevent slipping;
"runner" in a tubular scaffold means the lengthwise horizontal member;
"scaffold" means any temporarily provided structure on or from which persons perform work in
connection with operations or works to which this Regulation apply, and any temporarily provided
structure which enables persons to obtain access to or which enables materials to be taken to
any place at which such work is performed, and includes any working platform, gangway, skip,
ladder or step-ladder which does not form part of such structure together with any guard-rail, toe-
board or other safeguards and all fixing, but does not include a lifting appliance or a lifting
machine or a structure used merely to support such an appliance or such a machine as to
support other plant or equipment;
"single line scaffold" means a platform resting on putlogs or crossbeams, the outer ends of which
are supported on ledgers secured to a single row of posts or uprights and the inner ends on a
wall or holes in a wall;
"site safety supervisor" means a site safety supervisor appointed under regulation 25;
"sub-contractor" means a person who has entered into a contract with another contractor for the
purpose of carrying out any building operations or works of engineering construction,
"suspended scaffold" means a scaffold support from above, the platform of which is supported at
more than two points by steel wire cables suspended from overhead outriggers which are
anchored to the steel or concrete frame of the building and it may be equipped with a hoisting
drum or machine, so that the platform can be raised or lowered.
"swinging scaffold" means a scaffold, the platform of which is supported by stirrups or hangers at
not more than two points, suspended from overhead supports in a manner to permit raising or
lowering to suit required position;
"toe-board" means a barrier placed along the edge of a scaffold platform, runway, etc., and
secured thereto to guard against the falling of materials;
"trestles scaffold" means a scaffold, the platform of which is supported by trestles;
"wales" means a horizontal planks placed in front of the sheet pilings which form part of the
supporting structure for the sides of trenches after excavation;
"window jack scaffold" means a scaffold, which platform is supported by jacks which projects
through a window openings;
"working platform" includes a working stage.
(1) These Regulations shall apply-
(a) to building operations; and
(b) to works of engineering construction,
undertaken by way of trade or business, or for the purpose of any industrial or commercial
undertaking, or by on behalf of any Government or any statutory or public authority and to any
line or siding which is used in connection therewith and for the purposes thereof and is not part of
a railway:
Provided that the Minister may suspend, by notification in the Gazzete in part or in whole the
application of these Regulations to any type of building operations and works of engineering
construction which he thinks fit and may from time to time as he may consider reasonable in the
circumstances revoke or vary the order.
(2) The provisions of these Regulations shall be in addition to and not in substitution for or in
diminution of other requirements imposed by or under the Factories and Machinery Act 1967.
(1) It shall be the duty of every contractor and every employer, who undertakes any of the
operation or works to which these Regulations apply -
(a) to comply with such of the requirements of these Regulations as affect him or any
person employed by him.
Provided that the requirements of these Regulations shall be deemed not to affect any employee
if and so long as his presence in any place is not in the course of performing any work on behalf
of his employer and is not expressly or impliedly authorised or permitted by his employer;
(b) to comply with such of the requirements of these Regulations as relate to any work,
act or operations performed or about to be performed by any such contractor or
employer,
and it shall be the duty of every contractor and every employer who erects or alters any scaffold
to comply with such of the requirements of these Regulations as relate to erection or alteration of
scaffold having regard to the purpose for which the scaffold is designed at the time of erection or
alteration; and of every contractor and every employer who erects, installs, works or uses any
plant or equipment to which any of the provisions of these Regulations applies, to erect, install,
work or use such plant or equipment in a manner which complies with those provisions.
(2) Where a contractor, who is undertaking any of the operations or works to which these
Regulations apply, appoints any artisan, tradesman or other person not being a sub-contractor to
perform any work or service under a contractor for service, it shall be the duty of the contractor to
comply with such of the requirements of these Regulations, as affect the said artisan, tradesman
or other person and for this purpose any reference in these Regulations to any employee shall
include a reference to such artisan, tradesman or other person and the contractor shall be
deemed to be his employer.
(3) It shall be the duty of every employee to comply with the requirements of such these
Regulations as relating to the performance of or the refraining from an act by him.
(4) No contractor or employer shall permit an employee to do anything not in accordance with the
generally accepted principles of sound and safe practice.
(5) No employee shall do anything not in accordance with the generally accepted principles of
sound and safe practice.
(6) No person shall wilfully do any unsafe which may cause injury to himself or to others.
PART II - GENERAL PROVISIONS
Regulation 5. Application of Factories and Machinery (Fencing of

Machinery and Safety) Regulations 1983.
Unless otherwise provided, all the provisions of the Factories and Machinery (Fencing of
Machinery and Safety) Regulations 1983 [P.U. (A) 113/1983] shall apply to every machinery used
in connection with or for the purpose of building operations and works of engineering
construction.
(1) No machinery shall be used or caused to be used on any floor above the ground floor of any
building or structure unless such floor or structure has been so designed and constructed as to
support the load imposed by the machinery or alternatively strengthened for the purpose.
(2) Any floor or working level surrounding any machinery shall be maintained in good and safe
condition and shall, as is practicable, be free from any loose material and in non-slippery
condition.
Regulation 7. Drowning hazards.
Where employees are exposed to the hazard of falling into the water in which one may drown,
there shall be provided at all times during the exposure, adequate equipment and personnel with
appropriate training for keeping persons afloat and for promptly rescuing persons. A manned and
properly equipped boat shall be provided if the Chief Inspector deems it necessary.
Regulation 8. Slipping hazards.
No employer shall suffer or permit an employee to use a passageway, or a scaffold, platform or

other elevated working surface which is in a slippery condition, oil, grease, water and other
substances causing slippery footing shall be removed, sanded or covered to provide slip-safe
footing.
Regulation 9. Tripping and cutting hazards.
(1) All passageways, platforms and other places of work shall be kept free from accumulations of
dirt and debris and from other obstructions that could cause tripping.
(2) Any projection which could cut an employee shall be removed or otherwise made safe.
Regulation 10. Access to workplace.
(1) Stairways, ramps or runways shall be provided as the means of access to working levels
above or below ground except where nature of progress of the work prevents their installation in
which case ladders or other safe means shall be provided.
(2) All buildings under construction of more that two storeys high shall be provided with well-
defined access at the ground floor with adequate overhead protective cover for persons entering
or leaving the building.
Regulation 11. Dust and gases.
Dust and gases shall be controlled by ventilation or otherwise so as to prevent concentrations

tending to injure health or obstruct vision or from exceeding safe levels.
Regulation 12. Corrosive substances.
All alkalis, acid and other corrosive, toxic or hazardous substances shall be stored and used as
not to endanger employees. Suitable protective equipment for the use of such substances shall
be provided. Clean water or appropriate cleansing materials shall be readily available for washing
off spillage of any corrosive substances on employees.
Regulation 13. Eye protection.
Suitable eye protection equipment shall be provided by the employer and shall be used by
employees while engaged in welding or cutting operations or in chipping, cutting or grinding any
material from which particles may fly, or while engaged in any other operation which may
endanger the eyes.
Regulation 14. Respirators.
Where these Regulations require respirators to be provided, the employer shall provide and the
employee shall use a respirator suitable for the type of operation for which it is to be used. The
employer shall maintain such respirator in good repair and shall furnish the means for its
continued efficient working condition; and he shall provide regular inspection, cleansing and
sterilisation of such equipment when not in use shall be stored in closed containers.
Regulation 15. Protective apparel.
(1) Every employee required to pass or work within areas where there is danger of being struck
by falling objects or materials shall be provided with safety helmet of a type approved by the Chief
Inspector.
(2) Every employee required to work in water, wet concrete or other wet footing shall be provided
with a waterproof boots.
(3) Every employee required to work in rain or similar wet conditions shall be provided with a
waterproof coat and hat.
(4) Every employee required to use corrosive or toxic substances shall be provided with
appropriate protective apparel and equipment.
Regulation 16. Electrical hazards.
(1) Before work is begun, the employer shall ascertain by inquiry or direct observation, or by
instruments, where any part of an electric power circuit, exposed or concealed, is so located that
the performance of the work may bring any person, tool or machine into physical or electrical
contact with it.
(2) The employer shall post and maintain proper warning signs in the national language where
such a circuit exists.
(3) The employer shall advise his employees of the location of such lines, the hazards involved
and the protective measures to be taken and shall, if practicable, de-energize the electric power
circuit.
(4) No employer shall suffer or permit an employee to work in such proximity to any part of an
electric power circuit which exposes him to contact with the same in the course of his work unless
the employee is protected against electric shock by de-energizing the circuit and earthing it or by
guarding it by effective insulation or other means acceptable to the Chief Electrical Inspector.
(5) In work areas where exact location of underground electric power lines is unknown,
employees using jack-hammers, bars or other hand tools which may come into contact with such
lines shall be provided with insulated protective gloves and insulated protective footwear.
(6) All wiring shall be supported on proper insulators and not looped over nails or brackets.
(7) No wiring shall be left on the ground or the floor of a building unless it is unavoidable and
where it is necessary to lay electric wiring on the ground or the floor of a building, the wiring shall
be of the weatherproof types and shall be provided with adequate mechanical protection to
withstand the wear and tear to which it may subjected and it shall be maintained in good and safe
working order.
(8) No bare wires or other unprotected conductors shall be located within 4 metres of any surface
where employee may work or pass, unless completely guarded by a fence or other barrier.
(9) Where electrical appliances and current-carrying equipment have provisions made for
earthing, the shall be properly earthed.
(10) All temporary electrical installations in building and engineering construction worksites shall
be provided with earth leakage circuit breakers.
(11) Elevated power lines shall have a sufficient vertical clearance where they cross highways,
access roads or areas travelled by trucks, cranes, shovels or other similar equipment and shall
not be lower than 5.2 metres from the ground surface.
(12) All electrical installations in building and engineering construction worksites shall comply with
the requirements of the appropriate authority.
(13) All electrical installations shall be tested and approved by the Chief Electrical Inspector or his
representative, before they are commissioned and such installations shall be maintained in good
and safe working order at all times.
Regulation 17. Power driven saws.
(1) All portable power-driven hand operated saws which are not mounted with saw tables except
chain saws shall be equipped with guards above the base plate which will completely protect the
operator from contact with the saw blade when in motion and with self-adjusting guards below the
base plate which will completely cover the saw to the depth of the teeth when the saw is removed
from the cut.
(2) Every power-driven saw which is mounted with a saw table shall be equipped with a guard
which shall cover the saw blade to such an extent as will prevent contact with any part of the
teeth which are more than 50 millimeters above the saw table and which are not protected by the
spreader or similar device. When in operation, the guard shall automatically rise by pressure from
the material , the distance from the material to the underside of the guard does not exceed 12
millimeters. The exposed teeth of the saw beneath the table shall be effectively guarded.
(3) Every table circular saw used for ripping shall be provided with a spreader securely fastened
in position and with an effective device to prevent the kicking back of material.
Regulation 18. Public vehicular traffic.
(1) Whenever any work is being performed over, on or in close proximity to a highway or any
other place where public vehicular traffic may cause danger to men at work, the working area
shall be so barricaded and suitable warning signs and warning lights shall be set up to direct
traffic away from it, and when necessary, the traffic shall be specially controlled by designated
persons.
(2) (a) All vehicles used at construction worksites must be roadworthy and registered with the
appropriate authority in accordance with the Road Traffic Ordinance 1958 [Ord. 48 of 1958].
(b) No person shall drive a vehicle of any class or description in a construction worksite unless he
is the holder of a driving licence authorising him to drive a vehicle of that class or description.
Regulation 19. Stability of structure.
No wall, chimney or other structure or part of a structure shall be left unguarded in such condition
that it may fall, collapse or weaken due to wind pressure or vibration.
Regulation 20. Illumination of passageways, etc.
Illumination sufficient for maintaining safe working conditions shall be provided wherever persons
are required to work or pass. For passageways, stairways and landings, the illumination shall be
not less than 50 lux.
Regulation 21. Storage of materials and equipment.
(1) All building materials shall be stored or stacked in a safe and orderly manner so as not to
obstruct any passageway or place of work.
(2) Material piles shall be stored or stacked in such manner as to ensure stability.
(3) Material or equipment shall not be stored upon any floor or platform in such quantity as to
exceed its safe carrying capacity.
(4) Material or equipment shall not be stored or placed so close to any edge of a floor or platform
as to endanger persons below.
Regulation 22. Disposal of debris.
(1) Debris shall be handled and disposed off by a method which will not endanger persons.
(2) Debris shall not be allowed to accumulate so as to constitute a hazard.
(3) Debris shall be kept sufficiently moist to lay the dust.
Regulation 23. Numbering and marking of floors.
Each floor of every building under construction shall be appropriately numbered or marked at the
landing at every floor of every staircase or other means of access.
Regulation 24. Use of safety helmets.
All persons who are performing any work or services in a worksite shall wear safety helmets.
Regulation 25. Site safety supervisors.
(1) The main contractor of a worksite shall appoint a part-time site safety supervisor who shall
spend at least fifteen hours per week exclusively on safety supervision and on promoting the safe
conduct of work generally within the site.
(2) The site safety supervisor shall be a person who is competent to perform the duties specified
in sub-regulations (3) and (4), possess such qualifications as are approved by the Chief Inspector
and has a minimum of two year's experience as a site foreman.
(3) The site safety supervisor shall-
(a) ensure that the provisions of the Act and any regulations made thereunder are
complied with; and
(b) promote the safe conduct of work generally within the worksite.
(4) The duties of a site safety supervisor shall include-
(a) inspecting and rectifying any unsafe place of work;
(b) correcting any unsafe practice;
(c) checking sub-constructors' work to ensure compliance with the Act and the
regulations made thereunder; and
(d) to liaise with contractor's safety supervisors appointed under regulation 26 with
respect to safety of work undertaken by sub-contractors.
Regulation 26. Contractor safety supervisors.

(1) Every contractor other than the main contractor in charge of worksite who employs more than
twenty persons to carry out work on a worksite shall appoint a part-time contractor's safety
supervisor, who shall spend at least five hours per week exclusively on safety supervision and a
promoting the safe conduct of work generally by his employees.
(2) The contractor's safety supervisor shall be a person competent to perform the duties specified
in sub-regulation (3) and has a minimum of two years' experience as a site foreman.
(3) The contractor's safety supervisor shall -
(a) ensure that the provisions of the Act and the regulation made thereunder are
complied with; and
(b) promote the safe conduct of the work by the other employees of his employee
employed on that worksite.
Regulation 27. Safety committee.
(1) The main contractor of a worksite in which fifty or more persons are for the time being
employed (whether by him or by other contractors) shall established a safety committee (on
which both employees and management are represented) for the purpose of keeping under
review conditions in the worksite which may affect the safety and health of the persons employed
therein.
(2) The safety committee shall consist of a senior member of the main contractor's staff at the
site, the site safety supervisor, all the contractor's safety supervisors and such other site workers
who are appointed as members.
(3) The safety committee shall meet at least once a month.
PART III - CONCRETE WORK
(1) Formwork and reshores shall be certified structurally safe by a Professional Engineer and
shall be properly braced or tied together so as to maintain position and shape.
(2) Where the formwork structure is of two or more tiers it shall have sufficient cat-walks and
other secure access for inspection purpose.
Regulation 29. Inspection and supervision.
(1) A designated person shall supervise the erection of the formwork including the shores, braces
and other supports.
(2) Upon the erection of the formwork, the designated person shall make a thorough inspection to
ensure that the formwork is safe.
(3) A designated person shall regularly inspect the formwork, shores, braces and other supports
during the placing of concrete. Reshores shall be similarly inspected.
(4) Any unsafe condition discovered during the inspection mentioned in sub-regulations (2) and
(3) shall be remedied immediately.
(5) The designated person shall keep all records of such inspections at the worksite and shall
produce them for examination at the request of the Inspector.
Regulation 30. Beams, floors and roofs.
(1) Horizontal and diagonal bracing shall be provided in both longitudinal and transverse
directions, as may be necessary to provide structural stability. Shores shall be properly seated
top and bottom, and shall be secured in place.
(2) Where shores rest upon the ground, base plates shall be used.
(3) Where the floor to ceiling height does not exceed 9.14 metres the props to the formwork shall
be of adequate size and spacing.
(4) Where the floor to ceiling heights exceeds 9.14 metres or where the formwork deck is
supported by shores constructed in two or more tiers, or where the dead, live and impact loads on
the formwork exceed 732,2 kgf per square metre the formwork structure shall be designated by a
Professional Engineer and the specification and drawings shall be kept on the job for use by an
Inspector and a copy of the said design and drawing shall be submitted to the Chief Inspector
before work commences.
(5) Where the formwork structure is designed by a Professional Engineer, he shall be responsible
for the supervision of the construction and the stability of such structure.
Regulation 31. Stripping.
(1) Stripping shall not commence until the concrete is fully set in accordance with the Professional
Engineer's specification and approved by him prior to such stripping.
(2) Stripped forms shall be removed or stock-piled promptly after stripping in all areas in which
persons are required to work or pass.
(3) Protruding nails, wire-ties and other form of accessories not necessary to subsequent work
shall be pulled, cut or otherwise made safe.
Regulation 32. Reshoring.
(1) Reshoring shall be provided when necessary to safety support slabs and beams after
stripping, or where such members are subjected to superimposed loads due to construction
above these slabs and beams.
(2) The requirements of sub-sections (1) and (2) of regulation 30 shall apply to reshores.
PART IV - STRUCTURAL STEEL AND PRECAST CONCRETE ASSEMBLY
Regulation 33. Placing of structural members.
During the final placing or structural members, the load shall not be released from the hoisting
rope until the members are securely fastened in place.
Regulation 34. Holding or cutting of structural members.
No load-bearing structural members shall be materially weakened by cutting, holding or other

means except in accordance with the written instruction of a Professional Engineer.
Regulation 35. Tag lines.
While panels or structural members are being hoisted, tag lines shall be used to prevent
uncontrolled movement.
Regulation 36. Erection of lintels.
Where exterior lintels are erected on steel or concrete frame buildings after the permanent floors
have been installed, a suitable scaffold shall be used unless each worker engaged in the erection
of such lintels wears a safety belt.
Regulation 37. Permanent flooring---skeleton steel construction in tiered

buildings.
(1) The permanent floors of skeleton steel construction in tiered buildings shall be installed as the
erection of structural member progresses and there shall not be more than eight storeys between
the erection floor and the uppermost permanent floor.
Regulation 38. Temporary flooring---skeleton steel construction in tiered

buildings.
(1) The erection floor shall be solidly planked over its entire surface except for excess openings.
Planking shall be of adequate strength to carry the working load and shall be laid tight and
secured to prevent movement.
(2) There shall also be provided a closely boarded and substantial floor within two storeys or 8
metres, whichever is less, below and directly under the portion of each tier of beam on which
bolting, rivetting, welding or painting is being done.
PART V - CLEANING, REPAIRING AND MAINTENANCE OF ROOF, GUTTERS, WINDOWS,
LOUVRES AND VENTILATORS
Regulation 39. Duties of employer.
(1) Every employer shall provide and require his employee to use while engaged in the cleaning,
repairing and maintenance of roof, gutters, windows, louvres and ventilators, properly maintained
equipment and safety devices that are required by these Regulations.
(2) All means of access to roofs, gutters, windows, louvres, ventilators and other fixtures, parts or
equipment which require periodical cleaning or maintenance shall be maintained in good and safe
order and condition.
Regulation 40. Work on steep roofs.
(1) Where work is being performed on roofs having a slope greater than one in four, there shall
be provided protection against sliding, consisting of roofing brackets or crawling boards.
(2) The provision of sub-regulation (1) shall not apply where every employee engaged in work
upon such roofs is protected by a safety belt.
Regulation 41. Construction and installation of roofing brackets.
(1) Roofing brackets shall be constructed to fit the pitch of the roof and when in use shall provide
a level working platform.
(2) Roofing brackets shall be secured in place by nailing pointed metal projections attached to the
underside of the bracket and securely driven into the roof or by a secure rope passed over the
ridge pole and tied.
Regulation 42. Crawling boards.
Crawling board shall not be less than 250 millimeters wide and 25 millimeters thick and shall have
cleats at least 38 millimeters wide, spaced at equal intervals not more than 310 millimeters apart
across the full width of the board and firmly nailed. Such boards shall extend from the ridge pole
to the eaves when used in connection with roof construction, repair or maintenance.
PART VI - CATCH PLATFORMS
Regulation 43. Catch platforms.
(1) During the demolition of the exterior walls of a structure originally more than 12.2 metres high,
catch platforms shall be erected along the exterior faces of such wall, where necessary to prevent
injury to the public and man working below.
(2) Such platform shall be designed by a Professional Engineer and certified for safety prior to
erection.
(3) Such catch platform shall be construed and maintained not more than 6 metres below the
storey from which the exterior walls are being removed.
(4) Catch platforms shall not be used for storage of material or be used as working platforms or
walkways.
Regulation 44. Construction of catch platform.
(1) Catch platforms shall be at least 1.5 metres wide and shall be inclined so that the outer edge
us 152 millimetres higher than the inner edge. Planks shall be laid close together and shall be
nailed down. The open ends of a catch platform shall be properly fenced up to a height of not less
than 0.9 metres.
(2) Catch platforms may be constructed of material other than wood provided such material is of
equal strength and does not otherwise lessen the security against falling material.
(3) Catch platforms shall be capable of sustaining a live load of not less than 735 kgf per square
metre.
Regulation 45. Details of catch platforms, etc.
Details of construction of catch platforms and sidewalk sheds shall conform to the requirements
of the Code of Practice for Building Operation Code.
PART VII - CHUTES, SAFETY BELTS AND NETS
Regulation 46. Chutes.
(1) Wooden or metal chutes provided for the removal of materials and which are at an angle of
more than 45 degrees with the horizontal shall be entirely enclosed on all sides, except at
openings used for the receiving or discharging of materials.
(2) All openings of chutes except the top openings shall be closed when not in use.
(3) Chutes at an angle of 45 degrees or less with the horizontal may be opened on the upper
side.
(1) Every chute shall be construed of planking or sheet metal of sufficient thickness.
(2) Every chute shall have a strong bottom where the material strikes the chute and shall be
rigidly supported throughout its length.
(3) A strong gate shall be construed at the lower end of every loading chute to control the loading
of material into trucks and to close the chute at all other times.
(4) Splashboards shall be erected to prevent materials from rebounding into public thoroughfare.
(5) Chutes exceeding 12 metres in height shall be constructed in accordance with the design and
drawings of a Professional Engineer.
(6) Where construction of a chute is in accordance with sub-regulation (5), certified copies of the
design and drawings of the chute shall be made available at the site for inspection by an
Inspector.
Regulation 48. Danger sign.
A simple but effective warning notice in the national language shall be place in a conspicuous
position at the discharge end of every chute to warn the employees and public.
Regulation 49. Chute maintenance.
Every chute shall be cleared when debris has accumulated to a height as specified by the design
engineer, where applicable, in any case at least once a day.
Regulation 50. Safety belts.
Safety belts, life lines and all devices for the attachment of life lines shall be adequate strength
and of a type approved by the Chief Inspector.
Regulation 51. Attachment required.
(1) Every safety belt made available or supplied to an employee for his personal protection shall
be used by the employee in the performance of his work.
(2) At all times during use, the safety belt shall be attached to a life line which is securely
attached to a sufficient anchorage and shall not be longer than is necessary to permit the
employee to perform his work.
(3) The point of anchorage of the life line shall not be lower than the level of the working position
of the employee.
(4) There shall be provided adequate and suitable means of anchorage when the use of safety
belt or life line is necessary.
Regulation 52. Instruction in using safety belt.
Every employee who is provided with a safety belt shall be instructed in the proper method of
wearing and using it, as well as attaching it to the life line.
Regulation 53. Protection of life lines.
Padding, wrapping or similar means shall be provided to protect every life line from contact with
edges or objects which may cut out or severely abrade it.
Regulation 54. Inspection of safety belt.
(1) Every safety belt and every life line shall be inspected by a designated persons before use by
an employee.
(2) No employer shall sufer or permit an employee to use a safety belt or life line which shows
any indication of wear, damage or deterioration likely to affect its strength and no such belt or life
line shall be kept on the worksite.
Regulation 55. Safety nets.
(1) Every safety net shall be of a type tested and approved by a testing body approved by the
Chief Inspector.
(2) Every safety net or combination of safety nets shall be of sufficient size and strength to catch
any person for whose protection it is used and so located as to cover the area of possible fall.
(3) Every safety net shall be attached to sufficient anchorages or supports outside and beyond
the area possible fall and supported at the height sufficient to prevent sagging to any surface or
object beneath when cushioning the fall of a person.
Regulation 56. Storage.
Every safety net shall be thoroughly dried before storage in a dry location. It shall be protected
against mechanical damage and damage from acid or other corrosive substances.
Regulation 57. Inspection of safety nets.
(1) Each safety net shall be inspected by a designated person before each installation.
(2) No safety net which shows signs of wear, damage or deterioration that will materially affect
the strength of any portion thereof shall be installed.
(3) After installation, a designated person shall inspect the safety net and its supports daily.
(4) The result of inspection as required under sub-regulations (1) and (3) shall be entered into a
register which shall be kept at the worksite for inspection by an Inspector.
PART VII - RUNWAYS AND RAMPS
Regulation 58. Use by vehicles.
All runways and ramps shall be substantially constructed and securely braced and supported.
Runways and ramps for the use of motor trucks or heavier vehicles shall have a width of not less
than 3.7 metres and shall be provided with timber curbs not less than 200 millimetres by 200
millimetres placed parallel to, and secured to, the sides of the runway or ramp and shall be
designed by a Professional Engineer.
Regulation 59. Use by employees.
Runways and ramps for the use of employees shall not less than 430 millimetres in width and
shall be constructed of not less than 25 millimetres thick planking, supported substantially in
relation to the span and braced. Planking shall be laid close, butt-jointed and securely nailed
without cantilevered ends. Runways and ramps for the use of employees and located or rising
more than 3 metres above the floor or ground shall be provided on the open sides with a guard
rail. Ramps or runways, when used as passages for workmen, shall be provided with standard
railings.
Regulation 60. Use by wheel-barrows, etc.
Runways and ramps used for wheel-barrows, handcarts or hand trucks shall be not less than one
metre in width and shall be constructed of not less than 50 millimetres thick planking, supported
substantially in relation to the span and braced. Planking shall be laid close, butt-jointed and
securely nailed without cantilevered ends. Runways and ramps for the use of wheel-barrow,
hand-carts or hand trucks and located or rising more than 3 metres above the floor or ground
shall be provided on the open sides with a suitable guard-rail of adequate strength.
Regulation 61. Slope.
Ramps shall have a slope not exceeding one in four and the total rise of a continuous ramp used
by men carrying material or using wheel-barrows shall not exceed 3.7 metres, unless broken by
horizontal landings at least 1.2 metres in length. If the slopes is steeper than one in eight, the
ramp shall be provided with cleats spaced bot more than 350 millimetres apart, and securely
fastened in the planking to afford a foothold. Spaces in the cleats may be provided for the
passage of the wheel of vehicle.
Every ladder and step-ladder shall be of good construction, sound material and adequate
strength for the purpose for which it is used.
Regulation 63. Handhold to be provided.
Where ladder is used as means of communication or as a working place, the ladder shall rise, or
adequate handhold shall be provided, to a height of at least one metre above the place of landing
or the highest rung to be reached by the feet of any person working on the ladder, as the case
may be or, if that is impracticable to the greatest practicable height unless other convenient and
secure handholds are provided at such places. The rungs shall be omitted from this extension.
Regulation 64. Exception.
Nothing in regulation 63 shall apply to a crawling ladder.
Regulation 65. Loose footing.
Ladders and step-ladders shall not stand on loose bricks or other loose packing, but shall have a
level and firm footing.
Regulation 66. Prevention against slipping.
Every ladder, shall so far as practicable, be securely fixed so that it can move neither from its top
nor from its bottom points of rest. If it cannot be so securely fixed, it shall, where practicable, be
securely fixed at the base or if such fixing at the base is impracticable, a person shall be stationed
at the base of the ladder to prevent slipping:
Provided that this regulation shall not apply to a ladder not more than 3 metres in length
and not used as a means of
communication if it is securely placed so as to prevent it from slipping or falling.
Regulation 67. Swaying and sagging.
Every ladder shall be-
(a) secured so a to prevent undue swaying;
(b) equally and properly supported on each upright; and
(c) so used as not to cause undue sagging.
Regulation 68. Landing place.
Every ladder or run of ladders rising a vertical distance of over 9 metres shall if practicable be
provided with a landing place or places so that the vertical distance between any two successive
landing places shall not exceed 9 metres. Every landing place shall be of adequate dimensions
and, if a person is liable to fall therefrom for a distance of more than 3 metres, shall, except in so
far as that is not reasonably practicable, be provided with sufficient and suitable guard rails to a
height or at least 0.9 metre above the landing place. Where a ladder passes through an opening
in the floor of a landing place, the opening shall be as small as it is reasonably practicable.
Regulation 69. Prohibition against use of defective ladder.
No ladder-
(a) with missing, broken or defective rung;
(b) with broken or split side rails;
(d) of faulty or defective construction; or

(d) with any of the rungs depending for its support solely on nails, spikes, or other similar
fixing,
shall be used.
Regulation 70. Wooden ladder construction.
No wooden ladder shall be used unless it is constructed with-
(a) uprights of adequate strength made of straight-grained wood free from defects and
having the grain of the wood running lengthwise;
(b) rungs made of straight-grained wood free from defects and mortised or securely
notched into the uprights; and
(c) reinforcing metal ties if the tenons are not secured by wedges.
(1) Except where either permanent or temporary stairways or suitable ramps or runways are
provided, ladders shall be provided to give access to all floors or to scaffolds or platforms where
work is being performed more than 1.5 metres above ground or to a permanent or temporary
floor.
(2) Ladders which are to remain as a part of the permanent structure after completion of building
operations shall conform to these Regulations.
PART X - SCAFFOLDS
(1) Every scaffold and every part thereof shall be of good construction, of suitable and sound
material and of adequate strength for the purpose for which it is used.
(2) Sufficient material shall be provided for and shall be used in the construction of scaffolds.
(3) Timber used in the construction of scaffolds shall be of keruing wood or wood of equal or
higher strength.
(4) Timber used in the construction of scaffolds shall be rough sawn and shall be sound, straight-
grained, free from dry-rot, or other defects impairing its strength or durability.
(5) Timber used in the construction of scaffolds must have the bark completely stripped off, and
not be painted or treated in any way so that defects cannot be easily seen.
(6) Metal parts used for scaffolds shall be of suitable quality and be in good condition and free
from corrosion or other patent defect likely to affect their strength materially.
(7) All scaffolds and their supports shall be capable of supporting the load they are designed to
carry with a safety factor of at least hour.
(1) E very scaffold shall be properly maintained and every part thereof shall be kept so fixed,
secured or placed in position as to prevent, as far as is practicable, accidental displacement.
(2) No scaffold or part thereof shall be partly dismantled and allowed to remain in such a
condition that it is capable of being used unless either-
(a) the scaffold continues to comply with these Regulations; or
(b) a prominent warning notice in the national language indicating that the scaffold or part
thereof is not to be used, is affixed near any point at which the scaffold or part, as the
case may be, is liable to be approached for the purpose of use.
Regulation 74. Supervision of work and inspection of material.
(1) No scaffold shall be erected or be substantially altered or be dismantled except under the
direct supervision of a designated person.
(2) All materials to be used for the construction of scaffolds shall be inspected by a designated
person on each occasion before being used.
Regulation 75. Design and drawings of scaffolds to be approved.
(1) every metal tube scaffold exceeding 40 metres in height and every other scaffold exceeding
15 metres in height shall be constructed in accordance with the design and drawings of a
Professional Engineer. All other metal tube scaffolds shall have their designs and drawings
approved by the Chief Inspector.
(2) A copy of the design and drawings of the structure shall be submitted to the Chief Inspector
for his record prior to the erection of the structure.
(3) A copy of the design drawings certified by the Professional Engineer shall be made available
at the worksite for inspection by an Inspector.
Regulation 76. Standards, uprights, ledgers and putlogs.
(1) Standards or uprights of scaffolds shall be-
(a) where practicable vertical or slightly inclined towards the building; and
(b) fixed sufficiently close together to secure the stability of the scaffold having regard to
all the circumstances.
(2) The displacement of the foot of any standard or upright shall, unless prevented in some other
sufficient way, be prevented either-
(a) by sinking the standard or upright to a sufficient depth into the ground; or
(b) by placing the standard or upright on an adequate base plate in a manner to prevent
slipping.
(3) Ledgers shall be as nearly as possible horizontal and shall be securely fastened to the
uprights or other means of support or suspension by bolts, dogs, ropes or other efficient means.
(4) Where two ledgers are connected together the connection shall be secure and in the case of
timber ledgers not connected together at an upright or point of suspension, both ledgers shall be
connected to a separate splicing ledger of adequate strength spanning between and properly
secured to the uprights or points or suspension on opposite sides of the connection of the
ledgers.
(5) Putlogs shall be straight or approximately straight and shall be securely fastened to the
ledgers or uprights, except in the case of a timber putlogs so shaped and placed that fastening is
not necessary to prevent its displacement. Putlogs which have one end supported by a wall shall
have at that end a flat supporting surface of sufficient area. Nails shall not be used for fastening
putlogs.
(6) The distance between two consecutive putlogs or other supports on which a platform rests
shall be fixed with due regard being given to the anticipated load and the nature of the platform
flooring. As a general rule the distance with single planks shall not exceed one metre with planks
32 millimetres in thickness, 1.5 metres with planks 38 millimetres in thickness, or 2.6 metres with
planks 50 millimetres in thickness.
Regulation 77. Support and stability of scaffolds.
(1) Every scaffold shall be securely supported or suspended and where necessary sufficiently
and properly strutted or braced to ensure stability.
Provided that if the scaffold is not properly designed and constructed as an independent
scaffold, it shall be rigidly connected
with the building.
(2) All structures and appliances used as supports for scaffolds, working platforms, gangways or
runs shall be of sound construction, have a firm footing or be firmly supported, and shall, where
necessary, be sufficiently and properly strutted or braced to ensure stability.
(3) Any mobile scaffold or scaffold which can be moved on wheels or skids shall, unless it is a
suspended or slung scaffold, be-
(a) constructed with due regard to stability, and if necessary for stability, adequately
weighed at the base.
(b) used only on a firm and even surface, not so sloping as to involve risk of instability of
the scaffold or any load thereon;
(c) adequately secured to prevent movement when any person is working upon it; and
(d) moved only by the application of force at or near the base.
Regulation 78. Gears for suspension of scaffolds.
(1) Chains, ropes and lifting gear used for the suspension of scaffolds shall be of sound material,
adequate strength and suitable quality, and in good condition.
(2) No rope other than a wire rope shall be used for the suspension of a scaffold, but this
requirement shall not apply in the case of a suspended scaffold which is raised or lowered
otherwise than by means of winches or in the case of those equipment being used for the
purposes of a suspended scaffold in accordance with regulation 83.
(3) Chains, ropes and metal tubes used for the suspension of a scaffold other than a suspended
scaffold shall be properly and securely fastened to safe anchorage points and to the scaffold
ledgers or other main supporting members. They shall be so positioned as to ensure stability of
the scaffold, be approximately vertical and be kept taut.
(4) Every scaffold suspended by means of ropes or chains shall be secured to prevent undue
horizontal movement while it is used as a working platform.
Regulation 79. Cantilever, jib, figure and bracket scaffolds, etc.
(1) No cantilever or jib scaffold shall be used unless it is adequately supported, fixed and
anchored on the opposite side of the support, has outriggers of adequate length and cross-
section and is, where necessary, sufficiently and properly strutted or braced to ensure rigidity and
stability.
(2) No working platform resting on bearers let into a wall at one end and without other support
shall be used unless the bearers are of adequate strength, pass through the wall and are
securely fastened on the other side.
(3) No figure or bracket scaffold supported or held by dogs, spikes, or similar fixings which are
liable to pull out of the stonework or brickwork in which they are fixed shall be used.
Regulation 80. Scaffolds supported by buildings.
No part of a building shall be used as support for part of a scaffold unless it is sound material and
sufficiently stable and of sufficient strength to afford safe support. Over-hanging eaves gutters
shall not be used as such support unless they have been specially designed as walkways and are
of adequate strength.
Regulation 81. Suspended scaffolds raised or lowered by means of

winches.
Suspended scaffolds raised or lowered by means of winches shall not be used unless-
(a) outriggers are-
(i) of adequate length and strength and properly installed and supported;
(ii) installed horizontally;
(iii) properly spaced in relation to the putlogs or deck irons;
(iv) securely fixed to the building by anchor bolts or other equivalent means, or
where such fixing is not reasonably practicable, adequately and securely
anchored at the inner ends; and
(v) provided with adequate stops at their outer ends;
(b) the points of suspension are at adequate horizontal distances from the building face;
(c) the suspension ropes are-
(i) of good construction, and sound material, adequate strength and free from
patent defect.
(ii) securely attached to the outriggers or other supports and to the winch drum,
and
(iii) of such length that at the lowest position of the platform there are at least two
turns of rope on each winch drum; and
(d) the platform is-

(i) not less than 635 millimetres wide, and
(ii) so arranged or secured that, at each working position, the edge of the
platform (whether of the normal platform or of an extention thereof towards the
building face as the case may be) is as close as practicable to the building face,
but so that where employees sit at the edge of the platform to work the edge may
be not more than 460 milimetres from such face.
Regulation 82. Other suspended scaffolds.
Suspended scaffolds other than scaffolds raised or lowered by means of winches shall not be
used unless-
(a) outriggers are-
(i) of adequate length and strength and properly installed and supported.
(ii) firmly anchored at the inner ends, and
(iii) securely fastened to any ballast or counterweight;
(b) the points of suspension are at adequate horizontal distances from the building face;
(c) the platform is-
(i) not less than 430 millimetres wide;
(ii) suspended by ropes or chains which are spaced not more than 3.2 metres
apart, are maintained in tension and are properly and securely fastened; and
(iii) suspended so as to prevent tipping or tilting of the platform;
(d) the suspension ropes or chains are of good construction, sound material, adequate
strength and fee from patent defect; and
(e) there are devices provided and used where necessary to keep the platform at a
sufficient distance from the wall when persons have to work in a sitting position :
Provided that sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph (c) of this regulation shall not apply
in the case of a scaffold which is securely suspended from fixed anchorages and
has a platform more than 635 millimetres wide supported on metal bearers
properly and securely connected to raising and lowering tackle (being wire rope
or chain tackle which is capable to sustain the load).
Regulation 83. Skip, bucket, basket, boatswain's chair, etc. shall not be
used as suspended scaffold.
(1) A skip, bucket, basket, boatwain's chair or similar equipment shall not be used for the
purposes of a suspended scaffold except in special circumstances where the work is of such
short duration as to make the use of a suspended scaffold unreasonable or where the use of a
suspended scaffold is not reasonably practicable and shall only be so used under the supervision
of a designated person.
(2) Such equipment shall not be used for the purpose of a suspended scaffold unless-
(a) the equipment including the suspension ropes or chains and their means of support
are of good construction, sound material, adequate strength and free from patent defect
and the ropes or chains are securely attached; and
(b) suitable measures are taken to prevent spinning or tipping and to prevent any
occupant from falling therefrom.
(3) No skip, bucket or basket shall be used for the purposes of a suspended scaffold unless it is-
(a) at least 760 millimetres deep; and
(b) either constructed wholly of suitable metal or carried by two strong bands of suitable
metal which are properly fastened and continued round the sides and bottom.
Regulation 84. Trestle scaffold.
(1) No trestle scaffold shall be used-
(a) if constructed with more than three tiers; or
(b) if it has working platform more than 4.5 metres above the ground or floor or other
surfaces upon which the scaffold erected.
(2) The provisions of sub-regulation (1) shall not apply to trestle scaffolds constructed in
accordance with the design and drawings of a Professional Engineer.
(3) No trestle scaffold shall be erected on a scaffold platform unless-
(a) the width of the platform is such as to leave sufficient clear space for the transport of
materials; and
(b) the trestle or uprights are firmly attached to the platform and adequately braced to
prevent displacement.
(4) No trestle scaffold shall be erected on a suspended scaffold.
Regulation 85. Inspection of scaffolds.
(1) Subject to the provision of these Regulations, no scaffold shall be used unless-
(a) it has been inspected by a designated person within the precedings seven days; and
(b) it has been inspected by a designated person since its exposure to weather
conditions is likely to have affected its strength or stability or to have displaced any part;
and
(c) the results of such inspection are entered by the designated person into a register
which is to be kept at the worksite for inspection by an Inspector.
(2) The provisions of paragraph (a) of sub-regulation (1) of this regulation shall not apply to a
scaffold where no part of which has been erected of more than seven days, and a trestle scaffold
or a scaffold from no part of which a person is liable to fall more than 3 metres.
Every working platform from which a person is liable to fall more than 3 metres shall be -
(a) either closely boarded, planked and plated, or a platform consisting of open metal
work having interstices none of which exceeds 3,870 square milimetres in area;
(b) at least 635 milimetres wide if the platform is used as a footing only and not for the
deposit of any materials;
(c) at least 860 milimetres wide if the platform is used for the deposit of material; and
(d) at least 1.1 metres wide if the platform is used for the support of any higher platform.
Regulation 87. Boards and planks in working platforms.
(1) Every board or plank forming part of a working platform or used as a toe-board shall be-
(a) of a thickness capable of affording adequate security having regard to the distance
between the putlogs or standards; and
(b) not less than 200 milimetres wide or in the case of boards or planks exceeding 50
millimetres in thickness, not less than 150 millimetres wide.
(2) No board or plank which forms part of a working platform shall project beyond its end support
to a distance exceeding four times the thickness of the board or plank unless it is effectively
secured to prevent tipping, or to a distance which, having regard to the thickness and strength of
the plank, renders the projecting part of the plank and unsafe support for any weight liable to be
upon it.
(3) Suitable measures such as the provision of adequate bevelled pieces shall be taken to reduce
to a minimum the risk of tipping and to facilitate the movement of barrows where boards or planks
which form part of a working platform overlap each other or are not of reasonably uniform
thickness where they meet each other or owing to warping or for some other reason do not
provide an even surface.
(4) Every board or plank which forms part of a working platform shall-
(a) rest securely and evenly on its supports; and
(b) rest on at least three supports, unless, taking into account the distance between the
supports and the thickness of the board or plank, the conditions are such as to prevent
undue sagging more supports are required.
(5) Where work has to be done at the end of a wall, the working platform at such wall shall,
wherever practicable, extend at least 610 millimetres beyond the end of the wall.
Regulation 88. Guard-rails and toe-boards at working place.

(1) Subject to sub-regulations (3), (4) and (5) every side of a working platform or working place,
being a side thereof from which a person is liable to fall a distance of more than 3 metres, shall
be provided with a suitable guard-rail or guard-rails of adequate strength to a height of at least
one metre above the platform or place and above any raised standing place on the platform, and
with toe-boards up to a sufficient height being in no case less than 200 millimetres and so placed
as to prevent so far as possible the fall of persons, materials and tools from such platform or
place.
(2) The guard -rails and toe-boards used on a working platform or working place shall be placed
on the inside of the uprights, and the space between any toe-board and the lowest guard-rail
above it shall not exceed 690 millimetres.
(3) Guard-rails and toe-boards required by sub-regulation (1) and (2) may be removed or remain
unerected for the time and to extent necessary for the access of persons or the movement of
materials.
(4) On the side of suspended scaffold facing the wall-
(a) guard-rails where required by this regulation need not extend to a height of more than
690 millimetres above the platform if the work is impracticable with a guard-rail at a
greater height;
(b) guard-rails and toe-boards shall not be required if the workers sit at the end of the
platform to work and ropes or chains affording all the employees a safe and secure
handhold are provided.
(5) The requirements of sub-regulations (1) and (2) regarding toe-boads shall not apply to the
platform of a trestle scaffold or where the provision of a toe-board is impracticable on account of
the nature or special circumstances at the work.
Regulation 89. Working platforms at building face.
Where work at the face of a building is done from a working platform, the space between the face
of the building and the working platform shall be as small a practicable and where employees sit
at the edge of the platform to work, the space shall not exceed 460 millimetres.
Regulation 90. Platforms to be unobstructed and to afford safe foothold.
(1) Every platform shall be kept free from any unnecessary obstruction, material or rubbish and
from any projecting nails.
(2) If a platform becomes slippery, appropriate steps shall as soon as reasonably practicable to
taken to remedy the defect.
Regulation 91. Tube scaffolds.
The scaffold members shall be of steel tubing complying with BS 1139 "Metal Scaffolding".
Regulation 92. Scaffold locking device.
All vertical and horizontal members of a tube scaffold shall be fastened together with a coupler or
approved locking device, forming a positive connection. The locking device shall be of a type
having no loose parts.
Regulation 93. Locking device material.
The locking device or coupler shall be of drop-forged steel.
Regulation 94. Construction of tubular scaffold.
In the construction of tubular scaffolds, members of the following dimensions shall be used-
(a) in a light type tubular scaffold all posts, runners, and bearers shall be of 50 millimetres
outside diameter tubing with the posts spaced not more than 1.5 metres apart by 3 metre
along the length of the scaffold and all bracing shall be of 50 millimetres outside diameter
tubing;
(b) in a medium type tubular scaffold, all posts and runners shall be of 50 millimetres
outside diameter tubing and the bearers of 60 millimetres outside diameter tubing with
the posts spaced 1.8 metres apart by 2.4 metres along the length of the scaffold and all
bracing shall be of 50 millimetres outside diameter tubing; and
(c) in a heavy tubular pole scaffold, all posts and runners to be of 50 millimetres outside
diameter tubing, and the bearers of 60 millimetres outside diameter tubing with the posts
spaced 1.8 metres by 2.4 metres along the length of the scaffold and all bracing to be of
50 millimetres outside diameter tubing.
Regulation 95. Size of tube scaffold.
For tubular steel scaffolds up to 22 metres in height, posts of 50 millimetres outside diameter
tubing shall be used and for heights 22 metres to 61 metres, 60 millimetres outside diameter
tubing shall be used.
Regulation 96. Factor of safety.
All tubular scaffolds shall be designed to have a factor of safety of not less than four.
Regulation 97. Bracing.
Posts shall be kept plumb during erection and the scaffold shall be subsequently kept plumb and
rigid by means of adequate bracing.
Regulation 98. Power to prohibit the use of unsafe scaffolds.
The Inspector may prohibit the use of any scaffold or part thereof which does not comply with the
requirements of these Regulations or the design of construction of which appears to be unsafe to
the Inspector, by any means he deems fit.
PART XI - DEMOLITION
Regulation 99. Warning sign.

On every demolition job, danger signs shall be conspicuously posted around the property, and all
doorways or thoroughfares giving access to the property shall be kept barricaded except when
being used as a passage for men or equipment and during darkness, and lights at flares shall be
placed on or about all barricades.
Regulation 100. Preparation.
Before commencing any demolition work all glass in exterior operatings shall be removed. All
gas, electric, water , steam and other supply lines shall be shut off and capped. In each case, the
relevant authorities involved shall be notified in advance. Where it is necessary to maintain any
power, water, gas or electric lines during demolition such lines shall be so re-located or protected
with substantial covering so as to protect them from damage and to afford safety to the
employees.
Regulation 101. Projection of adjacent structures.
During the demolition of any structure the employer performing such demolition shall examine the
walls of all structures adjacent to the structure which is to be demolished. Such examination shall
include a determination of the thickness and method of support of the walls of all such adjacent
structure. Where there is reason to believe that an adjacent structure is unsafe or will become
unsafe because of demolition operations, no demolition shall be performed at this point until there
has been provided sheet piling, shoring, bracing or other such means as may be necessary to
ensure the stability of the adjacent structure and to prevent such structure or other property from
collapsing.
Regulation 102. Demolition of walls, partitions, etc.
(1) Demolition of walls and partitions shall proceed in a systematic manner and all work above
each tier of floor beams shall be completed before the safety of its supports is impaired.
(2) Masonry shall neither be loosened nor permitted to fall in such masses as to endanger the
structural stability of any floor or structural support.
(3) No wall, chimney or other structure or part of a structure shall be left unguarded in such a
condition that it may fall, collapse or weaken due to wind pressure or vibration.
(4) In the demolition by hand of exterior walls, safe footing for the employees shall be provided in
the form of sound flooring or scaffolds.
(5) Walls or partitions which are to be demolished by hand shall not be left standing more than
one storey high above the uppermost floor on which men are working.
During demolition, continuing inspections shall be made by a designated person as the work
progresses to detect any hazard to employees resulting from weakened or deteriorated floors or
walls, or loosened material. No employee shall be suffered or permitted to work where such
hazards exist unless they are corrected by shoring, bracing or other effective means.
Regulation 104. Method of operation.
Debris, bricks and other materials shall be removed-
(a) by means of chutes, buckets or hoists; or
(b) through openings in the floors.
Regulation 105. Access to floor.
There shall be provided at all times safe access to and egress from every building in the course
of demolition by means of entrances, hallways, stairways or ladder runs which shall be so
protected as to safeguard the persons using them from falling materials.
Regulation 106. Opening in floors.
Every opening used for the removal of debris on every floor which is not closed to access, except
the top or working floor, shall be provided with an enclosure from the floor to ceiling. Alternatively,
the opening shall be so barricaded that no person shall have access to within a horizontal
distance of 6 metres from any opening above through which debris is being dropped. The
aggregate area of openings in the floor immediately beneath the floor being demolished shall not
exceed 25 per cent of the total area of such floor.
Regulation 107. Demolition of structural steel.
All steel structures shall be demolished column length by column length and tier by tier. Every
structural member which is being dismembered shall not be under any stress other than its own
weight and such member shall be chained or lashed in place to prevent any uncontrolled
swinging or dropping. Large structural members shall not be thrown or dropped from the building,
but shall be carefully lowered. where a derrick is used in the demolition of buildings of skeleton
steel construction, the floor on which the derrick rests shall be completely planked over and the
floor shall be of adequate strength for such operation.
Regulation 108. Storage of materials.
Materials shall not be stored on catch and scaffold platforms, floor or stairways of the building
being demolished, except that the floor of a building may be used for the temporary storage of
materials when such floor is of such strength as to support safety the load of such material.
Storage spaces shall not interfere with access to any stairway or passageway, and suitable
barricades shall not be provided so as to prevent materials from sliding or rebounding into any
space used by the employees or by the public.
Regulation 109. Barricades, catch platforms and warning signs.
(1) Along every sidewalk or thoroughfare bordering demolition operations there shall be erected a
substantial barricade to prevent unauthorised persons from entering the site of such operations.
(2) During the demolition of an exterior masonry wall or a roof from a point more than 12 metres
above the adjoining ground level, if persons below are exposed to falling objects, catch platforms
which meet the requirements of regulation 43 shall be provided and maintained at a level not
more than 6 metres below the working level except where an exterior built-up scaffold provides
equivalent protection.
(3) Suitable warning signs shall be put up at conspicuous positions.
Regulation 110. Mechanical method of demolition.
(1) The use of a swinging weight, clamshell bucket, power shovel, bulldozer or other contrivance
for the purpose of demolition shall be in accordance with the following requirements-
(a) the building or structure or remaining portion thereof shall not be more than 24 metres
in height;
(b) where a swinging weight is used, a zone of demolition having a radius of at least one
and a half times the height of the structure or portion thereof being so demolished shall
be maintained around the points of impact;
(c) where a clamshell bucket is being used, a zone of demolition shall be maintained
within 8 metres of the line of travel of the bucket;
(d) where other contrivances are being used to effect total or partial collapse, there shall
be maintained in the area into which the affected portion may fall a zone of demolition at
least one and half times the height of the structures or remaining portion thereof; and
(e) no person other than employees essential to the operation of the equipment shall be
permitted to enter a zone of demolition which shall be provided with substantial
barricades.
PART XII - EXCAVATION WORK
Regulation 111. Protection of the public.
(1) All public walkways, sidewalks, and the thoroughfares bordering on or running through any
excavation site shall be provided with substantial guard-rails or board fences. In addition,
temporary footwalks beyond the kerb shall be substantially constructed and provided with
protection on both sides.
(2) A flagman or watchman shall be designated to warn the public of the approach of trucks and
to direct the trucks in and out the property. Danger or warning signs shall be posted at all truck
entrances and exits.
(3) During darkness, all public sidewalks shall be adequately illuminated and warning lights or
flares shall be placed about the property to ensure safety for pedestrian and vehicular traffic.
Where there is any question of stability of structures adjoining or over areas to be excavated,
such structures shall be supported where necessary by underpinning, sheet piling, shoring,
bracing or other means made or erected according to the design of a Professional Engineer to
prevent injury to any person.
(1) No employee shall be permitted to enter any excavated area unless sheet piling, shoring or
other safeguards that may be necessary for his protection are provided.
(2) The excavation site and its vicinity shall be checked by a designated person after every
rainstorm or other hazard-increasing occurance and the protection against slides and cave-ins
shall be increased, if necessary.
(3) Temporary sheet piling installed to permit the construction of a retaining wall shall not be
removed until the wall has developed its full strength.
(4) Where banks are undercut adequate shoring shall be provided to support the ovechanging
materials.
(5) Excavated materials and other superimposed load shall be placed at least 610 millimetres
from the edge of open excavation and trenches , and shall be so piled or retained that no part
thereof can fall into the excavation, or cause the banks to slip or cause the upheaval of the
excavation bed.
(6) Banks shall be stripped of loose rocks or other materials which may slide, roll or fall upon
persons below.
(7) Open sides of excavations where a person may fall more than 3 metres shall be guarded by
adequate barricades and suitable warning signs shall be put up at conspicuous positions.
(8) No employee shall be permitted to work where he may be struck or endangered by an

excavating machine or by material dislodged by it or falling from it.
Regulation 114. Piling, shoring and bracing.
(1) Planks used as sheet piling shall be at least 50 millimetres thick. The maximum spacing
between wales shall be such as to keep the planks within their safe bending stress. Shores and
braces shall be of adequate dimensions for stiffness and shall be so placed as to be effective for
their intended purposes. Each end of each wales piece shall be separately braced.
(2) Earth-supported shores or braces shall bear against a footing of sufficient area and stability to
prevent their shifting.
In every excavation of more than 1.2 metres deep there shall be provided ladders, stairways or
ramps to furnish safe access to and egress from such excavation. Such ladders, stairways or
ramps shall comply with the provisions of these Regulations and shall be installed in sufficient
numbers and in such locations as to be readily accessible.
Regulation 116. Trench excavation.
(1) Pilings, shoring and bracing used in a trench excavation to protect employees against falling
or sliding materials shall be of adequate strength. Where the trench to be excavated exceeds 4
metres in depth, such protection shall be constructed in accordance with the design and drawings
of a Professional Engineer.
(2) Where trenching of more than 1.5 metres in depth is done by a mechanical digger the
protection required by sub-regulation (1) shall follow the jib as closely as possible.
Regulation 117. Deep trench.
Where the trench requires two lengths of sheet piling, one above the other, the lower piling shall
be set inside the bottom wales of the upper piling and shall be driven down and braced as the
excavation continues.
Regulation 118. Positioning of machinery.
No person shall be permitted to position or operate machinery in a manner likely to endanger

himself or others in the vicinity of the excavation site.
PART XIII - MATERIAL HANDLING AND STORAGE, USE AND DISPOSAL
(1) All materials in bags, containers, or bundles, and other material stored in tiers shall be
stacked, blocked, interlocked, and limited in height so that it will be stable and otherwise safe
against sliding or collapse.
(2) When any material is stored in public thoroughfares, it shall be located so as to prevent the
least possible hazard to, and interference with the traffic and the public. Unauthorised persons
shall not be allowed on or around the material.
Regulation 120. Falling of timber.
(1) Timber shall be so stacked so as to be safe against falling or topping over and when
unstacked all tiers shall be unstacked simultaneously.
(2) Unused timber shall have nails withdrawn before it is stacked unless it is to be burned without
further handling.
Regulation 121. Aisles and passageways to be kept clear.
(1) Aisles and passageways shall be kept clear to provide for the free and safe movement of
material handling equipment or workers. Such areas shall be kept in good repair.
Regulation 122. Material storage.
(1) Material stored inside buildings under construction shall not be placed within 1.8 metres of any
hoistway or inside floor openings, nor within 3 metres of an exterior wall which does not extend
above the top of the material stored.
(2) Employees required to work on stored material in silos, hoppers, tanks and similar storage
areas shall be equipped with life lines and safety belts.
(3) Unused materials shall be segregated in storage.
(4) Bagged materials shall be stacked by stepping back the layers and cross-keying the bags at
least every 10 bags high.
(5) Materials shall not be stored on scaffolds or runways in excess of supplies needed for
immediate operations.
(6) Brick stacks shall not be more than 2.1 metres in height. When a losse brick stack reaches a
height 1.2 metres, it shall be tapered back 50 millimetres in every 0.3 metres.
(7) When masonry blocks are stacked it shall be tapered back one-half block per tier above the
1.8 metres level
(8) Timber shall be stacked on level and solidly supported sills and shall be so stacked as to be
stable and self-supporting.
(9) Structural steel poles, pipes, bar stock, and other cylindrical materials shall be attached and
blocked so as to prevent spreading or tilting.
Regulation 123. Disposal of waste material.
(1) Whenever materials are dropped more than 6 metres to any point lying outside the exterior
walls of the building, an enclosed chute of wood, or equivalent material, shall be used. For the
purpose of this sub-regulation, an enclosed chute is a slide, closed in on all sides, through which
material is moved from a high place to a lower one.
(2) When debris is dropped through holes in the floor without the use of chute, the area on to
which the material is dropped shall be completely enclosed with barricades not less than 1.2
metres high and not less than 1.8 metres back from the projected edge of the opening above.
Signs warning of the hazard of falling materials shall be posted at each level. Removal shall not
be permitted in this lower area until debris handling ceases above.
(3) All scrape lumber, waste material and rubber shall be removed from the immediate work area
as the work progresses.
(4) Disposal of waste material or debris by burning shall comply with local fire regulations.
(5) All solvent waste, oily rags and flammable liquids shall be kept in fire-resistant covered
containers until removed from worksite.
PART XIV - PILING
Regulation 124. Stability of adjacent structures.
Where there is any question of stability of structures adjoining areas to be piled, such structures
shall be supported where necessary by underpinning, sheet piling, shoring, bracing or other
means in accordance with the design of a Professional Engineer to prevent injury to any person.
All pile-driving equipment shall be inspected daily by a designated person before the start of work
and every defect shall be immediately corrected before pile-driving commences. Every piling
frame and its attachments shall be thoroughly examined by an approved person at least once in
every twelve months.
Regulation 126. Protection of operator.
The operator of every pile driver shall be protected from falling objects, steam, cinders and water
by a substantial covering.
Regulation 127. Qualifications of operator.
Each member of the pile-driving crew shall be properly instructed in the work he is to do and the
operation shall be in the charged of a designated person who shall personally direct the work and
give the operating signals.
Regulation 128. Handling of piles.
The preparation of the piles shall be done at a safe distance from the driving operation. During
the hoisting of piles, all persons not actually engaged in operating the equipment and handling
the piles shall be kept out of the area.
Regulation 129. Pile driver not in use.
When the pile driver is not in use, the hammer shall be choked or blocked in the leads or lowered
to the ground.
Regulation 130. Ladders.
A ladder extending from the bottom of the leads to the overhead sheaves shall be permanently
attached to the structure supporting the leads
Where a structural tower supports the leads, suitable working platforms of adequate strength
shall be provided on levels of the leads at which it is necessary for men to work. Such platforms
shall be provided with a safety railing and toe-board on all sides, except on the hammer or lead
side of the platform. Where such platform cannot be provided, a safety belt shall be provided.
Regulation 132. Piles.
All concrete piles shall have attained the required strength before being hoisted or being subject
to piling stresses
Regulation 133. Pile testing.
(1) The testing of piles shall be conducted under the direct supervision of a designated person.
(2) Reasonably practicable measures shall be taken to warn persons not to approach within 50
metres of a pile under test.
(3) Under no circumstances shall anyone be permitted to approach a test pile while the process
of increasing or decreasing test loading is being carried out.
(4) While the process of increasing or decreasing test loading is not in progress, anyone
approaching a test pile for any purpose shall only be permitted to do so under the specific
instruction of the designated person who shall take reasonably practicable measures to ascertain
that the kentledge is in a stable condition and is safe for approach.
Regulation 134. Footing.
Before placing or advancing a pile driver, the ground shall be inspected by a designated person
and, where necessary for firm and level footing, timber shall be placed. After placing or advancing
a pile driver, inspection and correction of the footing shall be made, when necessary, to maintain
stability.
PART XV - BLASTING AND USE OF EXPLOSIVES
Regulation 135. Handling of explosives.
Explosives shall not be handled or used except in accordance with the manufacturer's
instructions, if any, and under the immediate control of a designated person who has the training,
knowledge or experience in the field of transporting, storing, handling, and use of explosives.
Such person shall be required to furnish satisfactory evidence of competency in handling
explosives and performing in a safe manner the type of blasting to be carried out and he shall
have adequate knowledge of the dangers connected with their use; and steps shall be taken to
see that, when a charge is fired, all persons are in positions in which, so far as can reasonably be
anticipated, they are not exposed to risk of injury from the explosion or from flying materials.
Regulation 136. Smoking and open lights.
Smoking, open lights and flame or spark-producing devices are prohibited in or around any
explosive magazine or storage enclosures and there shall be posted and maintained proper
warning signs to that effect in the national language.
Regulation 137. Opening packages.
Packages of explosives shall not be opened at any point less than 15.3 metres distance from any
magazine, and metallic instruments shall not be used for opening packages of explosives.
Regulation 138. Drilling holes.
(1) Drilling in any hole that has at any time contained explosives is prohibited.
(2) All holes for inserting cartridges of explosive shall be of sufficient size for such cartridges to be
inserted to the bottom of the holes without forcing or ramming.
Regulation 139. Removing cartridge wrappers.
(1) Dynamite shall not be removed from its original wrapper before being loaded into holes.
(2) All explosives shall be accounted for at all times.
Regulation 140. Loading near other operations.
The loading of holes shall be under the direct supervision of the blaster. Holes shall not be loaded
in dangerous proximity to drilling or any other operations.
Regulation 141. Loading and tamping.
In loading and tamping explosives only a hardwood rod free from any metal part shall be used.
Regulation 142. Warning before blasting.
Before firing the blaster shall sound a warning distinctly audible to all persons within the danger
zone and all such persons shall retreat to a safe distance or to a safe shelter. No blast shall be
fired while any person is in the danger zone as determined by the blaster.
Regulation 143. Return to the blast area.
No person shall return from such safe distance or safe shelter until permitted to do so by the
blaster as announced by audible or visible signal.
Regulation 144. Misfires.
Immediately following the blast, the area shall be examined by the blaster for evidence of misfired
charges. Immediately on learning of misfire, every person in the danger zone shall retreat to a
safe distance or a safe shelter. The misfire shall be reported at once by the blaster to the person
in charge and control of the blasting. The later shall designate the necessary personnel to
dispose of the misfire and shall determine the safe and proper method of its disposal. No person
except those designated to effect such disposal shall enter the danger zone until the misfire has
been disposed of.
Regulation 145. Precaution before blasting.
Before blasting, the owner should take every precaution for the protection of life and property and
warning notices shall be given to all residence and others in the immediate vicinity of the blasting
operation.
Regulation 146. Operations during thunderstorms.
All use of explosives and any handling of explosives shall be stopped immediately upon the
approach of a thunderstorm and all personnel in the area shall immediately seek a safe place for
shelter as directed by the person in charge of the blasting.
PART XVI - HAND AND POWER TOOLS
(1) All hand and power tools and similar equipment, whether furnished by the employer or the
employee, shall be maintained in a safe condition.
(2) When power-operated tools are designed to accommodate guards, they shall be equipped
with such guards when in use.
(3) Belts, gears, shafts, pulleys, sprockets, spindles, drum, fly wheels, chains, or other
reciprocating rotating or moving parts of the equipment shall be guarded if such parts are
exposed to contact by employees or otherwise create a hazard in accordance with the
requirements of the Factories and Machinery (Fencing of Machinery and Safety) Regulations
1970.
(4) Employees using hand and power tools and exposed to the hazard of falling, flying, abrasive,
and splashing objects, or exposed to harmful dusts, fumes, mists, vapours or gases shall be
provided with the necessary personal protective equipment to protect them from hazards.
(5) (a) All hand-held powered platen sanders, grinders with wheels 51 millimetres in diameter or
less, routers, planers, laminate trimers, nibblers, shears, scroll saws, and jigsaws with blade
shanks 6 millimetres wide or less may be equipped with only a positive "on-off" control.
(b) All hand-held powered drills, tappers, fastener, drivers, horizontal, vertical, and angle grinder
with wheels greater than 51 millimetres in diameter, disc sanders, belt sanders, reciprocating
saws and other similar operating powered tools, shall be equipped with a momentary contact "on-
off" control and may have a "lock-on" control provided that turnoff can be accomplished by a
single motion of the same finger or fingers that turn it on.
(c) All other hand-held powered tools, such as circular saws, chain saws, and percussion tools
without positive accessory holding means, shall be equipped with a content pressure switch that
will shut off the power when the pressure is released.
Regulation 148. Hand tools.

(1) Employers shall not issue, suffer or permit the use of unsafe hand tools.
(2) Wrenches, including adjustable pipe ends and socket wrenches shall not be used when jaws
are sprung to the point that slippage occurs.
(3) Impact tools, such as drift pins, wedges, and chisels, shall be kept free of mushroomed head.
(4) The wooden handles of tools shall be kept free of splinters or cracks and shall be kept tight in
the cool.
Regulation 149. Electric power-operated tools.
(1) Electric power-operated tools shall be insulated in accordance with the requirement of
Electrical Inspectorate Regulations 1984 [P.U.(A) 313/1984].
(2) The use of electric cords for hoisting or lowering tools shall not be permitted.
Regulation 150. Pneumatic power tools.
(1) Pneumatic-power tools shall be secured to the hose or whip by some positive means to
prevent the tool from becoming accidentally disconnected.
(2) Safety clips or retainers shall be securely installed and maintained on pneumatic impact
(percussion) tools to prevent attachments from being accidentally expelled.
(3) All pneumatically-driven nailers, staplers, and other similar equipment provided with automatic
fastener feed, which operate at more than 7 bars pressure at the tool shall have a safety device
on the muzzle to prevent the tool from ejecting fasteners, unless the muzzle is in contact with the
work surface.
(4) Compressed air shall not be used for cleaning clothing or parts of the body.
(5) The manufacturer's safe operating pressure specification for hoses, pipes, valves, filters and
other fittings shall not be exceeded.
(6) The use of hoses for hoisting or lowering tools shall not be permitted.
(7) All hoses whose inside diameter exceed 13 millimetres shall have a safety device at the
source of supply or branch line to reduce pressure in case of hose failure.
(8) Airless spray guns of the type which atomize paints and fluids at a pressure greater than 70
bars shall be equipped with automatic or visible manual safety devices which will prevent pulling
of the trigger to prevent release of the paint or fluid until the safety device is manually released or
alternatively, a diffuser which will prevent high pressure or high velocity release, while the nozzle
tip is removed, plus a nozzle tip guard which will prevent the tip from coming into contact with the
operator, or their equivalent protection, shall be provided.
Regulation 151. Fuel-powered tools.
(1) All fuel-powered tools shall be stopped while being refueled, serviced, or maintained, and fuel
shall be transported, handled, and stored safely.
(2) When fuel-powered tools are used in enclosed spaces, the applicable provisions in respect of
concentrations of toxic gases and the use of personal protective equipment, must be followed.
Regulation 152. Hydraulic-powered tools.
(1) The fluid used in hydraulic-powered tools shall be fire-resistant fluids, and shall retain its
operating characteristics at the most extreme temperatures to which it may be exposed.
(2) The manufacturer's safe operating pressure specifications for hoses, pipes, valves, filters and
other fittings shall not be exceeded.
Regulation 153. Power-actuated tools.
(1) Only employees who have been trained in the operation of the particular tool in use shall be
allowed to operate a power-actuated tool.
(2) The tool shall be tested each day before loading to see that safety devices are in proper
working condition. The method of testing shall be in accordance with the manufacturer's
recommended procedure.
(3) Any tool found not in proper working order, or that develops a defect during use, shall be
immediately removed from use and shall not be used until it is properly repaired.
(4) Tools shall only be loaded within a reasonable period prior to the intended firing time. Neither
loaded nor empty tools shall be pointed at any employees. Hands shall be kept clear of the open
barrel end.
(5) Loaded tools shall not be left unattended.
(6) Fasteners shall not be driven into very hard or brittle materials including, but not limited to,
cast iron, glazed tile, surface-hardened steel, glass block, live rock, face brick, or hollow tile.
(7) Driving into materials easily penetrated shall be avoided unless such materials are backed by
a substance that will prevent the pins or fastener from passing completely through to the other
side.
(8) No fastener shall be driven into a spalled area caused by an unsatisfactory fastening.
(9) Tools shall not be used in an explosive or flammable atmosphere.
PART XVII - MISCELLANEOUS
Any person who contravenes any provisions of these Regulations shall be guilty of an offence
and shall, on conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding two thousand ringgit.
Made th 16th September 1986.
[KB. Sulit 32 /1 / 2 / 5/ 1 / 1 SJ. (3); PN. (PU2) 235.]
DATO' LEE KIM SAI,

Minister of Labour
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (ASBESTOS PROCESS) REGULATIONS
1986
___________________________
___________________________
Preamble

Regulation 4. Prohibition of use of crocidolite in manufacturing process.
PART III - EXHAUST EQUIPMENT AND EMPLOYEE PROTECTION
Regulation 6. Exhaust equipment to be provided.

Regulation 7. Inspection of exhaust equipment.
Regulation 8. Protection of employees are not engaged in prescribed area or prescribed work.
Regulation 9. Personal protective equipment.
Regulation 10. Obligations of employee.
PART IV - HOUSEKEEPING
PART V - HANDLING AND DISPOSAL
Regulation 12. Handling and disposal of asbestos material.
PART VI - MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS

Regulation 14. Contents of medical examinations.
Regulation 15. Medical examination report.
Regulation 16. Further examination or tests.
Regulation 17. Removal from work.
Regulation 18. Employee to comply.
PART VII - MONITORING FOR ASBESTOS DUST EXPOSURE
Regulation 19. Personal monitoring.
PART VIII - CHANGE ROOMS, LOCKERS AND SHOWER FACILITIES
Regulation 20. Change rooms, lockers and shower facilities.

Regulation 21. Employees to make full use of facilities.
Regulation 22. Training programme.
PART X - RECORD KEEPING.
Regulation 23. Medical reports.

PART XI - MISCELLANEOUS
Regulation 27. Smoking.

FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (ASBESTOS PROCESS) REGULATIONS 1986
Preamble
IN exercise of the powers conferred by section 56 (1) of the Factories and Machinery Act 1967
[Act 139], the Minister makes the following regulations:
These Regulations may be cited as the Factories and Machinery (Asbestos Process)
Regulations 1986 and shall come into force on the 1st September 1986.
"approved" means approved in writing by the Chief Inspector;
"asbestos" means crocidolite, amosite, chrysotile, fibrous anthophyllite, tremolite or actinolite;
"asbestos dusts" means asbestos fibres or any particle containing loose asbestos fibres,
dispersed during an asbestos process or any other process which generates asbestos fibres, or
any particle containing loose asbestos fibres;
"asbestos fibres" means asbestos fibres of more than 5 micrometers in length and less than 3
micrometers in width and having a length to width ratio of not less than 3 to 1 when viewed in a
phase contrast optical microscope at 400 to 500 magnification;
"asbestos material" means -
(a) asbestos, or any loose asbestos fibres, or any material containing any loose asbestos
fibres that had been collected in a factory;
(b) asbestos dust or waste containing loose asbestos fibres that had been collected in a
factory;
"asbestos process", in relation to a factory, means a manufacturing process involving the use,
application, removing, mixing or other handling of asbestos material, but does not include -
(a) a process in connection with which asbestos dust cannot dispersed in such quantities
or manner that the concentration of such dust in the breathing air of any employee may at
any time exceed the permissible exposure limit; or
(b) the cleaning of the premises, plant, equipment, furniture or fittings of factory;
"asbestos processing area" means a workroom or part of a factory in which an asbestos process
is carried out;
"breathing air", in relation to an employee, means air that is or may be breathed by that
employee;
approved by the Chief Inspector to carry out any inspection, examination or test on exhaust
equipment installed in a factory;
"dust collector" means any bag, bin or other receptacle for collecting dust, and that is part of or
installed in connection with an exhaust equipment;
"employee" means a person employed in a factory whether by an occupier or by any other

person;
"exhaust equipment" means equipment for removing dust by means of an exhaust draught
produced by mechanical means;
"permissible exposure limit" means the maximum concentration of asbestos dust per milliliter of
air to which an employee may be exposed;
"prescribed area" means an asbestos processing area in which it would not be practicable for an
asbestos process to be carried on if exhaust equipment were provided;
"prescribed work" means the cleaning (including the emptying of dust collectors), inspection,
examination, or testing of any processing area or any plant, equipment, furniture or fittings in such
an area or used in any asbestos process, or the removal of asbestos dust;
1971[Act 50].
These Regulations shall apply to all factories in which any asbestos process is used, but shall not
apply to any building operations or works of engineering construction.
Regulation 4. Prohibition of use of crocidolite in manufacturing process.
Crocidolite shall not be used in any manufacturing process in any factory.
No employee shall be exposed to asbestos dust at concentration greater that one fibre per
milliliter of air average over eight-hour period.
PART III - EXHAUST EQUIPMENT AND EMPLOYEE PROTECTION
Regulation 6. Exhaust equipment to be provided.
(1) An asbestos process shall not be carried on in a factory unless, in connection with such
process, an exhaust equipment is provided and such equipment conforms to, and is operated,
inspected, examined and tested in accordance with these Regulations.
(2) The exhaust equipment provided in pursuance of subregulation (1)-
(a) shall be such and so operated as to comply with the requirement under regulation 5;
and
(b) in connection with any machinery or plant, shall be operated at all times while such
machinery or plant is in operation, and for such time thereafter as is necessary to comply
with the requirement under regulation 5.
(3) The dust collector of the exhaust equipment shall -
(a) be installed in an enclosure or enclosures so that ingress into it or them of

unauthorised persons is precluded, and the enclosure or enclosures shall be so designed
as to prevent, so far as is practicable, the escape of asbestos dust into the air of any
workplace or into the general environment;
(b) whenever a leakage occurs, be replaced or so repaired as to prevent such further

leakage; and
(c) not be emptied, cleaned, agitated or reconditioned except by mechanical means or

any other means which will comply with the requirement under regulation 5.
Regulation 7. Inspection of exhaust equipment.
(1) The exhaust equipment provided in pursuance of regulation 6 shall be -
(a) inspected by a competent person at least once in every seven days, or at such more
frequent intervals as an Inspector may, by notice in writing to the occupier, require; and
(b) thoroughly examined and tested by a competent person at intervals not longer than
three months.
(2) The competent person making an inspection in pursuance of sub-regulation (1), shall forthwith
make a report to the occupier of the fact of an matters disclosed by the inspection, examination or
test; and every such report shall be kept in the factory for a period at least two years.
Regulation 8. Protection of employees are not engaged in prescribed area

or prescribed work.
Provisions shall be made in a factory by means of screens or partitions, or by other suitable

means, to ensure so far as is practicable, that asbestos dust -
(a) in a prescribed area in the factory; or
(b) arising from prescribed work done in the factory,
does not enter the breathing air of any employee not engaged in such area or such work.
Regulation 9. Personal protective equipment.
(1) Where an employee is employed in a prescribed area, or in an area in which asbestos dust in
a concentration exceeding the permissible exposure limit, arising from an asbestos process,
cleaning, or any other process or work is or is liable to be present in his breathing air, or in any
prescribed work, there shall be provided for his use-
(a) suitable protective clothing appropriate to the type of work in which he is employed
and to the extent to which he is or is liable to be exposed to the inhalation of asbestos
dust; and
(b) approved respiratory protective equipment.
(2) No protective clothing or respiratory protective equipment which has been used by a person
shall be provided for the use of another person unless it has been thoroughly cleaned since last
being used.
(3) No person shall be employed in any area or work referred to in sub-regulation (1) unless he
has been fully instructed in the proper use of the protective clothing and the respiratory protective
equipment provided for his use in pursuance of this regulation and the reasons for their use.
(4) All protective clothing and respiratory protective equipment provided in pursuance of these
regulation shall-
(a) be kept clean; and
(b) be stored in a locker provided for such storage, and shall not be removed from such
locker except for use, cleaning or other necessary purpose.
(5) The cleaning in pursuance of this regulation shall be carried out in the factory where the
protective clothing and respiratory protective equipment have been in use.
Regulation 10. Obligations of employee.
Every employee who is employed in a prescribed area, or in an area in which asbestos dust in a
concentration exceeding the permissible exposure limit, arising from an asbestos process,
cleaning, or any other process or work, is or is liable to be present in his breathing air, or in any
prescribed work, shall-
(a) wear, and make full and proper use of the protective clothing and respiratory
protective equipment provided for his use in pursuance of these Regulations; and
(b) on becoming aware of any defect in any exhaust equipment, protective clothing,
respiratory protective equipment or any other equipment provided in the factory,
immediately report the existence of such defect to the occupier.
PART IV - HOUSEKEEPING
(1) All-
(a) machinery, apparatus, work benches and other plant and equipment used in a factory
for the purposes of an asbestos process;
(b) external surfaces of exhaust equipment and vacuum cleaning equipment provided in
pursuance of these Regulations; and
(c) floors, inner walls, ceilings (or where there is no ceiling, the inside part of the roof) of,
and fittings and furniture, in asbestos processing areas.
shall, in accordance with this regulation, be kept, so far as is practicable, in a clean state and free
from accumulation of asbestos dust and waste that contains or may contain loose asbestos
fibres.
(2) The cleaning in pursuance of sub-regulation (1) shall be done, in the case of-
(a) all those parts of a floor where asbestos dust and waste that contains or may contain
loose asbestos fibres could reasonably be expected to accumulate, at least once in each
day on which an asbestos process is carried on;
(b) the walls, ceiling and the inside parts of a roof, within twelve months, or other
approved period, from the day on which these Regulations come into force, and
thereafter at intervals of not more than twelve months; and
(c) workbenches, forthwith after the cessation of each shift or period of work in an
asbestos process, or at such more frequent intervals as an Inspector may, by notice in
writing the occupier, require.
(3) The cleaning in pursuance of sub-regulation (1) shall be done by means of a method which
will prevent re-entry of asbestos dust in a concentration exceeding the permissible exposure limit
to the breathing air of any employee.
PART V - HANDLING AND DISPOSAL
Regulation 12. Handling and disposal of asbestos material.
(1) No asbestos material shall be despatched from or, so far as is practicable, received into a
factory or warehouse, or be kept in a factory or warehouse, unless it is in a receptacle from which
asbestos dust cannot escape or it is being transported within the factory in a totally enclosed
system of conveyance.
(2) No asbestos material shall be disposed of as waste within a factory except in approved
manner.
(3) All receptacles containing asbestos material in a factory shall be labelled as follows:
"CAUTION-HANDLE WITH CARE

CONTAINS ASBESTOS MATERIAL
AVOID CREATING DUST".
PART VI - MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS
(1) The occupier shall provide or make available at his cost, medical examinations to any
employee who in the course of his normal employment in the factory is present, whether
continuously or not, in an asbestos processing area.
(2) The occupier shall arrange for each such employee to undergo a prescribed medical
examination -
(a) within ninety days from the day on which these Regulations come into force, or within
thirty days from the day the employee commences work, unless he has undergone a
prescribed medical examination within the last two years; and
(b) thereafter at intervals not longer than two years.
Regulation 14. Contents of medical examinations.
The prescribed medical examination is pursuance of regulation 13 is a medical examination by a

registered medical practitioner which comprises or includes-
(a) a chest x- ray (posterior-anterior, 350 mm by 430 mm);
(b) the taking of a statement of the medical, occupational and smoking history of the
person examined; and
(c) a clinical examination and pulmonary function tests, including the testing of forced
vital capacity and forced expiratory volume at one second.
Regulation 15. Medical examination report.
The registered medical practitioner, upon completion of the prescribed medical examination on an
employee, shall furnish the occupier or the employee, if requested upon by the employee, with a
report on the examination and all x-rays taken in the course of the examination.
Regulation 16. Further examination or tests.
If the registered medical practitioner, after carrying out the prescribed or any other medical
examination of an employee, is of the opinion that, for reason associated with the inhalation of
asbestos dust by the employee, a further medical examination or any special diagnostic tests are
desirable, he shall notify the occupier, and the occupier shall make arrangements for further
examination or test as prescribed by the registered medical practitioner.
Regulation 17. Removal from work.
If the registered medical practitioner, after carrying out the prescribed and further medical
examination, and any other special diagnostic test on an employee, is of the opinion that an early
stage of asbestos induced disease or diseases have occurred, he shall notify the occupier and
the occupier shall remove the employee from work in an asbestos processing area.
Regulation 18. Employee to comply.
Where in pursuance of this Part, arrangements are made for an employee to undergo a
prescribed medical examination or any other medical examination or special diagnostic tests, the
employee shall attend and undergo such examination or tests in accordance with those
arrangements.
PART VII - MONITORING FOR ASBESTOS DUST EXPOSURE
Regulation 19. Personal monitoring.
(1) The occupier shall carry out personal monitoring, as specified by the Chief Inspector from time
to time, in such manner necessary, to ascertain whether the provisions of these Regulations
relating to the presence or concentration of asbestos dust in, or the entry of asbestos dust into
breathing air of the employees are being complied with.
(2) The monitoring specified in sub-regulation (1) shall be carried out at intervals not longer than
three months.
PART VIII - CHANGE ROOMS, LOCKERS AND SHOWER FACILITIES
Regulation 20. Change rooms, lockers and shower facilities.
The occupier shall provide for every employee for whom protective clothing and respiratory
protective equipment are provided in pursuance of these Regulations-
(a) a conveniently accessible change room, and in that room, for every such employee-
(i) a clothes locker for the storage of street clothes; and
(ii) a separate locker for the storage of protective clothing and respiratory
protective equipment; and
(b) a shower room which shall be attached to the change room.
Regulation 21. Employees to make full use of facilities.
Every employee for whom a change room, locker or lockers and a shower room have been
provided in pursuance of regulation 20, shall make full and proper use of such rooms and locker
or lockers, for changing and storage of street clothing, protective clothing and respiratory
protective equipment and showering.
employees who are exposed to asbestos dust.
(2) The occupier shall ensure that during the training programme, each employee is informed of
the following:
(b) the specific nature of the operations which can result in exposure to asbestos dust;
(c) the purpose, proper selection, fitting, use and limitations of respirators;
(d) the purpose and a description of the medical surveillance programme, including
information concerning the adverse health effects associated with exposure to asbestos
dust; and
(e) the engineering controls and work procedures associated with the employees' job
assignments
PART X - RECORD KEEPING.
Regulation 23. Medical reports.
The occupier shall keep in the factory in good condition, the reports and x-ray photographs
furnished to him by the registered medical practitioner in pursuance of regulation 15, for the
period of employment of the employee and at least twenty years thereafter.
The occupier shall maintain in good order records of personal monitoring of employees for the
period of employment of the employee.
these Regulations to the Chief Inspector for examination and copying.
(1) Whenever the occupier ceases to do business, the successor occupier shall receive and
retain all records required to be maintained under these Regulations.
(2) Whenever the occupier ceases to do business, and there is no successor occupier to receive
and retain the records required to be maintained under these Regulations, these records shall be
transmitted to the Chief Inspector.
(3) At the expiration of the retention period for the records required to be maintained in pursuance
of regulations 23 and 24, the occupier shall notify the Chief Inspector at least three months prior
to the disposal of such records, and shall transmit those records to the Chief Inspector if
requested within that period.
PART XI - MISCELLANEOUS
Regulation 27. Smoking.
(1) The occupier shall ensure that no smoking is done or allowed in an asbestos processing area.
(2) For the purpose of sub-regulation (1), the occupier shall post the following warning signs:
"NO SMOKING - HEALTH HAZARD AREA".
shall, on conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding two thousand ringgit.
Made the 4th July 1986.

[KB. Sulit 32/1/2/5/1/1 Sj. (2); PN. (PU2) 235 Pt. IV.]
DATO' LEE KIM SAI,

Minister of Labour
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (LEAD) REGULATIONS 1984
___________________________
___________________________
Preamble

Regulation 5. Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL).

Regulation 6. PEL for exposure greater than eight hours.
Regulation 7. PEL when using respirators.
Regulation 9. Basis for initial determination.
Regulation 10. Positive initial determination.
Regulation 11. Negative initial determination
Regulation 12. Frequency.
Regulation 15. Accuracy of measurement.
Regulation 16. Engineering and work practice controls.

Regulation 18. Mechanical ventilation and recirculation of air.
Regulation 19. Administrative control.
PART V - RESPIRATORY PROTECTION

Regulation 21. Respirator selection.
Regulation 22. Respirator usage.
Regulation 23. Respirator programme.
PART VI - PROTECTIVE WORK CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT
Regulation 24. Provision and use.

Regulation 25. Cleaning and replacement.
PART VII - HOUSEKEEPING

Regulation 27. Cleaning floors.
Regulation 28. Vacuuming.
PART VIII - HYGIENE FACILITIES AND PRACTICES

Regulation 30. Change rooms.
Regulation 31. Showers.
Regulation 32. Lunch rooms.
PART IX - MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE

Regulation 34. Biological monitoring of blood lead sampling and analysis.
Regulation 35. Follow-up blood sampling test.
Regulation 36. Accuracy of analysis.
Regulation 38. Medical examination frequency.
Regulation 39. Content of medical examination.
Regulation 40. Chelation.
PART X - MEDICAL REMOVAL PROTECTION
Regulation 41. Temporary removal due to elevated blood lead levels.

Regulation 42. Temporary removal due to medical determination.
Regulation 43. Temporary removal due to pregnancy.
Regulation 44. Return of employee to former job status.
Regulation 45. Removal of employee special protective measure or limitations.
PART XI - EMPLOYEE INFORMATION AND TRAINING

Regulation 47. Access to information.
PART XII - SIGNS
Regulation 48. Signs.
PART XIII - RECORD KEEPING
Regulation 49. Exposure monitoring record.

Regulation 50. Medical surveillance.
Regulation 51. Medical removal.
Regulation 52. Availability of record.
Regulation 53. Transfer of record.
PART XIV - MISCELLANEOUS
Regulation 54. Penalties.
SCHEDULE
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (LEAD) REGULATIONS 1984
Preamble
IN exercise of the powers conferred by section 56 (1) of the Factories and Machinery Act 1967
[Act 139], the Minister makes the following regulations :
These Regulations may be cited as the Factories and Machinery (Lead) Regulations 1984 and
shall come into force on the 1st March 1984.
In these Regulations unless the context otherwise requires -
"action level" means employee exposure, without regard to the use of respirators, to an airborne
concentration of lead of seventy-five micrograms per cubic meter of air (75 μgm/m3) averaged
over an eight-hour period;
"approved" means approved in writing by the Chief Inspector;
"buffing" means grinding, sanding or smoothing with the aid of mechanical power, of lead, or of
any substance containing lead, by means of abrasive material or a wheel;
"lead" means metallic lead, all inorganic lead compounds, and organic lead soaps, but excludes
all other organic lead compounds;
"lead burning" means the melting of lead by any oxygen gas flame or otherwise for the purpose of
inducing the metal to flow;
"lead process" means any manufacturing process involving the use or handling of lead, and
without affecting the generality of the foregoing definition includes :
(a) the smelting of ores containing lead;
(b) lead burning;
(c) the melting or casting of lead;
(d) buffing; and

(e) the manipulation, movement or other treatment of lead in particulate or molten form;
"personal samples" means samples collected in the breathing zone of an employee by means of
a sampling device directly attached to the employee and worn continuously during all work and
rest operations;
"registered medical practitioner" means a medical practitioner who is registered with the
Malaysian Medical Council;
"time-weighted-average concentration" means average concentration over a specified period of

time;
(1) These Regulations shall apply to all factories in which any lead process is used, but do not
apply to any building operations or works of engineering construction.
(2) The provisions of these Regulations shall be in addition to and not in substitution for or in
diminution of other requirements imposed by or under the Factories and Machinery Act 1967.
(1) It is the duty of every employer who is engaged in any lead process to comply with these
Regulations in relation to any person employed by him in any plant or material under his control,
in any factory or part of a factory.
(2) It is the duty of each employee to comply with these Regulations.
Regulation 5. Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL)
The employer shall ensure that no employee is exposed to lead at concentrations greater than
one hundred and fifty micrograms per cubic meter of air (150 μgm/m3) averaged over an eight-
hour period (hereinafter referred to as "the PEL").
Regulation 6. PEL for exposure greater than eight hours.
If an employee is exposed to lead for more than eight hours in any work day, the Permissible
Exposure Limit or PEL, as a Time-Weighted-Average (TWA) for that day, shall be reduced
according to the following formula :
Permissible limit in μgm/m3 for 1200

the day = ___________________
hours worked in the day.
Regulation 7. PEL when using respirators.
When respirators are used to supplement engineering and work practice controls to comply with
the PEL and all provisions of these Regulations have been met, employee exposure, for the
purpose of determining whether the employer has complied with the PEL, may be considered to
be at the level provided by the protection factor of the respirator for those periods the respirator is
worn. These periods may be averaged with exposure levels during periods when respirators are
not worn to determine the employee's daily TWA exposure.
employee is not using a respirator.
(2) Every employer who has a workplace or work operation covered by these Regulations shall
conduct employee exposure monitoring to determine if any employee may be exposed to lead at
or above the action level.
(3) For the purpose of paragraph (2), the employer shall collect full shift (for at least seven
continuous hours) personal samples including at least one sample for each shift for each job
classification in each work area.
(4) Full shift personal samples shall be representative of the monitored employee's regular, daily
exposure to lead.
Regulation 9. Basis for initial determination.
(1) The employer shall base initial determinations of employee exposure on the employee
exposure monitoring results and any of the following relevant considerations :
(a) any information, observations, or calculations which would indicate employee

exposure to lead;
(b) measurements of airborne lead made in the preceding year if the sampling and
analytical methods used meet the accuracy and confidence levels of regulation 15;
(c) any employee's complaints of symptoms which may be attributable to exposure to

lead.
(2) Monitoring for the initial determination may be limited to a representative sample of the
exposed employee who the employer reasonably believes is exposed to the greatest airborne
concentration of lead in the workplace.
Regulation 10. Positive initial determination.
Where an initial determination of employee exposure based on a representative sample of an

employee as provided in regulation 9 shows the possibility of any employee exposure to lead at
or above the action level, the employer shall conduct employee exposure monitoring which is
representative of the exposure for each and every employee engaged in the workplace which is
exposed to lead.
Regulation 11. Negative initial determination.
Where an initial determination of employee exposure conducted under regulation 9 shows that no
employee is exposed to airborne concentrations of lead at or above the action level, the employer
shall make a written record of such determination. The record shall include at least the
information specified in regulation 9 and shall also include the date of determination, location
within the worksite, and the name, identity card number and social security registration number, if
any, of each employee monitored
[Am. P.U.(A) 277/1987]

Regulation 12. Frequency.
exposure to be below the action level the monitoring need not be repeated except as otherwise
(2) If the initial determination of employee exposure under regulation 9 or subsequent employee
exposure monitoring under regulation 10 reveals employee exposure to be at or above the action
level but below the PEL the employer shall repeat monitoring in accordance with this Part at least
every six months. The employer shall continue monitoring at the required frequency until at least
two consecutive measurements, taken at least seven days apart, are below the action level at
which time the employer may discontinue monitoring for that employee except as otherwise
(3) If the employee exposure monitoring conducted under regulation 10 reveals that employee
exposure is above the PEL the employer shall repeat monitoring quarterly. The employer shall
continue monitoring at the required frequency until at least two consecutive measurements, taken
at least seven days apart are below the PEL but at or above the action level at which time the
employer may repeat monitoring for that employee at the frequency specified in paragraph (2).
Whenever there has been a production, process, control or personnel change which may result in
new or additional exposure to lead, or whenever the employer has any other reason to suspect a
change which may result in new or additional exposures to lead, additional monitoring in
accordance with this part shall be conducted.
(1) Within five working days after the receipt of employee exposure monitoring results, the
employer shall notify each employee in writing of the results which represent the employee's
exposure.
(2) Whenever the results indicate that the representative employee exposure, without regard to
the use of respirator, exceeds the PEL, the employer shall include in the written notice a
statement that the PEL was exceeded and a description of the corrective action taken or to be
taken to reduce exposure to or below the PEL.
Regulation 15. Accuracy of measurement.
The employer shall use a method of monitoring and analysis which has an accuracy, to a
confidence level of 95%, within a margin of plus or minus 20% for airborne concentrations of lead
equal to or greater than seventy-five micrograms per cubic meter (75 μgm/m3).
Regulation 16. Engineering and work practice controls.
The employer shall implement engineering and work practice controls (including administrative
controls) to reduce and maintain employee exposure to lead below the PEL.
Regulation 17. Respiratory Protection.
Where engineering and work practice controls do not reduce employee exposure to or below the
PEL, the employer shall supplement these controls with respirators in accordance with Part V of
these Regulations.
Regulation 18. Mechanical ventilation and recirculation of air.
(1) When ventilation is used to control exposure, measurements which demonstrate the
effectiveness of the system in controlling exposure, such as capture velocity, duct velocity, or
static pressure shall be made at least every three months. Measurements of the system
effectiveness in controlling exposure shall be made within five days of any change in production,
process, or control which might result in a change in employee exposure to lead.
(2) If air from exhaust ventilation is recirculated into the workplace, the employer shall ensure that
the recirculation system has a high efficiency filter with reliable back-up filters, and controls to
monitor the concentration of lead in the return air and to bypass the recirculation system
automatically if it fails, are installed, operating and maintained.
Regulation 19. Administrative control.
If administrative controls are used as a means of reducing employee's TWA exposure to lead, the
employer shall establish and implement a job rotation schedule which includes :
(a) name, identity card number and social security registration number, if any, of each
affected employee;
(b) duration and exposure levels at each job or work station where each affected
employee is located; and
(c) any other information which may be useful in assessing the reliability of administrative
controls to reduce exposure to lead.
[Am. P.U. (A) 277/1987]
PART V - RESPIRATORY PROTECTION
Where the use of respirators is required under this Part, the employer shall provide, at no cost to
the employee, and ensure the use of respirators which comply with the requirements of this Part.
Respirators shall be used in the following circumstances :
(a) during the time period necessary to install or implement engineering or work practice
controls; and
(b) in work situations in which engineering and work practice controls are not sufficient to
reduce exposures to or below the PEL.
Regulation 21. Respirator selection.
(1) Where respirators are required under this Part the employer shall provide the appropriate
respirators specified in the table in the Schedule.
(2) Notwithstanding paragraph (1), the employer shall provide a powered, air purifying respirator
in lieu of the respirator specified in the table in the Schedule whenever it is required by the Chief
Inspector.
(3) The employer shall select respirators from among those approved for protection against lead
dust, fume and mist by the Chief Inspector.
Regulation 22. Respirator usage.
(1) The employer shall ensure that the respirator issued to the employee exhibits minimum
facepiece leakage and that the respirator is fitted properly.
(2) If an employee exhibits difficulty in breathing during use, the employer shall make available to
the employee an examination in accordance with regulation 38 (c) to determine whether the
employee can wear a respirator while performing the required duty.
Regulation 23. Respirator programme.
(1) The employer shall initiate a respiratory protection programme.
(2) The employer shall permit each employee who uses a filter respirator to change the filter
elements whenever an increase in breathing resistance is detected and shall maintain an
adequate supply of filter elements for this purpose.
PART VI - PROTECTIVE WORK CLOTHING AND EQUIPMENT
Regulation 24. Provisions and use.
If an employee is exposed to lead above the PEL without regard to the use of respirators or
where the possibility of skin or eye irritation exists, the employer shall provide at no cost to the
employee and ensure that the employee uses appropriate protective work clothing and equipment
such as, but not limited to :
(a) coveralls or similar full-body work clothing;
(b) gloves, hats and shoes or disposable shoe coverlets; and
(c) face shield, vented goggles, or other appropriate protective equipments approved by
Regulation 25. Cleaning and replacement.
(1) The employer shall provide the protection clothing required in regulation 24 in a clean an dry
condition at least weekly, and daily to employee whose exposure levels without regard to the use
of a respirator are over three hundred micrograms per cubic meter (300 μgm/m3) of lead as an
eight-hour TWA.
(2) The employer shall provide for the cleaning, laundering, or disposal of protective clothing and
equipment required by regulation 24.
(3) The employer shall repair or replace required protective clothing and equipment as needed to
maintain their effectiveness.
(4) The employer shall ensure that all protective clothing is removed at the completion of a work
shift only in change rooms provided for that purpose as prescribed in regulation 30.
(5) The employer shall ensure that contaminated protective clothing which is to be cleaned,
laundered, or disposed of, is placed in a closed container in the change room which prevents
dispersion of lead outside the container.
(6) The employer shall inform in writing any person who cleans or launders protective clothing or
equipment of the potentially harmful effects of exposure to lead.
(7) The employer shall ensure that the containers of contaminated protective clothing and
equipment required by regulation 25 (5) are labelled as follows :
CAUTION :
CLOTHING CONTAMINATED WITH LEAD. DO NOT REMOVE DUST BY

BLOWING OR SHAKING. DISPOSE OF LEAD CONTAMINATED WASH
WATER IN ACCORDANCE WITH GOVERNMENT REGULATIONS.
(8) The employer shall prohibit the removal of lead from protective clothing or equipment by
blowing, shaking, or any other means which disperses lead into the air.
PART VII - HOUSEKEEPING
All surfaces in factories which are subject to these Regulations shall be maintained as free as
practicable from accumulations of lead.
Regulation 27. Cleaning floors.
(1) Floors and other surfaces where lead accumulates shall not be cleaned by the use of
compressed air.
(2) Shovering, dry or wet sweeping and brushing may be used only where vacuuming has been
tried and found not to be effective.
Regulation 28. Vacuuming.
Where vacuuming methods are selected, the vacuums shall be used and emptied in a manner
which minimises the re-entry of lead into workplaces.
The employer shall ensure that in areas where skin or clothing may come in contact with fume,
dust, mist or liquids containing lead, food or beverage is not present or consumed, tobacco
products are not present or used, and cosmetics are not applied, except in change rooms,
showers and lunch rooms required under regulations 30, 31 and 32 respectively.
PART VIII - HYGIENE FACILITIES AND PRACTICES
Regulation 30. Change rooms.
(1) The employer shall provide clean change rooms for employees who work in areas where their
skin or clothing comes in contact with fume, dust, mist, or liquids containing lead or where their
airborne exposure to lead is above the PEL, without regard to the use of respirators.
(2) The employer shall ensure that change rooms are equipped with separate storage facilities for
protective work clothing and equipment and for street clothes which prevent cross-contamination.
Regulation 31. Showers.
(1) The employer shall ensure that employee who work in areas where their skin or clothing
comes into contact with fume, dust, mist, or liquids containing lead or where their airborne
exposure to lead is above the PEL, without regard to the use of respirators, shower at the end of
the work shift.
(2) The employer shall provide shower facilities to his employees.
(3) The employer shall ensure that employees who are required to shower pursuant to paragraph
(1) do not leave the workplace wearing any clothing or equipment worn during the work shift.
Regulation 32. Lunch rooms.
(1) The employer shall provide lunch room facilities for employees who work in areas where their
skin or clothing comes into contact with fume, dust, mist, or liquids containing lead or where their
airborne exposure to lead is above the PEL, without regard to the use of respirators.
(2) The employer shall ensure that the lunch room facilities are isolated from lead process and
are readily accessible to employees.
(3) The employer shall ensure that employees who work in areas where their skin or clothing
comes into contact with fume, dust, mist, or liquids containing lead or where their airborne
exposure to lead is above the PEL without regard to a respirator wash their hands and face prior
to eating, drinking, smoking or applying cosmetics.
(4) The employer shall ensure that employees do not enter lunch room facilities with protective
work clothing or equipment unless surface lead dust has been removed by vacuuming, down
draft booth, or other cleaning
PART IX - MEDICAL SURVEILLANCE
(1) The employer shall institute a medical surveillance programme for all employees who are or
may be exposed above the action level for more than thirty days per year.
(2) The employer shall ensure that all medical examinations and procedures are performed by or
under the supervision of a registered medical practitioner.
(3) The employer shall provide the required medical surveillance without cost to employees and
at a reasonable time and place.
Regulation 34. Biological monitoring blood lead sampling and analysis.
The employer shall make available biological monitoring in the form of blood sampling and
analysis for lead level to each employee covered under regulation 33 (1) on the following
schedule :
(a) at least every six months to each employee covered under regulation 33 (1);
(b) at least every three months for each employee whose last blood sampling analysis
indicated a blood lead level at or above 40 μgm/100 gm of whole blood but less than 60
μgm/100 gm of whole blood. This frequency shall continue until two consecutive blood
samples and analysis indicate a blood lead level below 40 μgm/100 gm of whole blood;
(c) at least monthly for each employee whose last blood sampling analysis indicated a
blood lead level at or above 60 μgm/100 gm of whole blood but less than 80 μgm/100 gm
of whole blood. This frequency shall continue until two consecutive blood samples and
analysis indicate a blood lead level below 60 μgm/100 gm of whole blood but at or above
40 μgm/100 gm of whole blood at which the frequency shall be as specified in paragraph
(b);
(d) at least monthly during the removal period of each employee removed from exposure
to lead due to an elevated blood lead level as provided in regulation 41;
(e) at least monthly for a female employee of child-bearing capacity.
Regulation 35. Follow-up blood sampling test.
Whenever the results of a blood lead level test indicate that an employee's blood lead level
exceeds the numerical criterion for medical removal under regulation 41, the employer shall
provide a second follow-up blood sampling test within two weeks after the employer receives the
results of the first blood sampling test.
Regulation 36. Accuracy of analysis.
Blood lead level sampling and analysis provided pursuant to this Part shall have an accuracy to a
confidence level of 95 per cent, within a margin of plus or minus 15% or 6 μgm/100 gm, which
ever is greater, and shall be conducted by an approved laboratory.
Within five working days after the receipt of biological monitoring results, the employer shall notify
in writing each employee whose blood lead level exceeds 40 μgm/100 gm of that employee's
blood lead level and that these Regulations require temporary medical removal when an
employee's blood lead level exceeds the numerical criterion for medical removal under regulation
41.
Regulation 38. Medical examination frequency.
The employer shall make available medical examinations and consultations to each employee
covered under regulation 33 (1) on the following schedule :
(a) at least annually for each employee for whom a blood sampling test conducted at any
time during the preceding twelve months indicate a blood lead level at or above 40
μgm/100 gm;
(b) prior to assignment for each employee being assigned for the first time to an area in
which airborne concentrations of lead are at or above the action level;
(c) as soon as possible, upon notification by an employee either that the employee has
developed signs or symptoms commonly associated with lead intoxication, that the
employee desires medical advice concerning the effects of current or past exposure to
lead on the employee's ability to procreate a healthy child, or that the employee has
demonstrated difficulty in breathing during a respirator fitting test or while using a
respirator.
(d) as medically appropriate for each employee removed from exposure to lead due to a
risk of sustaining material impairment to health.
Regulation 39. Content of medical examination.
Medical examinations made available pursuant to paragraphs (a) to (c) of regulation 38 shall
include the following elements :
(a) a detailed work history and medical history, with particular attention to past lead
exposure (occupational and non-occupational), personal habits (smoking, hygiene) and
past gastrointestinal, hematologic, renal, cardiovascular, reproductive and neurological
problems;
(b) a thorough physical examination with particular attention to teeth, gums, hematologic,
gastrointestinal, renal, cardiovascular and neurological systems.Pulmonary status should
be evaluated if respiratory protection will be used;
(c) a blood pressure measurement;
(d) a blood sample and analysis which determines :
(i) blood lead level;
(ii) haemoglobin and hematocrit determinations, red cell indices, and examination
of peripheral smear morphology;
(iii) blood urea nitrogen; and
(iv) serum creatinine;
(e) a routine urinalysis with microscopic examination; and
(f) any laboratory or other test which the examining registered medical practitioner deems
necessary by sound medical practice.
The content of medical examinations made available pursuant to paragraph (d) of regulation 38
shall be determined by a registered medical practitioner and, if requested by an employee, shall
include pregnancy testing.
Regulation 40. Chelation.
(1) The employer shall ensure that any person whom he retains, employs, supervises, or controls
does not engage in prophylactic chelation of any employee at any time.
(2) If therapeutic or diagnostic chelation is to be performed by any person in paragraph (1) the
employer shall ensure that it be done under the supervision of a registered medical practitioner in
a clinical setting with thorough and appropriate medical monitoring and that the employee is
notified in writing prior to its occurrence.
PART X - MEDICAL REMOVAL PROTECTION
Regulation 41. Temporary removal due to elevated blood lead levels.
The employer shall remove an employee from work having an exposure to lead at or above the
action level on each occasion that -
(a) a periodic and a follow-up blood sampling test conducted pursuant to these
Regulations indicate that the employee's blood lead level is at or above 80 μgm/100 gm
of whole blood; or
(b) the average of the last three blood sampling tests conducted (or the average of all
blood sampling tests conducted over the previous six months, whichever is longer)
indicates that the employee's blood lead level is at or above 73 μgm/100 gm of whole
blood, provided, however, that an employee need not be removed if the last blood
sampling test indicates a blood lead level at or below 60 μgm/100 gm of whole blood; or
(c) a periodic and follow-up blood sampling test of a female employee of a child-bearing
capacity indicate that the employee's blood lead level is at or above 40 μgm/100 gm of
whole blood.
Regulation 42. Temporary removal due to medical determination.
The employer shall remove an employee from work having an exposure to lead at or above the
action level on each occasion that the results of a medical finding, determination, or opinion show
that the employee has a detected medical condition which places the employee at increased risk
of material impairment to health from exposure to lead.
Regulation 43. Temporary removal due to pregnancy.
The employer shall after being notified of the fact remove a pregnant employee and a breast-
feeding employee from work which may expose the said employee to lead.
Regulation 44. Return of employee to former job status.
The employer shall return an employee to his or her former job status :
(a) for an employee removed in accordance with regulation 41 (a) and (b), when two
consecutive blood sampling tests indicate that the employee's blood lead level is at or
below 60 μgm/100 gm of whole blood;
(b) for an employee removed in accordance with regulation 41 (c), when two consecutive
blood sampling tests indicate that the employee's blood lead level is at or below 40
μgm/100 gm of whole blood;
(c) for an employee removed in accordance with regulation 42, when a subsequent final
medical determination results in a medical finding, determination, or opinion that the
employee no longer has a detected medical condition which places the employee at
increased risk of material impairment to health from exposure to lead.
Regulation 45. Removal of employee special protective measure or
limitations.
The employer shall remove any limitations placed on an employee or end any special protective
measures provided to an employee pursuant to a medical determination when a subsequent final
medical determination indicates that the limitations or special protective measures are no longer
necessary.
PART XI - EMPLOYEE INFORMATION AND TRAINING
(1) The employer shall institute a training programme for and ensure the participation of all
employees who are subjected to exposure to lead at or above the action level or for whom the
possibility of skin or eye irritation exists.
(2) The employer shall ensure that during the training programme, each employee is informed of
the following :
(a) the contents of these Regulations, and the employees' rights;
(b) the specific nature of the operations which could result in exposure to lead above the
action level;
(c) the purpose, proper selection, fitting, use and limitations of respirators;
(d) the purpose and description of the medical surveillance programme, and the medical
removal protection programme including information concerning the adverse health
effects associated with excessive exposure to lead, with particular attention to the
adverse reproductive effects on both males and females;
(e) the engineering controls and work practices associated with the employee's job
assignment; and
(f) instructions to employees that chelating agents should not routinely be used to remove
lead from their bodies and should not be used at all except under the direction of a
registered medical practitioner.
(3) The training programme shall be repeated at least annually for each employee removed in
accordance with regulation 41.
Regulation 47. Access to information.
(1) The employer shall make readily available to all affected employees a copy of these
Regulations.
(2) The employer shall provide, upon request, all materials relating to the employee information
and training programme to the Chief Inspector.
PART XII - SIGNS
Regulation 48. Signs.
(1) The employer shall post the following warning signs in each work area where lead is used :
WARNING
LEAD WORK AREA
POISON
NO SMOKING OR EATING
(2) The employer shall ensure that the signs required by these Regulations are illuminated and
cleaned as necessary so that the legend is readily visible.
PART XIII - RECORD KEEPING
Regulation 49. Exposure monitoring record.
(1) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record of all monitoring required in
Part III of these Regulations.
(2) The record kept shall be as stipulated by the Chief Inspector.
(3) The employer shall maintain these monitoring records for at least two years.
Regulation 50. Medical surveillance.
(1) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee subject to
medical surveillance under Part IX of these Regulations. The record shall include the following :
(a) the name, identity card number, social security number, if any, and description of the
duties of the employee;
[Am. P.U. (A) 277/1987]
(b) a copy of the registered medical practitioner's written opinion;
(c) results of biological monitoring;
(d) results of any airborne exposure monitoring done for the employee; and
(e) any employee medical complaints related to exposure to lead.
(2) The examining registered medical practitioner shall establish and maintain an accurate record
for each employee subject to medical surveillance under Part IX of these Regulations. The record
shall include the following :
(a) a copy of the medical examination results including medical and work history required
under these Regulations;
(b) a description of the laboratory procedures and a copy of any standards or guidelines
used to interprete the test results or references to that information; and
(c) a copy of the results of biological monitoring.
(3) All records pursuant to regulation 50 (1) and (2) shall be maintained for as long as the
employee is being employed and shall be transmitted to the Chief Inspector within three months
after termination of the employee's employment.
Regulation 51. Medical removal.
(1) The employer shall establish and maintain an accurate record for each employee removed
from current exposure to lead pursuant to these Regulations.
(2) The record shall include the following :
(a) the name, identity card number, and social security number, if any, of each employee
monitored;
[Am. P.U.(A) 277/1987]

(b) the date on each occasion that the employee was removed from current exposure to
lead as well as the corresponding date on which the employee was returned to his or her
former job status;
(c) a brief explanation of how each removal was or is being accomplished; and
(d) a statement with respect to each removal indicating whether or not the reason for the
removal was on elevated blood lead level.
(3) The employer shall maintain each medical removal record for at least the duration of an
employee's employment.
Regulation 52. Availability of record.
The employer shall make available upon request all records required to be maintained by these
Regulations to the Chief Inspector for examination and copying.
Regulation 53. Transfer of record.
(1) Whenever the employer ceases to do business, the successor employer shall receive and
retain all records required to be maintained under these Regulations.
(2) Whenever the employer ceases to do business and there is no successor employer to receive
and retain the records required to be maintained under these Regulations, these records shall be
transmitted to the Chief Inspector.
regulations 49 and 51, the employer shall notify the Chief Inspector at least three months prior to
the disposal of such records and shall transmit those records to the Chief Inspector if requested
within that period.
PART XIV - MISCELLANEOUS
shall, on conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding two thousand ringgit.
SCHEDULE
(Regulation 21 (1))
RESPIRATORY PROTECTION AGAINST EXPOSURE TO LEAD
(1) (2)
Airborne concentration of lead of condition Required respirator(1)

of use
Not in excess of 0.5 mg/m3 (500 μgm/m3) Half mask, air-purifying respirator equipped with
high efficiency particulate filters (2) (3)
Not in excess of 2.5 mg/m3 (2,500 μgm/m3) Full facepiece, air-purifying respirator with high
efficiency filters
Not in excess of 50 mg/m3 (1) Any powered, air-purifying respirators with

high efficiency filters; or
(2) Half-mask supplied air-respirators operated

in positive-pressure mode(2)
Not in excess of 100 mg/m3 Supplied-air respirators with full facepiece,

hood, helmet, or suit, operated in positive-
pressure mode
Greater than 100 mg/m3 unknown concentration Full facepiece, self-contained breathing
or fire-fighting apparatus operated in positive-pressure mode
__________________________________________________________________________
(1) Respirators specified for high concentrations can be used at lower concentrations of lead.
(2) Full facepiece is required if the lead aerosals cause eye or skin irritation at the use
concentration.
(3) A high efficiency particulate filter means 99.97 percent efficient against 0.3 micron size
particles.
Made the 26th January 1984.

[KB. Sulit 32/1/2/5/1/1 SJ. (1); PN. (PU2) 235.]
DATO' MAK HON KAM,
Minister of Labour
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (SAFETY, HEALTH AND WELFARE)
REGULATIONS 1970
___________________________
___________________________
Regulation 1. Citation.
Regulation 3. Factory not to be used as family dwelling.
Regulation 4. Underground room not to be used for a factory.
Regulation 6. Floors.
Regulation 7. Access to place of work.
Regulation 8. Opening generally to be fenced.
Regulation 9. Stairway.
Regulation 10. Fixed ladder.
Regulation 11. Catwalk, runway or gangway.
Regulation 12. Working at a height.
Regulation 13. Confined spaces.
Regulation 14. Dangerous liquids.
Regulation 15. Containers for volatile inflammable substances.
Regulation 16. Precaution against ignition.
Regulation 17. Precautions with regard to explosive or inflammable dust, fume or substance.
Regulation 18. Hot pipes.
Regulation 19. Objects on inclines.
Regulation 20. Stacking of material.
Regulation 21. Safety provisions in case of fire.
Regulation 22. Fire fighting appliances.
Regulation 23. Cleanliness.
Regulation 24. Space for each person.
Regulation 25. Ventilation.
Regulation 26. Air cleanliness.
Regulation 27. Partake of food or drink.
Regulation 28. Temperature.
Regulation 29. Lighting.
Regulation 30. Seating facilities.
Regulation 31. Work benches.
Regulation 32. Working, clothes, personal protective clothing and appliance.
Regulation 33. Dressing room.
Regulation 34. Drinking water.
Regulation 35. Water unsafe for drinking.
Regulation 36. Washing facilities.
Regulation 37. Sanitary convenience.
Regulation 38. First aid.
Regulation 39. Duty of occupier.
Regulation 40. Compliance with any other written law.
Regulation 42. Compoundable offences.
FIRST SCHEDULE.
SECOND SCHEDULE.
THIRD SCHEDULE.
FOURTH SCHEDULE.
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (SAFETY, HEALTH AND WELFARE) REGULATIONS, 1970
Preamble
IN exercise of the powers conferred on him by section 56 (1) of the Factories and Machinery Act,
1967[64/1967], the Minister of Labour hereby makes the following regulations:
These regulations may be cited as the Factories and Machinery (Safety, Health and Welfare)
Regulations, 1970, and shall come into force on the 1st day of February, 1970.
Regulation 2. Interpretation
In these regulations the terms used shall, unless the context otherwise requires, have the same
meanings as are respectively assigned to them by Part I of the Factories and Machinery Act,
1967 referred to in these regulations as "the Act"
Regulation 3. Factory not to be used as family dwelling.
No premises or building or part or portion of any premises or building used as a factory shall
concurrently be used as a family dwelling:
Provided that this regulation shall not apply if there is no direct access from that part or portion of
the premises or building used as a family dwelling to any part or portion of the premises or
building used as a factory.
Regulation 4. Underground room not to be used for a factory.
(1) No underground room shall be used or cause to used as a factory where such underground
room is unsuitable for work other than work involved in the use of the room for the purpose of
storage.
(2) In this regulation-
"unsuitable" means unsuitable as regards construction height, light or ventilation or for reason of
health, or on the ground that adequate means of escape in the case of fire are not provided.
No machinery shall be installed or caused to be installed on any floor above the ground floor of
any building unless such floor has been designed and constructed to support the load so imposed
thereon or alternatively strengthened for the purpose.
Regulation 6. Floors.
(1) Every part of any floor where any person is likely to pass shall be:
(a) maintained in a level, good and non-slippery condition to afford safe walking and
where necessary safe trucking or handling of materials; and
(b) free from holes, splinters, improperly fitted covers for gutters or conduits, and free
from protruding nails, projecting valves or pipes or other projections or obstructions which
present stumbling hazards.
(2) The floor or working level surrounding all machinery shall be maintained in good and level
condition, and so far as practicable free from any loose material and in a non-slippery condition.
(3) Where any process is carried on which makes any floor or working level wet, it shall be
suitably graded and adequate means of drainage shall be provided and maintained.
(4) Suitable and effective means shall be provided and maintained to remove from any floor or
working level any storm or flood water.
(5) Every part of any floor, working level, stair tread and landing shall not be made of any material
which will become slippery through wear.
Regulation 7. Access to place of work.
(1) Clear and unobstructed space shall be provided and maintained at all machinery to enable
any work thereat to be performed without unnecessary risk, and to permit of free and ready
access to any part necessitating regular operation, inspection, maintenance or removal.
(2) Where materials or goods or other articles are necessarily stacked between any machines or
workbenches, clear aisles or gangways to such machines or workbenches shall be provided and
maintained, and such aisles or gangways shall be clearly marked on the floor and no materials or
goods or other articles shall be stacked on such aisles or gangways.
Regulation 8. Openings.
Openings generally to be fenced.
(1) Every hatchway, chute, pit and trap-door opening shall be-
(a) securely fenced by removable railings with toe boards on not more than two sides and
permanent guard rails with toe-boards on all other exposed sides; or
(b) securely guarded by a flush-hinged floor opening cover of adequate strength,

equipped with railings attached thereto so as to leave only one side exposed when the
cover is open. When the opening is not in use the cover shall be closed or the exposed
side guarded.
Stairway opening.
(2) Every stairway opening except at the entrance thereto shall be fenced on every exposed side
by guard rails and toe-boards.
Floor openings.
(3) Every manhole floor opening shall be securely fenced by manhole covers of adequate
strength, which need not be hinged. Every other floor opening into which persons can
accidentally walk shall be fenced either by permanent guard rails with toe-boards on all exposed
sides or by hinged floor opening cover of adequate strength.
Floor opening cover.
(4) When floor openings covers are not in place, the openings shall be constantly attended by
someone or protected by portable enclosing guard rails.
Teagle openings.
(5) Every teagle opening or similar doorway used for hoisting or lowering goods or materials,
whether by mechanical power or otherwise, shall be securely fenced, and shall be provided with
secure handhold on each side of the opening or doorway; such fencing shall, except when the
hoisting or lowering of the load is being carried on at the opening or doorway, be kept in position.
Regulation 9. Stairway.
(1) Where any person is regularly employed on any floor above the ground floor, a stairway shall
be provided to give access thereto. Such stairway shall-
(a) be not less than thirty-six inches wide except that any secondary stairway may be not
less than thirty inches wide;
(b) have a pitch of not less than twenty degrees nor more than forty-five degrees to the
horizontal;
(c) have not less than six feet nine inches headroom measured from the top of any tread
in line with the face of the riser;
(d) have a height of not more than twelve feet between landings;
(e) have a landing if a door is provided at the top of the stairway; and
(f) where it is
(i) less than thirty six inches in width, be equipped with at least one hand rail on
the right side descending;
(ii) thirty six inches or more in width, be equipped with a guard rail on any
exposed side and a handrail on any enclosed side; and
(iii) seventy two inches or more in width be equipped as in sub-paragraph (f) (ii)
above and in addition with an intermediate guard rail:
Provided that where there are two or less number of risers, the foregoing provisions of this
paragraph need not apply.
Stairway landing.
(2) Every landing on a stairway shall not be less than twelve square feet in area.
Stairway handrail.
(3) The handrail of every stairway shall be continuous throughout a flight of stairs and at landings
and shall have a smooth unobstructed surface.
(4) An Inspector may require that any stairway be made of non-combustible material.
Regulation 10. Fixed ladder.
(1) Where access to any working level, platform or deck is provided by means of a fixed ladder,
such fixed ladder shall-
(a) where inclined, have a guard rail on each side; or
(b) where vertical:
(i) have suitable hand-rails or hand-holds at the upper landing;
(ii) be so arranged that the distance from the front of the rungs thereof to the
nearest fixed structure on the climbing side is not less than thirty inches; and
(iii) be fitted with such safety loops as may be required by an Inspector.

(2) (a) There shall be provided in every factory where there is any overhead transmission
machinery a suitably constructed portable ladder of sufficient length to service such machinery.
(b) Every portable ladder shall be fitted with suitable effective non-skid devices.
(c) An Inspector shall order any portable ladder, which in his opinion is damaged beyond repair or
otherwise defective, to be destroyed.
Regulation 11. Catwalk, runway or gangway.
(1) Where any catwalk, runway or gangway is provided exclusively to give access to machinery or
from on place to another, such catwalk, runway or gangway shall be provided with guard-rails on
both sides, and toe-boards at least four inches high; and shall not be used as a working platform.
Lubrication of unfenced machinery.
(2) Unfenced machinery shall not be lubricated by hand from a catwalk, runway or gangway while
the machinery is in motion, unless arrangements are provided to supply the lubricant from a
position wholly within the fencing of the catwalk, runway or gangway.
Access to catwalk.
(3) Access to any catwalk, runway or gangway shall be by means of a permanent ladder or
stairway.
(4) Catwalks, runways or gangways shall be provided as an Inspector may direct.

Ramps.
(5) Every ramp used by persons for ascent or descent from one level to another shall be limited to
a slope of not more than one in ten and shall conform to all relevant requirements for
construction, width, guard-rails and hand rails applying to stairways.
Regulation 12. Working at a height.
Where any person is required to work at a place from which he will be liable to fall a distance of
more than ten feet, means shall be provided to ensure his safety and such means shall where
practicable include the use of safety belts or ropes.
Regulation 13. Confined spaces.
(1) Where any work has to be done inside any chamber, tank, vat, pit, pressure or other vessel or
other confined space in which dangerous fumes are liable to be present to such an extent as to
involve risk to any person being overcome thereby, such confined space shall, unless there is
other adequate means of egress, be provided with a manhole; such manhole may be rectangular,
oval or circular in shape, and shall not be less than sixteen inches wide or not less than eighteen
inches in diameter if circular.
(2) No person shall be required or permitted to enter any confined space unless-
(a) all practicable steps have been taken to remove any fumes which may be present and
to prevent any ingress of fumes;
(b) it has been ascertained by a suitable test that the confined space is free from
dangerous fumes:
Provided that where such test cannot be carried out the person entering a
confined space shall wear an efficient respiratory protective device suitable for
the dangerous substance that is to be expected and a suitable safety belt with
attached life line of adequate dimensions leading to a convenient point outside
the tank or vessel; and
(c) a reliable and competent person is stationed at the entrance to the tank or vessel to
supervise the operations and to take such action as may be necessary in any
emergency.
(3) Suitable respiratory protective device, reviving apparatus, belts and ropes shall be provided
and maintained, and shall be readily accessible.
(4) A sufficient number of persons employed shall be trained in and familiar with the use of such
respiratory protective device and reviving apparatus and the method of restoring respiration.
Regulation 14. Dangerous liquids.
(1) Every fixed vessel, structure, sump or pit of which the edge is less than three feet six inches
above the adjoining floor, platform or working level and which contains any scalding, corrosive or
poisonous liquid, thereby creating risk of accidental immersion of any portion of the body of a
person therein shall either be securely covered or securely fenced to at least three feet six
inches.
(2) A warning notice, indicating the nature of the danger, shall be prominently marked on or
attached to the vessel, structure, sump or pit or, if this is not reasonably practicable, be posted
prominently nearby.
Regulation 15. Containers for volatile inflammable substances.
(1) Every drum, can or similar vessel containing volatile inflammable substances shall be kept
securely closed when not in actual use, and shall, after the contents have been emptied, be
removed without delay from the premises in which they are used; and adequate arrangements
shall be made to convey to a safe place any such substance which may escape due to failure of
any vessel or leakage or overflow or accidental discharge thereof.
(2) Only such quantity of volatile inflammable substances required for work in one day shall be
allowed to be taken into any room or cabinet in which such substances are used:
Provided that this provision shall not apply to any room or cabinet used as a laboratory in which
work of an investigative nature is being carried on and where adequate precautions in respect of
the safety and health of persons have been taken.
Regulation 16. Precaution against ignition.
(1) No fire, flame or naked light or other agent likely to ignite volatile inflammable substances or
the fumes therefrom shall be allowed inside any room or cabinet in which such substances are
used or stored:
Provided that this provision shall not apply where such room or cabinet is being used as a
laboratory in which work of an investigative nature is being carried on and where adequate
precautions in respect of the safety and health of persons have been taken.
(2) No person shall smoke in any room or cabinet in which volatile inflammable substances are
used or stored and there shall be posted in a conspicuous place in such room or cabinet a notice
prohibiting smoking.
(3) No tank or vessel which contains or has contained any volatile inflammable substance shall
be subjected to any operation which involves the application of heat, until all practicable steps
have been taken to remove the substance and any fumes arising therefrom, or to render them
non-flammable; and if any tank or vessel has been subjected to any such operation as aforesaid,
no volatile inflammable substance shall be placed in such tank or vessel until the metal has
cooled sufficiently to prevent any risk of igniting the substance:
Provided that this provision shall not apply to work of an investigative nature where adequate
precaution in respect of the safety and health of persons has been taken.
Regulation 17. Precautions with regard to explosive or inflammable dust,

fume or substance.
(1) Where in connection with any process carried on there is given off any inflammable or
explosive dust fume or other substance and where there is a possibility that such dust, fume or
substance and where there is a possibility that such dust, fume or substance may escape into
any workroom to cause an explosion, all steps shall be taken as far as practicable to prevent
such an occurrence-
(a) by enclosure of the plant used in the process and if necessary

(i) by isolation of the plant from any other building; or
(ii) in the case of a plant which is located in a room by separating the room from
any other room by fire resisting walls of a type approved by the Inspector and
any door therein shall be self-enclosing and fire-resisting; and
(b) by the removal or prevention of the accumulation of the dust, fume of substance; and
(c) by the exclusion or effective enclosure of all possible sources of ignition.
(2) Where there is present in any plant used in any process dust of such a character and to such
an extent as to be liable to cause an explosion steps shall be taken to restrict the spread and
effects of such an explosion by provision of chokes, baffles and vents or other equally effective
appliances, unless the plant is so constructed as to withstand the pressure likely to be produced
by such explosion.
(3) (a) No volatile inflammable substance shall be applied except in a room or cabinet, specially
constructed for the purpose, of suitable fire-resistant material, or in the open air in a suitable
place completely isolated for a radius of not less than fifteen feet.
(b) Every such room or cabinet shall be kept clean and all fans, ducts, trunks or casings used to
exhaust any fumes shall be made of fire-resistant materials having an interior smooth surface
which shall be kept clean and in good working order. All scraping necessary to comply with this
sub-paragraph shall be carried out with non-ferrous implements.
(4) For the purpose of these regulations volatile inflammable substances means cellulose
solutions (including solutions which contain cellulose acetate, cellulose nitrate or celluloid),
absolute alcohol, petroleum and other products of low flash-point.
Regulation 18. Hot pipes.
All steam pipes and all pipes used for heating purposes, other than pipes which are in such
positions that persons employed in the factory will not be likely to come in contact with them in
the ordinary course of employment, shall be properly insulated or guarded.
Regulation 19. Objects on inclines.
(1) Where heavy objects such as logs, loaded drums or tanks are handled on inclines in either
direction-
(a) ropes or other tackle shall be used to control their motion, in addition to the necessary
chocks or wedges;
(b) no person shall place himself on the down hill side; and
(c) where heavy objects are moved by means of rollers, bars or sledges shall be used
instead of hands or feet for moving the rollers to change the direction of movement of the
load.
Regulation 20. Stacking of material.

(1) Material stacks or pipes shall be placed on firm foundations not liable to settle and shall not be
subject to a weight so as to overload the floor.
(2) No material shall be stacked-
(a) against partitions or walls of buildings, unless it is known that the partition or wall is of
sufficient strength to withstand the pressure; and
(b) to a height which would render the stack or pile unstable.
Bags.
(3) Bagged material shall be stacked or piled in the following manner-
(a) the mouths of the bags shall be placed inwards;
(b) the first four end bags of each pile shall be cross tied; and
(c) a step back of one bag shall be made at every fifth bag in height.
(4) (a) Loaded boxes, crates, and cartons shall be stacked or piled on the sides having the largest
area and not to such a height as to cause collapse of the lower boxes, crates or cartons in the
stack or pile:
Provided that where the nature of the contents require special ways of stacking the provisions of
this sub-paragraph need not apply; and
(b) Loaded carton stacks shall be protected against moisture.
Pipe and bar stock.
(5) Pipe and bar stock shall be piled-
(a) on stable storage racks so located that the withdrawal of the material does not create
a hazard; or
(b) in layers resting on wood strips with stop blocks fixed on the ends or on metal bars
with upturned ends.
Cylindrical objects.
(6) (a) Where empty drums or barrels, large pipes, rolls of paper or other cylindrical objects are
piled on their sides-
(i) the pile shall be symmetrical and stable; and
(ii) every unit in the bottom row shall be effectively wedged.
(b) Where loaded barrels, drums or kegs are piled on their ends, two planks should be laid side
by side on top of each row before another row is started.
Regulation 21. Safety provisions in case of fire.

(1) Every factory building shall be provided with not less than two exits from every floor.
(2) Where persons are employed in any floor situated below or above the ground floor, means of
escape in case of fire shall be provided and maintained. Such means of escape shall:
(a) communicate directly with the outside air;
(b) be sufficient in the opinion of an Inspector for all persons employed; and
(c) if provided with any door, such door shall be fitted so as to open outwards from the
room, passage, or staircase from which it is a means of escape and shall not be kept
locked or fastened and shall be free from obstruction while persons are present in the
room, passage or staircase.
(3) Every window and door affording means of escape in case of fire or any emergency exit, other
than the means of exit in ordinary use, shall be distinctively and conspicuously marked by a
notice printed in red letters of an adequate size indicating the purpose for which it is to be used.
(4) The occupier of every factory shall ensure that all persons employed are familiar with the
means of escape in case of fire, the use of such means and the routine to be followed in case of
fire.
(5) The contents of any room in which persons are employed shall be so arranged or disposed
that there is free gangway to enable all persons employed in the room to have access to a means
of escape in case of fire.
Regulation 22. Fire fighting appliances.
In every factory there shall be provided and maintained, so as to readily accessible, means of
extinguishing fires, which shall be adequate and suitable having regard to the nature of the
processes carried on and the quantity and nature of the substances used.
Regulation 23. Cleanliness.
In every factory the following provisions relating to the cleanliness shall apply:
(a) There shall be provided and maintained a sufficient number of suitable receptacles for
the collection of refuse, rubbish and waste matter and all such refuse, rubbish and waste
matter shall be removed daily from the working area.
(b) The floor of every factory shall be cleaned at least once every week by washing or, if
it is effective and suitable, by regular sweeping or other method.
(c) All inside walls and partitions, and all ceilings or tops of rooms, and all walls, sides
and tops of passages and staircases shall-
(i) where they have a smooth impervious surface, be washed with hot water and
soap or cleaned by such other method as may be approved by the Inspector, at
least once in every period of fifteen months; or
(ii) where they are kept painted with oil paint or varnished, be repainted or
revarnished at least once in every period of seven years, and be washed with hot
water and soap or other suitable detergent, or cleaned by such other method as
may be approved by the Inspector, at least once in every period of twelve
months; or
(iii) in other cases, be kept white-washed or colour-washed and the white-

washing or colour-washing shall be repeated at least once in every period of
twelve months:
Provided that the provisions of paragraph (c) (iii) of this regulation shall not apply
to the classes, descriptions or parts of factories shown in the First Schedule to
these regulations.
(d) All sweeping and cleaning shall be done in such a manner as to avoid as far as
possible contamination of the air with dust or other obnoxious substances and, where
appropriate, vacuum cleaners shall be used.
(e) Adequate drains capable of ensuring effective removal of waste water shall be
provided and constantly maintained. Where it is considered essential by an Inspector the
drains shall be equipped with hydraulic seals or other effective devices to prevent escape
of effluvia and such seals or devices shall be constantly maintained.
(f) Every workroom or workplace shall as far as practicable be so constructed and

maintained as to prevent the entrance or harbouring of rodents, insects and vermin of
any kind.
(g) Infestation of rodents, insects, and vermin shall be eliminated by suitable measures,
and control measures shall be taken to prevent re-infestation.
(h) No person shall be allowed to use any workroom or workplace as living or sleeping
quarters.
Regulation 24. Space for each person.
(1) In every factory there shall be provided not less than four hundred cubic feet of space for each
person employed therein, and in determining such space, all space more than fourteen feet
above the level of the floor shall not be taken into account.
(2) Every workroom shall not be less than ten feet in height measured from the floor to the lowest
point of the ceiling or where there is no ceiling, to the lowest point of any cross beam thereof:
Provided that a workroom shall not include any room used solely for the purpose of housing
machinery and in which no person is employed full time in attendance at such machinery and in
which case, such height shall not be less than six feet and six inches.
(1) Where the means of natural ventilation is not adequate further means of natural or mechanical
ventilation or both shall be provided.
(2) Pursuant to paragraph (c) (ii) of section 22 (1) of the Act, ventilation shall be considered to be
adequate where the number of air changes every hour is-
(a) not less than ten in the case of processes which generate little or no heat, smoke or
fume; and
(b) not less than twenty in the case of processes which generate heat, smoke or fume:
Provided that where any fume generated is likely to cause bodily injury to any person employed,
the number of air changes every hour shall not be less than thirty.
(3) The total free area of any ventilation air inlets shall be at least fifty per cent greater than the
total free area of the air outlets. Air inlets shall, so far as practicable, be located at floor level, and
air outlets shall be located as high as practicable.
Regulation 26. Air cleanliness.
(1) In every factory where any process carried on therein there is given off any fume or dust
which is, or is likely to be, injurious or offensive to any person, or where any substantial quantity
of dust or fume is being accumulated, measures shall be taken to protect such persons against
inhalation of the fume or dust and to prevent it accumulating in the factory.
Removal of dust laden air.
(2) Any dust laden air extracted in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (1) of this
regulation shall be removed to a safe place in the open air where such dust shall be removed by
a settling chamber, water spray, cyclone, filter or any combination of these or other suitable
appliance.
Hoods and ducting.
(3) Any hood, enclosure, canopy or ducting for the extraction of fume or dust shall be constructed
so as to envelop, as far as practicable, the point of origin of the fume or dust so that a smooth
and uninterrupted flow is maintained. In addition to this requirement the hood, enclosure, canopy,
or ducting for the extraction of fume shall be constructed so as to maintain the air velocity at the
surface thereof at a rate not less than one hundred and fifty feet per minute.
Exhaust gases.
(4) No stationary internal combustion engine, steam boiler, cupola, furnace or other plant burning
fuel shall be operated unless provision is made for conducting the products of combustion to a
safe place in the open air.
Regulation 27. Partake of food or drink.
Where any poisonous or otherwise injurious substance is used in any room or part of a factory so
as to give rise to any fume or dust, no person shall partake of food or drink in that room or part of
the factory.
Regulation 28. Temperature.
(1) Where the operation of any machinery or any process gives rise to undue heat, an Inspector
may require that suitable provision be made to reduce the effect thereof on any person employed
so such extent as he may consider reasonable and practicable.
(2) Where in the opinion of an Inspector the temperature in a factory of part thereof, is unduly
high, adequate means shall be provided to cool the air or to create adequate air movement, or
both, in order to reduce the body temperature of any person employed.
(3) Any building constructed wholly or partly of materials having a high coefficient of heat
transmission which are subject to the heat of the sun shall be lined with suitable insulating
material or coated with white paint, white-wash or other heat reflecting material or so lined and so
coated.
In respect of every factory the following provisions relating to the lighting shall apply:
(a) No person shall be required or permitted to work in any factory building where the
means of obtaining natural light is less than ten percent of the floor area thereof.
(b) All windows and skylights shall be-
(i) located and spaced so that daylight conditions are fairly uniform over the
working area; and
(ii) kept clean on both the inner and outer surfaces and free from obstruction:
Provided that the provisions of this sub-paragraph shall not affect the white-
washing or shading of windows and skylights for the purpose of mitigating heat or
glare.
(c) In every part of every factory building the intensity of illumination shall not be less than
two-foot-candles measured in a horizontal plane at a height of three feet from any floor or
working level and not less than five-foot candles at any point where work is actually being
done.
(d) The intensity of illumination measured at floor level in any factory where any person
may pass shall not be less than one-half of one foot-candle.
(e) Where in the opinion of an Inspector, the general level of illumination is inadequate for
any particular process he shall require it to be supplemented by local lighting, in
accordance with the standards shown in the Second Schedule to these regulations.
(f) (i) any general lighting source shall be mounted at a height sufficient to keep it well
above the line of normal vision.
(ii) Any local lighting source shall be mounted and arranged so as to confine the light to
the immediate working area.
(g) Adequate measures shall be taken to prevent the formation of shadows.
(h) (i) In every factory where more than fifty persons are employed at any one time during
hours of darkness an emergency lighting system shall be provided and maintained in all
important stairways, passageways and exits from workplaces.
(ii) Such emergency lighting system shall be capable of producing and maintaining for at
least one hour a minimum intensity of one half a foot-candle and shall have energy
sources independent of the installations for the general lighting system.
(iii) Provision shall be made for automatic lighting of the emergency lighting system upon
failure of the general lighting system.
Regulation 30. Seating facilities.
(1) In every factory where persons employed have in the course of their employment, reasonable
opportunities for sitting without detriment to their work, there shall be provided and maintained
suitable and sufficient seating facilities for their use.
(2) Where a substantial portion of any work can properly be done sitting-
(a) there shall be provided and maintained for any person employed in that work a seat of
a design, construction and dimensions suitable for him and the work, together with a foot-
rest if such a foot-rest is necessary to support his feet in order to reduce fatigue; and
(b) the arrangements shall be such that the seat is adequately and properly supported
while in use for the purpose for which it is provided.
(3) For the purposes of paragraph (2) of this regulation the dimensions of seat which is adjustable
shall be taken to be its dimensions as for the time being adjusted.
Regulation 31. Work benches.
Every work bench or work table shall be of a design construction and dimensions suitable for
persons employed so that the work can be carried out without undue strain.
Regulation 32. Working clothes, personal protective clothing and

appliance.
Pursuant to section 24 of the Act relating to working clothes and personal protective clothing and
appliances, the following provisions shall apply-
(a) (i) Working clothes shall be of good fit and there shall be no loose flaps or strings,
loose aprons, loose, torn, or ragged garments and neckties. Key chains or watch chains
shall not be worn near moving parts of machinery.
(ii) Every precaution shall be taken to safeguard hair of persons being exposed to the risk
of being caught in moving parts of machinery and such precautions shall include the
wearing of caps.
(iii) Every person employed on any operation or process involving danger of explosion or
fire shall not during the operation or process wear articles such as collars, eyeshades,
cap visors and other articles of similar nature if such collars, eyeshades, cap visors or
articles are made of inflammable materials.
(iv) Every person exposed to inflammable, explosive or toxic dusts shall not wear clothing
having pockets, cuffs or turn-ups that might collect such dusts.
(v) In operations or processes where ordinary foot-wear is not suitable, persons

employed on such operations or processes shall be provided with boots, heavy shoes or
other footwear of suitable and adequate protection.
(vi) Where any article of food or drink is manufactured, prepared or handled, an Inspector
may require the provision and maintenance, in good and clean condition, of suitable
overalls and caps for the use of persons employed in the process.
Safety helmets.
(b) Every person exposed to falling or flying objects and blows on the head shall wear
well fitting industrial safety helmets.
(c) In the case of any of the processes specified in the Third Schedule to these
regulations, suitable goggles or effective screens shall be provided to protect the eyes of
persons employed in, or in proximity to, the processes.
Ear-plugs and screens.
(d) (i) Persons working in intensive prolonged noise shall be provided with suitable ear-
plugs which shall be cleaned daily unless discarded after each use.
(ii) In the case of any of the processes where ears of persons employed are exposed to
sparks, molten metal particles or other foreign bodies suitable ear screens shall be
provided.
(iii) When not in use every ear protection device shall be kept in closed containers
protecting them against mechanical damages or contamination by oil grease or other
harmful substances.
Protection clothing.
(e) Every person exposed to corrosive or other harmful substances shall be provided with
liquid proof protective suits, hoods, aprons, leggings, gloves and other protective wear,
according to the nature of the substance or substances and the risks involved.
Gloves.
(f) (i) Every person employed in processes involving handling of sharp-edged, abrasive
objects, corrosive harmful substances, hot metals or other toxic irritating or infectious
substances shall be provided with suitable mittens, gloves or gauntlets.
(ii) All torn gloves shall be replaced immediately.
(iii) No gloves shall be worn by persons operating drills, punch presses or other
machinery with which the hand or parts of the hand may be caught in moving parts.
Respiratory protective equipment.
(g) (i) Every person exposed to vapours, injurious gases, dusty, toxic or hazardous
atmospheres or atmospheres deficient in oxygen shall be provided with suitable
respiratory protective equipment, and in determining the suitability of such equipment
consideration is to be given to:
(a) the process and conditions creating the exposure;
(b) the chemical and physical toxic or other hazards of the substance from which
protection is required;
(c) the nature of the duties to be performed by the persons required to wear the
equipment;
(d) the encumbrance or restriction of movement in the working area; and
(e) the facilities available for maintenance, upkeep and supervision in the use of
such equipment.
Provided that no mechanical filter respirators shall be used for protection of
persons in atmospheres deficient in oxygen or against solvent vapours or
injurious gases and also provided that supplied air respirators or hose masks
shall be used for all operations in atmospheres in which the contact of dangerous
gas or fumes is too high for the safe use of cannister or cartridge respirators.
(ii) Where compressed air is supplied for a respiratory protective device or mask, a
pressure reducing valve shall be installed near the point where the respiratory protective
device or mask hose is attached to the compressed air line, and as a further precaution
against high pressure, in case the reducing valve fails to function, a relief valve shall be
installed preset to release at a pressure slightly above the setting of the pressure
reducing valve.
(iii) Oxygen breathing apparatus shall be worn only by persons who have had sufficient
training in the use of such equipment.
(h) The design, construction, use and maintenance of every personal protection clothing,
device, apparatus and other equipment shall conform to safety standards acceptable by
(i) No protective clothing or appliances prescribed under these regulations shall be

removed from the factory except on the authority of the occupier for the purpose of
cleaning or repair.
Regulation 33. Dressing room.
(1) (a) There shall be provided for the persons employed adequate accommodation for clothing
not worn during working hours.
(b) A separate dressing room shall be made available for all persons employed whose working
clothes are exposed to contamination with poisonous, infectious, irritating or radioactive
substances and such dressing room shall be well separated from the accommodation for street or
working clothes.
(c) No such contaminated clothing shall be worn in premises or areas where meals are being
taken.
(2) Where persons employed are engaged in process of such nature that their working clothes
are liable to become wet or have to be washed between shifts suitable arrangements shall be
made and facilities provided for such persons to have a change of clothes between shifts and the
washing and drying of their wet clothes.
Rest room for women.
(3) In every factory where fifteen or more women are employed at any one time, at least one rest
and dressing room shall be provided for their exclusive use.
(4) Where less than fifteen women are employed at any one time and no rest room is available
there shall be provided some equivalent space, properly screened and made suitable for the use
of women employees.
Regulation 34. Drinking water.
Pursuant to paragraph (b) (i) of section 25 (1) of the Act relating to the supply of drinking water,
the following provisions shall apply:
(a) Water provided and maintained for drinking purposes shall be clean, safe and
wholesome and shall be from a piped main or some other source approved by the
Inspector.
(b) Any supply of drinking water other than the piped supply shall be contained in suitable
vessels clearly marked to indicate that the water is safe for drinking and such supply be
renewed daily and all necessary precautions taken to preserve the water and vessels
from contamination:
Provided that such vessels shall not include open barrels, pails, tanks or other containers
from which the water must be dipped or poured for drinking irrespective of whether or not
they are fitted with covers.
(c) Except where the water is delivered by a rising jet, suitable drinking cups shall be
provided at each supply.
(d) The use of common drinking cups shall be prohibited.
Regulation 35. Water unsafe for drinking.
Where water unsafe for drinking purposes is provided for use in industrial processes for fire
precaution or other purposes-
(a) conspicuous notices shall be posted at the points of supply stating clearly that such
water is unsafe or not to be used as drinking water; and
(b) every precaution shall be taken to prevent it from being so used.
Regulation 36. Washing facilities.
(a) Pursuant to paragraph (b) (ii) of section 25 (1) of the Act, adequate and suitable facilities for
washing shall be comprise at least one wash-hand basin or equivalent trough of ample size,
having a smooth impervious surface and fitted with a waste pipe and plug for every twenty or part
of twenty persons employed at any one time and an adequate supply of clean water and soap
and towels or other means of drying;
Provided that where in the opinion of the Inspector the nature of the processes carried on is such
that the washing facilities required by this regulation are inadequate or unsuitable, he may require
that such additional washing or bathing facilities, or both as he may deem suitable and adequate,
be provided or maintained.
(b) The floors at all washing facilities shall be made of impervious material and shall be properly
graded for effective drainage.
Regulation 37. Sanitary convenience.
Pursuant to paragraph (f) of section 22 (1) of the Act, sufficient and suitable sanitary convenience
shall comprise the follows:
(a) Where persons of both sexes are employed sanitary conveniences shall be
separately arranged for persons of each sex:
Provided that this paragraph shall not apply in the case of factories where the only
persons employed are members of the same family.
(b) Sanitary conveniences shall be arranged as follows:
(i) where twenty five males or less are one water closet or latrine and four feet
employed at any one time of urinal;
(ii) where the number of males two water closets or latrines and eight
employed at any one time exceeds feet of urinal;
twenty five but not exceeding fifty
(iii) where the number of males three water closets or latrines and
employed at any one time exceeds fifty thirteen feet of urinal;
but not exceeding one hundred
(iv) where the number of males as in (iii) above and an additional water
employed at any one time exceeds one closet or latrine and additional four feet
hundred of urinal are to be provided for every fifty
males in excess;
(v) where twenty females or less are one water closet;
employed at any one time
(vi) where the number of females as in (v) above and one additional water
employed at any one time exceeds closet is to be provided for every twenty
twenty females in excess.
(c) Closets and urinals in the interior of buildings shall be of the water-flush type.
(d) Where conditions require, water shall be provided for very toilet facility.
(e) Toilet facilities shall not communicate directly with the actual workplace but shall open
only to corridors, halls, landings or courtyards.
(f) Effective provision shall be made for every sanitary convenience in respect of lighting
and ventilating to the open air.
Regulation 38. First Aid.
(1) Any injured person shall at all times receive prompt first-aid treatment and such further
medical attention as may be necessary.
(2) Pursuant to paragraph (c) of section 25 (1) of the Act every first-aid box or cupboard shall-
(i) be equipped in accordance with the Fourth Schedule to these regulations;
(ii) be clearly marked with a red cross on a white background;
(iii) be kept locked and the key thereto kept by a responsible person available during all
working hours; and
(iv) be placed under the charge of a responsible person who shall, in the case of a factory
where more than twenty persons are employed at any one time, be trained in first-aid
treatment; and such responsible person shall always be readily available during working
hours. A notice shall be affixed in prominent places in every factory stating the name of
the responsible person.
(3) Nothing except appliances of requisites for first-aid shall be kept in a first-aid box, cupboard or
room.
(4) The occupier of every factory shall be notified immediately of any accident occurring in his
factory.
Regulation 39. Duty of occupier.
(1) The occupier of every factory shall ensure that the process carried on therein does not affect
adversely the health of any person employed therein or the public.
(2) Unless the person responsible in any of these regulations is otherwise specified, it shall be the
duty of the occupier to comply with the provisions of these regulations and to ensure that they are
observed.
(3) It shall be the duty of every person employed to use every facility or means provided in any of
these regulations to ensure his safety, health and welfare.
Regulation 40. Compliance with any other written law.
Nothing in these regulations shall be construed as relieving the occupier or other person from
compliance with any other written law.
Any person who commits an offence against these regulations for which no corresponding
penalty is provided by the Act, shall on conviction be liable to a fine not exceeding one thousand
dollars.
The Chief Inspector or a Deputy Chief Inspector may compound offences involving the
contravention of regulations 3, 7 (2), 16, 19, 21, 29, 32, 33, 35, 38 other than sub-paragraphs (i)
and (ii) of paragraph (2), and 39.
[Ins.P.U.(A) 86/78]
FIRST SCHEDULE
(Regulation 23 (c) (iii))
CLASSES, DESCRIPTION OR PARTS OF FACTORIES
1. Blast furnaces.
2. Brick and title works in which unglazed bricks or tiles are made.
3. Cement works.
4. Chemical works.
5. Coach and motor body works.
6. Copper mills.
7. Electric generating or transforming stations.
8. Engineering works.
9. Factories in which sugar is refined or manufactured.
10. Foundries.
11. Dredges.
12. Gas works.
13. Gun factories.
14. Iron mills.
15. Ship-building works.
16. Stone, slate and marble works.
17. Ceilings or tops of rooms in printing works, bleach works, or dye works, with the exception of
finishing rooms or warehouses.
18. Parts in which dense steam is continuously evolved in the process.
19. Parts in which pitch, tar or the like material is manufactured or is used to a substantial extent,
except in brush works.
20. Parts in which coal, coke, oxide of iron, ochre, lime or stone is crushed or ground.
21. Parts of walls, partitions, ceilings or tops of rooms which are at least twenty feet above the
floor.
22. Rooms in which graphite is manufactured or is used to a substantial extent in any process.
23. Rooms used for the storage of articles in which no process is regularly carried on.
24. The part of a glass factory known as the glass house.
25. Those parts of factories where unpainted or unvarnished wood is manufactured.

SECOND SCHEDULE
(Regulation 29 (e))
STANDARD OF LIGHTING
Description of Areas thoroughfares and process where Approximate minimum

lighting is required intensity in foot candles
under average operating
conditions
1. (a) Where discrimination of detail is not essential, such as
for handling or working on materials of a coarse nature, for
example handling coal, rough sorting, or grinding of coarse
products. 5
(b) For passageways, corridors and stairways, warehouses,

storerooms and stockrooms for rough and bulky materials.
2. (a) Where slight discrimination of detail is essential such

as for rough assembling; milling of grains; opening, picking
and carding of cotton. Production of semi-finished iron and
steel products; or other primary operations in most of the
industrial processes. 10
(b) For engine and boiler rooms, crating and boxing and
packing departments, receiving and shipping rooms,
storerooms and stockrooms for medium and fine materials,
passenger and goods lifts, locker rooms, toilets and
washrooms.
3. Where moderate discrimination of detail is essential, such

as for medium assembling, rough bench and machine work,
rough inspection or testing of products, sewing light-coloured 20
textile or leather products, canning and preserving, meat
packing, planing of lumber, veneering and cooperage.
4. Where close discrimination of detail is essential, such as

for medium bench and machine work, medium inspection,
fine testing, flour grading, leather finishing and weaving 30
cotton goods or light-coloured woollen goods, or for office
desk work with intermittent reading and writing, for filing, and
for mail sorting.
5. Where discrimination of fine detail is involved under

conditions of a fair degree of contrast for long periods of
time, such as for fine assembling, fine bench and machine 50
work, fine inspection, fine polishing and bevelling of glass,
fine woodworking, and weaving dark-coloured woollen
goods, or for accounting, book-keeping, drafting,
stenographic work, typing, or other prolonged close office
desk work.
6. Where discrimination of extremely fine detail is involved

under conditions of extremely poor contrast for long periods
of time, such as for extra-fine assembling, extra-fine 100
inspection, testing of extra-fine instruments, jewellery and
watch manufacturing, grading and sorting tobacco products,
make-up and proof-reading in printing plants, and inspecting
or sewing dark-coloured cloth products.
THIRD SCHEDULE
(Regulation 32 (c))
PROCESSES REQUIRING PROVISION OF SUITABLE GOGGLES OR EFFECTIVE SCREENS
1. Dry grinding of metals, or articles of metal, by a revolving wheel or disc driven by mechanical
power at which a person or persons is or are employed.
2. Turning (external or internal) or non-ferrous metals, or of cast iron, or of articles of such metals
or such iron, where the work is done dry, other than precision turning where the use of goggles or
a screen would seriously interfere with the work, or turning by means of hand tools.
3. Welding or cutting of metals by means of an electrical, oxy-acetylene or similar process.
4. The following processes when carried on by means of hand tools or other portable tools-
(a) fettling of metal castings involving the removal of metal;
(b) cutting out or cutting off (not including drilling or punching back) of cold rivets or bolts
from boilers or other plants or from ships;
(c) chipping or scaling of boilers or ship's plates;
(d) breaking or dressing of stone, concrete or slag.

FOURTH SCHEDULE
(Regulation 38 (2) (i))
FIRST-AID BOX
Box A Box B Box C

(For factories with (For factories with (For factories with
Contents of factory first-aid box or up to 10 persons 11-50 persons more than 50
cupboard employed at a time) employed at a time) persons employed
at a time)
1. Small individual medicated or 6 ... 12 ... 24
unmedicated sterilised dressings,
for fingers
2. Medium-sized individual 3 ... 6 ... 12

medicated or unmedicated
sterilized dressings, for hands and
feet
3. Large individual medicated or 3 ... 6 ... 12

unmedicated sterilised dressings,
for other injured parts
4. Assorted adhesive wound 12 ... 24 ... 36

dressings
5. Triangular bandages ... ... ... 2 ... 4 ... 8
6.(i) Roller bandages, 1inch ... ... 6 ... 9 ... 12
(ii) Roller bandages, 2 inch ... ... 6 ... 9 ... 12

7. Adhesive plaster ... ... ... " A sufficient supply"
8. Absorbent sterilised cotton wool, 6 ... 6 ... 6

in 1/2 oz. packets
or Cotton-wool strip " A sufficient supply"

contained in cotton-wool
dispenser... ...
9. Suitable splints and wool or other " A sufficient supply"
material for padding
10. Approved eye ointment or eye " A sufficient supply"

drops
11. Individual sterilised eye pads in 2 ... 4 ... 8

separate sealed packets
12. Rubber or pressure bandage ... 1 ... 1 ... 1
13. A two per cent alcoholic 1 ... 1 ... 1

solution of iodine, or a one per cent
aqueous solution of gentian violet
in a stoppered 2 oz. bottle
14. A bottle of sal volatile with the 1 ... 1 ... 1

dose and mode of administration
indicated on the label
15. Blunt-nosed surgical scissors ... 1 ... 1 ... 1
16. Safety pins ... ... ... ... 12 ... 24 ... 36
Dated this 25th day of November, 1969.

[JK/KB. 414; PN.250/ 54-258G.]
V. MANICKAVASAGAM,
Minister of Labour
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (FENCING OF MACHINERY AND SAFETY)
REGULATIONS 1970
___________________________
___________________________
INTRODUCTORY
Regulation 3. Guard and guard rail.
PART I - GENERAL CONDITIONS
Regulation 4. Fencing of machinery.

Regulation 5. Provisions as to unfenced machinery.
Regulation 6. Construction and maintenance of fencing.
Regulation 7. Opening in fence.
Regulation 8. Point of operation.
Regulation 9. Construction of machinery.
Regulation 10. Starting and stopping appliance.
Regulation 11. Electrical apparatus.
Regulation 12. Reciprocating movement of machine or material.
PART II - PRIME MOVERS
Regulation 13. General provisions.

Regulation 14. Exhaust gases.
Regulation 15. Fuel tank.
PART III - TRANSMISSION MACHINERY

Regulation 17. Mounting and dismounting belts.
Regulation 18. Belt perches.
Regulation 19. Lubrication of transmission machinery.
Regulation 20. Power cut-off device.
Regulation 21. Hoisting machine.
PART IV - DRIVEN MACHINERY
Regulation 22. Abrasive, grinding, polishing and buffing machinery.

Regulation 23. Machinery using rolls.
Regulation 24. Woodworking saws.
Regulation 25. Planning machine.
Regulation 26. Spindle moulding machine.
Regulation 27. Grooving and tenoning machine.
Regulation 28. Chain-mortise machine.
Regulation 29. Combined woodworking machine.
Regulation 30. Agitating, stirring, or mixing machines.
Regulation 31. Mincing machinery.
Regulation 32. Grinding mills and pulverisers.
Regulation 33. Centrifuges and hydro-extractors.
Regulation 34. Power presses.
Regulation 35. Guillotines.
Regulation 36. Rubber knives.
Regulation 37. Machine tools.
Regulation 38. Tea rollers.
Regulation 39. Bottle filling and capping machinery.
Regulation 40. Conveyor machinery.
Regulation 41. Other machines.
PART V - DUTIES AND LIABILITIES
Regulation 42. Occupier's duty to comply.

FIRST SCHEDULE.
SECOND SCHEDULE.
THIRD SCHEDULE.
FOURTH SCHEDULE.
FIFTH SCHEDULE.
SIXTH SCHEDULE.
SEVENTH SCHEDULE.
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (FENCING OF MACHINERY AND SAFETY) REGULATIONS,
1970
Preamble
IN exercise of the powers conferred on him by section 56 (1) of the Factories and Machinery Act,
1967[64 /1967], the Minister of Labour hereby makes the following regulations:
INTRODUCTORY
These regulations may be cited as the Factories and Machinery (Fencing of Machinery and
Safety) Regulations, 1970, and shall come into force on the 1st day of February, 1970.
1967, referred to in these regulations as "the Act ".
Regulation 3. Guard and guard rail.
For the purpose of these regulations every guard and guard rail shall conform as far as
practicable to specifications in the First and Second Schedules to these regulations respectively.
Regulation 4. Fencing of machinery.
(1) Every dangerous part of every driven machine, prime mover and transmission machinery shall
be securely fenced in accordance with these regulations:
Provided that where the Chief Inspector is satisfied that there is available and suitable for use in
connection with machinery any type or description of safety device, he may direct such type or
description of device shall be provided for use in connection with such machinery.
(2) Where the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to special circumstances the compliance with
any of these regulations is unnecessary or impracticable he may by certificate in writing, which he
may in his discretion revoke, exempt the whole or any part of any machinery from the provisions
of such regulation.
Regulation 5. Provisions as to unfenced machinery.
(1) Subject to paragraph (2) of this regulation, in determining for the purposes of the provisions of
section 15 of the Act whether any part of machinery is in such a position or of such construction
as to be safe to every person employed or working on or entering into the premises as it would be
if securely fenced-
(a) no account shall be taken of any person carrying out while the part of machinery is in
motion, an examination thereof or any lubrication or adjustment shown by the
examination to be immediately necessary if the examination, lubrication or adjustment
can only be carried out while the part of machinery is in motion; and
(b) no account shall be taken of any person carrying out lubrication, or the mounting or
shipping of belts of any part of transmission machinery used in any process in a factory
where the Chief Inspector has by certificate in writing declared that he is satisfied that
owing to the continuous nature of the process in such a factory the stopping of that part
will seriously interfere with the continuous operation of the process in such a factory;
provided, however, the lubrication or the mounting or shipping of belts shall be carried out
by such method and in such circumstances and subject to such conditions as the Chief
Inspector may in his certificate specify.
(2) In respect of the examination, lubrication or adjustment of machinery in motion as mentioned
in paragraph (1) of this regulation, the following provisions shall apply -
(a) the examination, lubrication or adjustment as aforesaid shall be carried out only by a
male person of twenty years of age or above who has been trained for the work to be
carried out and who is acquainted with any hazards that may arise in the course of such
examination, lubrication, or adjustment. For the purpose of this paragraph, his clothing
including any fastener thereto shall not expose any loose ends;
(b) such person while carrying out the examination, lubrication or adjustment shall be
within sight or hearing of another person who has been instructed as to the steps to be
taken in case of emergency so that immediate aid shall be available, when necessary, to
the person carrying out the examination, lubrication or adjustment; and
(c) any ladder in use for the carrying out of such examination, lubrication or other
operation shall be securely fixed or lashed, or firmly held by a person stationed at the foot
of the ladder:
Provided that no transmission machinery which is safe by reason of its position only shall be
lubricated by hand while such machinery is in motion.
Regulation 6. Construction and maintenance of fencing.
All fencing or other safeguards provided in pursuance of the provisions of these regulations shall
be of sound construction and constantly maintained and kept securely fastened in position at all
times when the parts required to be fenced or safeguarded are in motion or in use except when
any such parts are necessarily exposed in motion for examination and for any lubrication or
adjustment shown by such examination to be immediately necessary and all such conditions as
may be specified in these regulations are complied with.
Regulation 7. Opening in fence.
No opening in any fence shall be of such dimensions that any person can touch the moving parts
of the machinery enclosed by the fence:
Provided that guard-rails may be installed where the clearance between the nearest exposed
moving part of the machinery and the guard-rail exceeds twelve inches but does not exceed
twenty inches.
Regulation 8. Point of operation.
The point of operation of any machine shall be effectively fenced.
Regulation 9. Construction of machinery.
In respect of every machine constructed in or imported into the Federation after the date of the
implementation of these regulations being a machine intended to be driven by mechanical power
:
(a) every set-screw, pin, bolt or key or any revolving shaft, spindle, wheel, or pinion shall
be so sunk, encased, or otherwise effectively guarded as to prevent danger;
(b) every spur and other toothed or friction gearing which does not require frequent
adjustment while in motion shall be completely encased unless it is so situated as to be
as safe as it would be if completely encased.
Regulation 10. Starting and stopping appliance
(1) Every machine intended to be driven by mechanical power shall be provided with an efficient
starting and stopping appliance the control of which shall be in such a position as to be readily
and conveniently operated by the person operating the machine in his normal working position.
(2) Where pedals are used to actuate machines or parts of machines, an automatic locking
device shall be attached to the pedal or an inverted U-shape guard shall be fastened to the floor
over the treadle leaving sufficient clearance for the foot of the operator between the treadle and
guard.
(3) No person shall start any machinery unless and until every precaution has been taken to
ensure that no other person or persons will be injured or be rendered liable to injury or be placed
in a hazardous position by the operation of such machinery.
Regulation 11. Electrical apparatus.
All electrical equipments and installations shall be of such construction and so installed and
maintained as to prevent fire hazard and danger from contact with moving parts and live parts.
Such electrical equipments and installations shall conform with all the requirements prescribed in
any written law relating to electrical equipments and installations and shall have been approved
by the authorities appointed by the said law.
Regulation 12. Reciprocating movement of machine or material.

In every machine where a horizontal reciprocating motion is imparted to any part of the machine
or to the material carried thereon there shall be a clearance of not less than eighteen inches
between the reciprocating part of such machine, including the material carried thereon, at the end
of each stroke and any fixed structure.
PART II - PRIME MOVERS
In respect of every prime mover the following general provisions relating to fencing and safety
shall apply :
(a) Every flywheel shall be securely fenced whether the flywheel or prime mover is
situated in an engine house or not, and every part of every electric generator, motor or
rotary converter and every flywheel connected thereto shall be securely fenced unless it
is in such position or of such construction as to be as safe to every person employed or
working on or entering into the premises as it would be if securely fenced :
Provided that where barring of a flywheel may be necessary, provision shall be made for
this to be done on the periphery of the wheel through a slot in the guard.
(b) Cranks, cross heads, connecting rods, tail rods, extention piston rods or cooling fans,
unless protected by construction or location shall be securely fenced.
(c) Every projecting rotating shaft and every collar and set-screw on any rotating shaft
shall be securely fenced :
Provided that where such shaft or part of such shaft is necessarily exposed for the
purpose of starting a prime mover the fence may be of the portable type. When starting
has been effected, the fence shall be placed in position.
(d) Every prime mover shall be provided with a governor to control automatically the
speed of the prime mover :
Provided that a governor need not be fitted where the prime mover is-
(i) of self-regulating type; or
(ii) of such design that the maximum possible speed does not exceed the safe
speed of rotation.
(e) Where any prime mover is started by gas bled from a cylinder of a prime mover,
arrangements shall be made to ensure that the temperature of the gas entering the
receiver does not exceed one hundred and twenty-five degrees Fahrenheit.
Regulation 14. Exhaust gases.
(1) The exhaust gases from every internal combustion engine and every non-condensing steam
engine shall be led to a position of safety in the open air.
(2) Every such exhaust pipe shall be covered with heat insulating material at any point not
otherwise safe from contact by any person.
(3) The exhaust from every internal combustion engine and every non-condensing steam engine
shall be effectively silenced.
Regulation 15. Fuel tank.
No fuel storage or service tank shall be installed directly above any internal combustion engine,
exhaust pipe, unfired pressure vessel or steam boiler.
PART III - TRANSMISSION MACHINERY
Regulation 16. General provisions
In respect of dangerous parts of transmission machinery the following provisions relating to

fencing and safe operation of such parts shall apply-
Shafting
(a) All shafting within a height of six feet six inches from any floor or working platform shall be
guarded with :
(i) casings enclosing the shafting completely ; or
(ii) casings in the form of a trough enclosing either the top and both sides or the bottom
and both sides of the shafting as the location requires. The sides of such casings shall
extend to a distance at least equal to the diameter of the shaft and to a point not more
than six inches above the floor.
Shafting under work benches
(b) All shafting installed under work benches shall be fitted with a metal trough along the
complete length of, and covering the top and both sides of, the shafting and extending at least
two inches below the bottom of the shafting.
Trenches
(c) (i) Every trench or pit in every floor for the purpose of housing and transmission machinery
shall be-
(a) provided with close fitting covers flush with the level of the floor; or
(b) provided with guard-rails and toe-boards at least four inches high :
Provided that where the space between the rails or stanchions or both are filled in toe-
boards shall not be required, but provision shall be made for the lubrication of such
transmission machinery from above floor level.
(ii) No person shall enter any trench or pit containing transmission machinery while such
machinery is in motion.
Friction drives
(d) The contact point of every friction drive shall be fenced and every arm or spoke friction drive
or web friction drive with holes in the web shall be entirely enclosed with guards.
Clutches
(e)(i) Every clutch within a height of six feet six inches from any floor or working platform shall be
fenced.
(ii) The shifting part of every jaw clutch shall be attached to the driven shaft, that is to say, the
shaft that will be idle when the clutch is disengaged.
(iii) Every manually operated clutch shall be so arranged that the clutch is operable from a
position wholly outside the fencing.
Gears
(f) (i) Every exposed gear train within a height of six feet six inches from any floor or working
platform shall be guarded in one of the following ways:
(a) with a complete enclosure; or
(b) if the gear wheels are of the solid disc type, with a band guard covering the face of the
gear and having flanges extending inward beyond the root of the teeth on the exposed
side or sides.
(ii) Where a gear train is situated within the framework of any machine it need not be fenced
unless such gear train is within two feet of any opening in the framework:
Provided that no such openings shall be of such dimensions that any person can touch any gear
train enclosed by the framework.
Sprockets and chains
(g) Every sprocket and every chain drive within a height of six feet six inches from any floor or
working platform shall be totally enclosed by a guard.
Belt and rope drives
(h) (i) Every part of every belt and every rope drive within a height of six feet six inches from any
floor or working platform shall be fenced by-
(a) a guard; or
(b) a surrounding guard-rail which shall be carried to a height of at least six inches above
the top of the largest pulley, and shall not in any case be of a height less than three feet
six inches from such floor or working platform.
(ii) Where horizontal or inclined belts or ropes pass over a passage way, or a place where
persons are regularly working, a guard or trough of sufficient strength to contain the belt or rope
in the event of it breaking shall be fitted.
(iii) Where the upper and lower runs of a horizontal belt are so located that passage of persons
between them would be possible-
(a) the passage shall be completely barred against use by guard rails or other substantial
barriers; or
(b) there shall be provided over the lower run a solid platform guarded on either side with
a solid barrier or with a railing completely filled in with mesh or other filler; and the upper
run shall be provided with a guard which will prevent contact with it by either persons or
objects carried and such guard shall be adequate in strength to contain the belt in the
event of breakage.
Pulleys
(i) The portion of any pulley within a height of six feet six inches from any floor or working platform
shall be fenced as part of the belt or rope drive in accordance with the provisions of paragraph (h)
(i) of this regulation;
Provided that-
(i) no pulley with broken or cracked rims or spokes or arms shall be used;
(ii) no solid pulley of cast iron shall be run at a rim speed exceeding six thousand feet per
minute;
(iii) no split pulley of cast iron shall be run at a rim speed exceeding four thousand feet
per minute;
(iv) no split pulley of steel shall be run at a rim speed exceeding seven thousand feet per
minute.
Cone or stepped pulleys
(j)(i) Cone or stepped pulleys within a height of six feet six inches from any floor or working
platform, unless situated within the framework of any machine, shall be fenced.
(ii) Cone or stepped pulley belts manipulated by hand shall be fastened at the joint by raw-hide or
other non-metallic lacing:
Provided that the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to belt or chain conveyors.
Regulation 17. Mounting and dismounting belts.
No person shall mount or dismount any driving belt or rope, not being a cone pulley driving belt,
while any part of the connected transmission machinery is in motion:
Provided that in the case of a continuous process such mounting or dismounting may be carried
out by an experienced person who shall use a suitably designed belt pole provided for the
purpose.
Regulation 18. Belt perches.

(1) Belt perches shall be provided to prevent idle belts from resting on shafts.
(2) Inclined belts or ropes used for driving machines from an overhead lineshaft shall not pass
over a passage way or place where persons are working if the angle of the belt or rope exceeds
twenty degrees to the vertical.
(3) When a driving belt is not in use it shall not be permitted to ride upon any revolving shaft, and
a suitable striking gear or other efficient mechanical appliance shall be provided and maintained
and used to move a driving belt to and from a loose pulley. Any such gear or appliance shall be
constructed, placed and maintained as to prevent a driving belt from creeping back on to the fast
pulley. A belt striking gear or other similar appliance shall also be so constructed that it may only
be operated from a position outside the fencing.
Regulation 19. Lubrication of transmission machinery
(1) No person shall lubricate, adjust or apply dressing to any transmission machinery in motion
unless the act of applying the lubricant, adjusting or applying the dressing can be performed from
a position outside the fencing.
(2) No transmission machinery which is safe by reason of its position shall be lubricated by hand
while in motion.
Regulation 20. Power cut off device.
(1) In every part of a factory where work is carried on, efficient devices or appliances shall be
provided and maintained by which the power can promptly be cut off from the transmission
machinery located in that part of the factory.
(2) Where an Inspector by notice in writing served on the occupier of a factory so requires, there
shall be installed and maintained in the factory such devices or appliances, as the Inspector may
in such notice specify, for
(a) the interruption of the mechanical power supplied to any specified machine; and
(b) the prompt stopping or bringing to rest of any specified machine after the mechanical
power supplied to it has been interrupted.
(3) It shall be the duty of the occupier who has been served with the notice described in
paragraph (2) to comply with the requirements specified in the notice including the positions in
which the devices or appliances shall be installed when such positions are specified in the notice.
Regulation 21. Hoisting machine.
Every overhead structure, crane, block, sling and other appliance for lifting a load shall be of
sound construction and in every way suitable for the purpose.
PART IV - DRIVEN MACHINERY
Regulation 22. Abrasive, grinding, polishing and buffing machinery.
(1) In respect of abrasive, grinding, polishing and buffing machinery, the provisions in this
regulation relating to fencing and safety shall apply.
Interpretation
(2) In this regulation the following terms have the meanings hereby respectively assigned to
them-
" abrasive wheel" means a power-driven wheel composed of abrasive particles held together by
artificial or natural mineral or organic bonding and used for grinding;
" buffing wheel" means a power-driven wheel composed of laminated felt, or cotton-sheeting disc
with mild abrasive compounds applied loosely on the periphery of the wheel, and used for
obtaining highly finished surfaces on metals and other materials;
" grindstone" means a power-driven wheel composed of natural or manufactured sandstone and
includes a metal wheel or cylinder filled with blocks of natural or manufactured sandstone;
" polishing wheel" means a power-driven wheel composed in whole or in part of textile fabric, felt,
leather, paper, wood or other material with a glued coating of abrasive particles and used for
polishing or light grinding of metals or other materials;
" tumbling barrel" means a power driven rotating or reciprocating cylinder, mounted on a frame
and used for cleaning and polishing small castings or other parts by tumbling them against one
another with or without added cleaning or abrading materials.
General provisions
(3) (a) Every floor stand for grinding, polishing or buffing machinery shall be rigidly constructed,
sufficiently heavy for the wheels, discs, tables or drums used and securely mounted on
substantial foundation to withstand vibration.
(b) Protection for the eyes of workers on or around grinding, polishing or buffing machinery shall
be provided.
Wet grinding
(c) Where wet grinding is employed, no abrasive wheel or grindstone shall be allowed to remain
at rest with any portion of the wheel in contact with the coolant.
Abrasive wheel
(4) (a) Every abrasive wheel, except an abrasive wheel used for internal grinding, shall be-
(i) positioned in such a manner so as to reduce to a minimum the damage resulting from
violently projected fragments of the wheel if the wheel should burst;
(ii) fitted with a hood, the construction of which shall be in accordance with the
specification contained in the Third Schedule;
(iii) carefully inspected before mounting on its spindle;
(iv) kept circular, for which purpose suitable tools shall be kept in readiness; and
(v) clearly marked with the manufacturer's guaranteed maximum operating speed, and no
abrasive wheel shall be run at a speed in excess of the manufacturer's guaranteed
speed.
Defective wheel
(b) No person shall use any abrasive wheel which is in any way defective.
Mounting
(c) On first mounting a new abrasive wheel it shall be run at the manufacturer's guaranteed
maximum operating speed for at least five minutes before applying any work to the wheel; and
during such period no person shall be in a position in the plane in which the wheel is rotating.
Spindle
(d) Every spindle on which an abrasive wheel is mounted shall be-
(i) made of steel;
(ii) of such diameter as to ensure rigidity and freedom from vibration due to flexure; and
(iii) so threaded that the nuts will tend to tighten as the spindle rotates. The length of
thread is such that, when the wheel is mounted and the spindle nut is tightened against
the flange, the whole surface of the nut thread bears on the spindle thread.
Work rest
(e) Every non-portable abrasive wheel shall be provided with a work rest which-
(i) is shaped to fit the contour of the wheel; and
(ii) is securely fixed in position as close to the wheel as is possible, and in no case more
than one-eighth of one inch from the rim and side of the wheel.
Flanges
(f) Every abrasive wheel of six inches diameter or over shall be mounted in flanges as prescribed
in the Fourth Schedule:
Provided that the provisions of this sub-paragraph shall not apply to any abrasive wheel which is
cemented to metal backs or mounted in chucks.
Grindstone
(5) Every grindstone shall be fitted with a hood of sheet metal.
Polishing and buffing wheel spindle
(6) Every spindle of every polishing or buffing wheel shall be so guarded as to prevent contact
with it, whether a wheel is mounted on it or not.
Tumbling barrels
(7) Every tumbling barrel shall be-
(a) enclosed or guarded to sufficient height so as to prevent any person from coming into
contact with the tumbler when it is in motion;
(b) provided with a substantial device to prevent movement of the drum while being
loaded or unloaded; and
(c) provided with dust tight or efficient exhaust device for removal of dust or enclosed in
dust tight booths or rooms connected to efficient exhaust systems.
Regulation 23. Machinery using rolls.
(1) In respect of every machine in which rolls are used, the provisions in this regulation relating to
fencing and safety shall apply.
them-
"roll" means two or more cylindrical bodies placed a small distance apart and rotatable in
opposite directions to draw metallic or non metallic material between them in order to compress
or crush or shape it, to make it smooth or glossy, to print on it, or to distribute or to spread a
viscous liquid on its surface, and includes a single roll revolving over a moving flat bed and used
in similar operations;
"calender" means a machine with smooth rolls used for pressing cloth, leather, molten glass,
paper or rubber;
"crushing roll" means a machine ordinarily provided with corrugated or toothed rolls used for
crushing materials, dry or wet;
"roller mill" means a machine ordinarily provided with smooth or corrugated rolls used for grinding
or mixing chemicals, enamels and paints, food products, printing inks rubber, soap and other
materials, or for pressing materials together;
"rolling mill" means a machine used for reducing hot or cold metal bars, billets, ingots, plates,
rods and slabs to specified profiles or sections or for finishing such materials by passing them
through a set or train of driven rolls;
"cylinder press" means a printing press in which the paper or other material is supported on
revolving cylinders and forced against printing surfaces also supported on reciprocating flat beds;
"rotary press" means a printing press in which the paper or other material supported on revolving
cylinders is forced against printing surfaces also supported on revolving cylinders.
Fencing of moving parts
(3) (a) Belts, coupling, flywheels, gears, pinions, pulleys, shafts, sprockets, wobblers and other
moving parts on the sides of every machine using rolls if located within six feet and six inches of
the floor or working level and not enclosed by the housing of the machine shall be effectively
fenced.
Fencing of nips
(b) Every running-in point or nip of every set of rolls shall, unless such rolls are safe by reason of
their position, be fenced.
Safety device
(c) Rolls on machine not specifically mentioned in this regulations shall be equipped with-
(i) quick power disconnecting or reversing device within easy reach of either hand or
either foot of the operator; and
(ii) a fixed or self adjusting barrier on the in-running side of the rolls so arranged that the
material to be processed can be fed to the rolls without permitting the fingers of the
operator to be caught between the rolls or between the guard and the rolls.
Cleaning of rolls
(d) No person shall attempt to clean rolls without first-
(i) stopping the machinery, and
(ii) disconnecting the power, except on large machines which cannot be turned by hand
and are equipped with slow motion power control.
Rolling mills
(4) (a) Reels on rod rolling mills shall be screened off, to prevent ends of rods from whipping,
breaking off, flying or jumping out of the rolls.
(b) Before changing rolls, making readjustments or starting repairs on rolling mills, all switches or
valves controlling machinery shall be locked.
(c) Locks on control switches or control valves for rolling mill machinery shall not be removed until
the responsible person has ascertained that all safeguards are in place and all workers and tools
are in the clear.
(d) Before starting rolling mills for any purpose, the responsible person or operator shall give
warning by means of audible or visible signals, followed by an interval of not less than thirty
seconds to ensure that everyone is out of danger.
Crushing rolls and roller mills
(5) Every crushing roll and roller mill:
(a) shall be effectively fenced except over the necessary openings for feeding and
discharging the material being processed, which openings shall be provided with
hoppers, chutes, or spouts or platform guard so constructed that the fingers of the
operator cannot come into contact with the rolls; and
(b) where toxic or irritating dusts, fumes or vapours are liberated from the material being
processed, shall be properly connected to efficient exhaust systems.
Dough rollers and brakes
(6) (a) Every dough mee or meehoon roller shall be fenced by-
(i) a feeding chute and a bridge or tunnel guard as illustrated the Fifth Schedule; or
(ii) a hopper over the rolls of such design that the operator cannot reach the nip of the
rolls.
(b) Every dough brake shall be provided with guards over the tops of the rolls and if not equipped
with automatic feeding devices, shall be provided both in front and behind the rolls with grid
guards which, on contact with the hands or arms of the operators, will actuate mechanisms which
stop and reverse the motion of the rolls.
Cylinder printing presses
(7) (a) The openings in the frame of every cylinder press near the point of operation, and the
spaces between the segments and the register racks shall be fenced.
(b) No person shall change formes, make ready, adjust, clean or oil any cylinder press without
first disconnecting the power.
Rotary printing presses
(8) (a) Every rotary press shall be fenced by-
(i) a hinged metal guard over the exposed part of each plate cylinder; and
(ii) complete metal enclosure of both sides of each inking mechanism, from the fountain
to the plate cylinder.
(b) Every rotary press shall be provided with means for turning the press by hand.
(c) Where a pit is required under any rotary press it should not be less than four feet in depth to
facilitate safe access for necessary adjustment, oiling or repairs.
(d) Every slitter on every rotary press shall be fenced.
Rubber creping rolls machinery
(9) (a) Every horizontal two roll milling machine employed in the manufacture of crepe rubber
shall be provided with-
(i) a platform guard in accordance with the specification given in the Sixth Schedule:
Provided that the Chief Inspector may, by certificate in writing and subject to such
conditions as he may stipulate, exempt any such machinery from the provisions of this
requirement; and
(ii) a device for stopping the rolls and such device shall-
(a) stop the rolls with no material between the rolls within a period of three
seconds from the time it is operated;
(b) be so placed as to be operated by the operator from his normal working

position;
(c) disconnect the machine from the source of power;
(d) where a clutch is fitted between the machine and the source of power,
disengage such clutch by releasing a failing weight on the clutch withdrawal
mechanism and such weight shall be sufficiently heavy to prevent the clutch
remaining in engagement while the weight rests on the withdrawal
mechanism;
(e) be capable of being re-set from a position wholly outside the fencing;
(f) not be of the pendant, or of the push-button type:
Provided that where a horizontal two roll milling machine employed in the
manufacture of crepe rubber is powered by an electric motor, such a
machine shall need only to comply with the provisions of sub-paragraph (i)
and sub-paragraph (ii) (a), (b) and (e) of this paragraph.
(b) Every horizontal two-roll milling machine employed in the milling of scrap rubber shall be
provided with a mechanical device designed to force the rubber between the rolls.
Rubber sheeting machine
(10) (a) Every continuous rubber sheeting machine shall be fitted with a tunnel guard at the first
or feeding head, and where practicable at all other heads.
(b) Every tunnel guard shall be of substantial construction and at the first head have a clear
vertical opening not exceeding one and three quarter inches at a distance not less than nine
inches from the nip of the rolls; and where fitted to the other heads, the vertical opening shall not
be greater than one inch at a distance of not less than six inches from the nip of the rolls.
(c) Where it is impracticable to fit tunnel guards at heads other than the first head, fencing shall
be provided which will prevent access to such heads; and the fencing shall be so interlocked with
the clutch or source of power that the machine cannot be operated unless the fencing is in
position.
(d) Every continuous rubber sheeting machine shall be provided with a device for stopping the
machine and such device shall-
(i) stop the machine with no material between the rolls within a period of three seconds
from the time it is operated;
(ii) be so placed as to be operated easily by every person employed on the machine;
(iii) where a clutch is fitted between the machine and the source of power, disengage
such clutch by releasing a falling weight on the clutch withdrawal mechanism and such
weight shall be sufficiently heavy to prevent the clutch remaining in engagement while the
weight rests on the withdrawal mechanism; and
(iv) be capable of being reset from a position wholly outside the fencing :
Provided that where interlocked fencing if fitted in compliance with sub-paragraph (c) of
this paragraph a falling weight need not be fitted.
Testing of machines using rolls
(e) The stopping devices referred to in sub-paragraph (a) (ii) of paragraph (9) and in sub-
paragraph (d) of paragraph (10) in this regulation shall be tested by a responsible person,
appointed by the occupier, before the start of work on every day the machine is used.
Laminators
(11) (a) Every vertical or oblique two roll laminator shall-
(i) if both rolls are power driven or the lower roll only is power driven, be provided with a
tunnel guard, and the clear vertical opening of such guard shall not be greater than one
inch at a distance of not less than four and one-half inches from the nip of the rolls; or
(ii) if the upper roll only is power driven, be provided with a screen so fitted as to provide
an aperture through which the material may pass and such aperture shall not be greater
in height than the thickness of the uncompressed material plus one quarter of one inch,
at a distance of not less than one inch, from the vertical tangent to the upper roll, and
such screen shall effectively prevent direct access to the nip of the rolls.
(b) Every horizontal two-roll laminator shall as far as practicable be fitted with tunnel guards or
screens in accordance with the provisions of sub-paragraph (a) above and where such tunnel
guards or screens are not practicable, fencing to the satisfaction of the Inspector shall be fitted at
the nip of the rolls.
(c) Every two-roll laminator shall be provided with a device for stopping the rolls, and such device
shall comply with the provisions of sub-paragraph (a) (ii) of paragraph (9) of this regulation.
Scrap rubber washer
(12) Every scrap rubber washer shall be fitted with-
(a) a steel mesh guard, so positioned and of such dimensions that the fingers of the
operator or any other person are prevented from contact with the rolls. Such guard shall
be interlocked with the drive so that it cannot be opened unless the clutch is disengaged
or the power otherwise disconnected from the machine and the machine cannot be
started when the guard is not in the closed position; or
(b) a device for feeding scrap rubber into the machine which effectively prevents the
fingers of the operator or any other person from contact with the rolls.
Calenders
(13) Every calender except calenders designed for a laboratory and in use in such a laboratory
shall be provided with a device-
(a) to prevent the hands of the operator or any other person coming into contact with the
nip of the rolls; and such device shall be either-
(i) an arrangement of fixed distance bars; or
(ii) rigid and close fixed guards; or
(iii) a sensitive distance bar so constructed that pressure upon the bar shall
automatically stop the machine; and
(b) for stopping the machine; and such device shall comply with the provisions of sub-
paragraph (a) (ii) of paragraph (9) of this regulation:
Provided that where a sensitive distance bar is fitted in accordance with the provisions of
sub- paragraph (a) (iii) of this paragraph no other stopping device need be fitted.
Regulation 24. Woodworking saws
(1) In respect of woodworking saws the provisions in this regulation relating to fencing and safety
shall apply.
them-
"bandsaw" means a machine for sawing timber or lumber, equipped with one or more endless
steel bands with a continuous series of notches or teeth on one or both edges and running over a
pair of wheels or pulleys that are usually mounted one above the other or mounted horizontally;
"circular saw" means a machine for sawing timber or lumber, equipped with one or more thin
steel discs with a continous series of notches or teeth on their peripheries, ordinarily mounted on
horizontal arbors or spindles located-
(i) beneath work tables or benches provided with slots through which the upper portion of
the blades projects to cut material pressed against the blades; or
(ii) above work tables or benches, to the level of which the blades are dropped, when
needed, to cut material pressed against the blades; or
(iii) in frames suspended from overhead shafting so that they can be swung to cut
through material resting on the tables;
"crosscut saw" means a woodworking saw with teeth shaped and set for sawing across the grain
of the wood;
"equaliser" means a machine equipped with two circular crosscut saws for cutting barrel staves,
bolts, box-boards, vehicle stock and other lumber products to fixed lengths by simultaneously
trimming both ends;
"mill" means any kind of woodworking saw used for reducing logs to rough-edge lumber or
timber, and includes the carriage and the driving machinery;
"ripsaw" means woodworking saw with teeth shaped and set for sawing along the grain of the
wood;
"swing or pendulum saw" means a saw frame suspended from a shaft above the work table and
equipped with a single circular crosscut saw, which is pulled forward to make cuts, with the
extreme lower edge of the saw passing through a special slot in the table or bench top, and
automatically retires from the saw cut when released;
"travelling saw" means a machine equipped with a single circular crosscut saw that moves
forward in a stationary table when cutting.
Saws
(3) (a) Saws shall be driven by prime movers of sufficient power to avoid all risk of jamming or
wedging of the wood worked. The speed of cutting and the teeth of the saws shall be suitable for
the nature of the work to be done.
(b) Saw blades shall be maintained in good condition and shall not have any cracks. Such blades
shall be perfectly regular, be correctly sharpened, and correctly set.
Removal of waste
(c) The floors of all rooms or buildings in which wood working saws are used shall be kept free
from obstruction and as far as reasonably practicable from wood wastes. Where practicable the
saws shall be provided with suitable suction hoods, properly connected to efficient exhaust
systems.
Mill sawyers stand
(d) Every stand for head sawyers on a band mill or circular mill shall be protected by shields not
less than three feet and six inches in height, constructed
(i) of iron or steel, not less than a quarter of one inch thick; or
(ii) of planks two inches or more in thickness; or
(iii) of reinforced concrete, eight inches or more in thickness,

and such stand shall be fitted with levers, push buttons, switches, valves or other devices, to
enable the sawyer to stop the mill without leaving the stand. There shall also be means for
securely locking all the controls in the "off" position.
Log carriages for mills
(e) Every log carriage or saw carriage for band mill or circular mill shall be-
(i) of iron or steel, or of heavy timber mortised or dovetailed and through-bolted; and
(ii) completely decked over, to prevent persons from stepping through openings in
frames.
Stands for log setters
(f) Every stand for log setters on band or circular mill long carriages shall be provided with anti-
slip surfaces.
(g) No roof trusses, timbers or other parts of the building or fixtures shall be located within six feet
and six inches above the surface of band or circular mill log carriage decks.
Circular saw
(4) (a) Every woodworking circular saw shall be so installed as to prevent undue movement and
excessive vibration, and shall be fenced in the following manner-
(i) that part of the saw blade below the table shall be fenced by two metal plates, one on
each side, not more than six inches apart and extending from the underside of the table
to a point not less than two inches beyond the tips of the saw teeth; and such metal
plates shall be of not less than No. 14 gauge in thickness unless they are provided with
beaded edges, in which case No. 20 gauge material may be used;
(ii) the top of the saw blade shall be fenced by a strong, easily adjustable guard with side
flanges at the sides of the saw and the guard shall be kept so adjusted that the said
flanges shall extend below the roots of the teeth of the saw; and the guard shall extend
from the top of the riving knife to a point as low as is practicable at the cutting edge of the
saw:
Provided that in the case of circular rip saws used exclusively for breaking down logs a
guard approved by the Chief Inspector shall be used; and
(iii) behind and in direct line with the saw blade there shall be a riving knife which shall
have a smooth surface, shall be strong, rigid and easily adjustable and shall comply with
the following conditions:
(a) the edge of knife nearer the saw shall form and arc of a circle having a radius
not exceeding the radius of the largest saw used on the bench;
(b) the knife shall be slightly thinner than the saw kerf and slightly thicker than the
saw blade and shall not be less than two inches in width at the top of the saw
table;
(c) the knife shall be maintained as close as is practicable to the saw blade, and
at the level of the bench the distance between the front edge of the knife and the
teeth of the saw blade shall not exceed half of one inch; and
(d) the knife shall extend upwards from the bench to within one inch of the top of
the saw blade:
Provided that in the case of a saw of a diameter of twenty-four inches and over a riving
knife need not be fitted if other means of preventing the wood bending on the saw blade
are adopted.
(b) A suitable push stick shall be kept available for use at the bench of every circular saw:
Provided that the push stick need not be used at any cross-cut circular saw or rip saw used
exclusively for breaking down logs.
(c) No person shall use a damaged circular saw blade.
(d) The packing of a circular saw blade shall be carried out only when the saw is at rest.
(e) The speed of any circular saw blade in revolutions per minute shall not exceed the quotient of
43,200 divided by the diameter of the saw blade measured in inches.
(f) The feed rollers on any circular saw bench shall be fenced.
Equalisers
(5) (a) Every equalising saw shall be covered so far as practicable on the tops and back and
when, mounted on arbors outside the bearings, and also on the outer part of each saw to a point
below the bottom.
(b) Every equalising saw equipped with carriers shall be provided with springs or weights to keep
the carriers away from the saws except when the stock is being fed.
Travelling saw
(6) Every hood guard on travelling saw shall-
(a) be fastened securely to the arbor or to the saw table;
(b) cover the saw when running idle;
(c) extend not less than two inches in front of the saw teeth when the saw is in its back
position; and
(d) be limited in width so as to give a clearance of a quarter of one inch on each side of
the saw blade.
Swing saw
(7) (a) Hood guards on swing saws or pendulum saws shall extend below the arbors, with the
side cover next to the end of the arbor preferably hinged for access to the saw.
(b) The lower part of swing saws shall be guarded when the saw is in its back position.
(c) Swing saws shall be provided with-
(i) limit chains or other positive devices which will prevent the front edge of the saw from
advancing beyond the front edge of the saw table;
(ii) counterweights or other effective devices which will automatically return the saw so
that the front edge of the saw is not less than one inch behind the back edge of the saw
table when the saw is released by the operator at any point of its travel; and
(iii) latches or other positive means which will prevent the saw from rebounding when
swinging back.
(d) Belts on swing saws shall be enclosed-
(i) for the entire length on the front toward the operator; and
(ii) to a height not less than six feet and six inches above the floor or working level on the
back and on both sides.
Band saw
(8) (a) Every vertical bandsaw shall be fenced as follows-

(i) the bandwheels and saw blade (except that portion of the saw blade between the table
and the guide) shall be enclosed by a guard the construction of which is not less strong
than that of a guard having a frame of three-eighths of one inch diameter steel bar or 3/4"
X 3/4" X 1/8" steel angle with filling of 12 gauge wire in a mesh of one and a half inches;
and shall extend beyond the bandwheel rims for not less than three inches:
Provided that a guard need not be fitted to the driving belt side of the bottom bandwheel if
such side is safe by reason of its position;
(ii) the guard at the front of the upper bandwheel shall be hinged and the lower
bandwheel guard shall be hinged or removable;
(iii) the guard covering that part of the saw blade between the guide and the upper
bandwheel shall be attached to the guide and shall move vertically with the guide; and
(iv) access to the lower bandwheel in the pit shall be prevented.

(b) Every horizontal bandsaw shall be fenced as follows-
(i) the bandwheels shall be completely enclosed; and
(ii) the saw blade shall be completely enclosed except as is necessary to permit passage
of the material being sawn.
Other saws
(9) Every saw not otherwise described in the regulation and which is moved towards the material
shall be fenced by-
(a) a guard which exposes the cutting portion of the saw blade only when the saw is in
use; and
(b) in the case of a cross-cut saw, a balance weight or other device to hold the saw away
from the cutting position when not actually cutting.
Regulation 25. Planing machine.
(1) No planing machine, except mechanically fed planing machinery, shall be used for overhand
planing unless it is fitted with a cylindrical cutter block; and no piece of wood less than twelve
inches in length shall be planed on such machine unless a safe-hoder is used.
(2) Every planing machine used for overhand planing shall be fenced by a "bridge" guard capable
of covering the full length and breadth of the cutting slot in the bench, and so constructed as to be
easily adjustable in the vertical and horizontal directions.
(3) The feed roller of every planing machine used for thicknessing, except a combined planer and
thicknesser, shall be provided with an effective guard, which will give a clearance not greater than
a quarter of one inch regardless of the thickness of the wood.
Regulation 26. Spindle moulding machine.
(1) The cutter of ever spindle moulding machine shall be fenced where practicable.
(2) A suitable spike, push-stick, jig or holder shall be provided and kept available for use at the
bench of every spindle moulding machine.
Regulation 27. Grooving and tenoning machine.
The cutting heads and knives of every grooving and tenoning machine shall be fenced by sheet
metal guards securely fastened to the machine.
Regulation 28. Chain mortise machine.
Every chain mortise machine shall be provided with a telescoping self adjustable guard, covering
the sprocket wheel and the chain down to the top surface of the material being processed.
Regulation 29. Combined wood working machine.
Combined machines having a number of tools shall be so constructed that only one tool can be
used at a time, and provisions shall be made whereby it is possible to disengage each tool
separately and each tool on combined machines shall be provided with the protective devices
prescribed for non-combined machines.
Regulation 30. Agitating stirring, or mixing machines.
(1) In respect of agitating, stirring, or mixing machines, the following general provisions relating to
fencing and safety shall apply-
(a) Where practicable, every mixing operation involving liberation of dust, fumes or mists
shall be effected in closed apparatus.
(b) Every horizontal and vertical mixing machine shall be fenced by a cover fitted with an
interlocking device so arranged that power cannot be applied to the agitator unless the
cover is within three inches of complete closure; and so arranged that the cover cannot
be opened further than three inches of complete closure when power is being applied to
the agitator.
Open top agitator and mixing tank
(c) Where the top of an open agitator, beater or paddle tank is less than three feet and six
inches above the floor or working level, adequate railings shall be furnished on all open
sides, and where it is less than six inches above the floor, toeboards shall be provided.
(d) Every machine with mechanical agitating or stirring devices installed for use with
removable bowls shall be provided with interlocks to prevent access to such devices
while in motion.
Dough mixer
(2) (a) Every dough mixer shall be provided with tight fitting covers of substantial material over the
tops of the mixing bowls.
(b) Every horizontal non tilting dough mixer provided with-
(i) a fixed cover shall be equipped with valve controlled feed to and discharge from the
mixers; or
(ii) a hinged or removable cover shall be equipped with an interlocking device so

arranged that
(a) the cover cannot be opened until the blade-driving mechanism has been
stopped; and
(b) the blades cannot be set in motion again until the cover is in place on the
mixing bowl.
(c) Every horizontal tilting-type dough mixer, in which the rotating blades are not used for
discharging, shall be provided with interlocking device or automatic power cut-off which-
(i) will disconnect the power from the mixing blades when the bowl starts to tilt; and
(ii) will prevent application of the power again until the bowl has been returned to its
operating position.
(d) Every horizontal tilting-type dough mixer that is cleared by rotating the blades while the bowl is
in the tilted or unloading position shall be provided with an interlocked cover which will prevent
access to the rotating blades while the bowl is in the vertical position but will allow a limited
amount of opening of the cover for the discharge of the dough when the bowl is titled.
Other mixing machines
(3) (a) In the case of other mixing machines of the dough mixer type (in the food and other
industries), that is machines which present crushing or shearing hazards between the blades or
between the blades and the bowls, every such mixing shall be equipped with safety devices as
provided in the foregoing provisions for dough mixers.
(b) In the case of other mixing machines of the tumbling barrel type every such mixing machine
shall be equipped with safety devices as provided in regulation 22 (7) for tumbling barrels.
Regulation 31. Mincing machinery.
(1) The hopper of every mincing machine shall be fenced by a tray; and the feed opening in such
tray shall be of such diameter or so fenced as to prevent access to the danger area.
(2) A push stick shall be provided at every mincing machine.
Regulation 32. Grinding mills and pulverisers.
(1) Every grinding mill, husker, disintegrator, hammer mill, extruder and every similar machine
shall be fenced by a hopper and outlet chute; and such hopper and outlet chute shall be of such
size and arrangement as to prevent the operator from coming into contact with the moving parts.
(2) Where the feed to any machine of the class given in paragraph (1) of this regulation is through
an opening in a floor or feeding platform such opening shall have a raised cover and such cover
shall be within six inches of the floor or feeding platform and shall extend not less than nine
inches beyond the opening in all horizontal directions:
Provided that no cover need be fitted where the size and shape of the feed chute is such that no
part of the operator can reach any moving parts.
Regulation 33. Centrifuges and hydro-extractors.
(1) Every centrifuge and hydro-extractor shall have the maximum permissible speed stamped on
the basket thereof; and no centrifuge or hydro-extractor shall be run at a speed in excess of the
maximum permissible speed.
(2) The maximum permissible speed shall be the manufacturer's designed speed; and where this
is not obtainable the following speeds shall not be exceeded-
(a) 30 inch diameter basket ... ... ... 1,200 r.p.m.
(b) 48 inch diameter basket ... ... ... 750 "

(c) 60 inch diameter basket ... ... ... 500 "
(3) (a) Every centrifuge and hydro-extractor shall be provided with a brake.
(b) Every centrifuge shall be provided with a substantial lid. Where practicable this lid shall be
provided with an interlock or other approved device that will prevent the lid being opened while
the basket is in motion and prevent the operation of the basket while the lid is open. Such device
shall not prevent rotation of the basket by hand.
(c) Every hydro-extractor shall be provided with a substantial lid, so equipped with such interlock
or other approved device as will prevent the lid being opened while the basket is in motion, and
prevent operation of the basket while the lid is open. Such device shall not prevent rotation of the
basket by hand:
Provided that only sub-paragraph (a) of this paragraph shall apply to small enclosed bowl-type
separators used for cleaning oil, separation of liquids, and works of such nature or similar small
machines.
Regulation 34. Power presses.
(1) In respect of presses, the provisions in this regulation relating to fencing and safety shall
apply.
them-
"power press" means a power driven machine for compressing, cutting or shaping metallic or
non-metallic substances by pressing drawing or stamping, but does not include hammer or
forging press, shearing machine, and cylinder or rotary printing press equipped with revolving
printing or impressing cylinders mounted on horizontal shafts;
"punch press" means a power press equipped with a ram or slide and with dies for the purpose of
bending, blanking, coining, curling, cutting, drawing, embossing, extruding, forming, perforating,
piercing, punching, redrawing, reaming or trimming materials under great pressure;
"hydraulic press" means a press in which power is transmitted to the ram by hydrostatic pressure;
"platen press" means a printing press in which the paper or other material, supported on flat
impressing surfaces, is forced against the printing surfaces which are supported on stationary flat
beds.
General provisions for power presses
(3) (a) Every press, other than a hydraulic press shall be equipped with effective braking device.
(b) Revolving or reciprocating parts on the sides of presses located within six feet and six inches
of the floor or working level and not enclosed by the housing of the machine shall be fenced.
Power and punch presses (Automatic and semi automatic feed)

(4) (a) Every automatic, semi automatic or mechanical fed power press or punch press equipped
with dial feed, slide feed, hopper feed or automatic roll and strip feed, shall be provided with
(i) fixed enclosure of the ram, with the opening between the bottom of the enclosure and
the work or working surface not exceeding a quarter of one inch and with the top of the
enclosure extending at least as high as the upper limit of the ram; or
(ii) limitation of the ram stroke so that the clearance between the ram and the die or
stripper does not exceed a quarter of one inch.
(b) The ram enclosure on power and punch presses shall-
(i) enclose the rear as well as the front and sides of the ram;
(ii) be of sheet metal, perforated or expanded metal, strong wire mesh, or non shatterable
transparent material;
(iii) be so constructed as not to cause eye strain; and
(iv) have no opening as would enable any part of the hand to come within the trapping or
nipping area.
Power and punch presses (hand fed)
(5) (a) Every hand fed power press and press brake shall be fenced by one of the following
means-
(i) a static fixed guard at the front or feeding side and both sides of the ram to prevent
access of the fingers of the operator to the danger zone; and the distance of the front of
the static fixed guard from the ram, and the length and depth of the feed opening shall
comply with the provisions of the Seventh Schedule;
(ii) an interlocked guard which prevents the ram from making a stroke unless the guard is
in its protective position; and so fences the front and both sides of the ram as to prevent
access of the fingers of the operator to the danger zone when the guard is in its
protective position;
(iii) an operating device which requires the simultaneous action of both hands of the
operator to operate the press; and so arranged that it cannot be operated by one hand
and that it prevents access of the fingers of the operator to the danger zone before
completion of the pressing stroke of the ram;
Provided that on pedal operated presses a device may be provided which requires both
hands of the operator to release such a device before the foot pedal can be moved;
(iv) an automatic sweep guard, so arranged to sweep the operator's hand out of the
danger zone as the ram descends, and a fixed guard on both sides of the ram so
arranged that no "nipping" hazard can exist between the sweep guard and any fixed
structure:
Provided that no protective device need be fitted to any hand fed power press where the
stroke of the ram is such that the maximum possible clearance between the ram and the
die or stripper is three-eighths of one inch or less.
(b) The Chief Inspector may, in his discretion, permit the use of means or types of guard other
than those specified in sub-paragraph (a) above.
(c) Every foot pedal on every hand-fed press shall be so fenced that it cannot be accidentally
struck.
(d) During the operation of setting the dies in the press, adequate means shall be provided to
prevent the dropping of the ram; and the source of power shall be disconnected from the press
and the press turned by hand until the correct alignment of the dies is obtained.
Hydraulic presses
(6) (a) Every hydraulic press with downstroking rams shall be provided with interlocking guard
and means of positively supporting the ram when the guard is in the open position.
(b) Where the operating valves are not part of or attached to the frames of a hydraulic press-
(i) the valves shall be so located that the operator will have a clear and unobstructed view
of the press when standing in the normal operating position; and
(ii) where the operation of the press is not plainly visible, a mirror affording full view of the
press shall be installed in front of the operator.
Clicking presses
(7) (a) Every clicking press using fixed dies shall be provided with one of the means prescribed in
sub-paragraph (a) of paragraph (5) of this regulation.
(b) The platen stroke of every clicking press using hand dies shall be adjusted so that the platen
will not come closer than three inches to the table.
(c) hand dies shall not be less than three inches in height and shall be provided with a handle or
safety flanges.
Garment press
(8) Every garment press shall be fenced by an operating device which requires the removal of
both hands of the operator from the danger zone until the press is closed.
Platen press
(9) (a) Every platen press and other platen type machine shall be equipped with-
(i) an automatic feeding device; or
(ii) an automatic safety stop which will prevent the platen from closing if there is any
obstruction between the platen and the bed.
(b) No hand-fed platen press shall be operated at a speed in excess of thirty-five impressions per
minute.
Baling presses
(10) (a) In every baling press where the moving platform rises above floor level, it shall be
provided with smooth aprons to prevent workers from getting caught between the floor and the
press platform.
(b) The edges of the pit in which the platform moves shall be chamfered or otherwise guarded so
as to prevent a person's foot from being trapped between the edge of the pit and the edge of the
platform.
(c) Every baling press on which two workers are employed shall not be started up or down by one
of the workers without a signal from the other, unless it is started up by a device requiring
simultaneous action by both workers.
Brick and pipe machines
(11) (a) Every trough mixer shall be fenced by a substantially constructed guard, the largest
opening of which measured parallel to the shaft shall not exceed one inch.
(b) Every feed-opening in every floor or platform shall be fenced.
(c) Every dry and semi-dry brick-making machine shall be fenced so as to prevent the hands and
arms of the operator being trapped between the reciprocating feed box or top platen and the table
or lower platen.
Regulation 35. Guillotines.
Every guillotine shall be fenced by-
(a) a starting device which requires the simultaneous action of both hands to start the
cutting action and of at least one hand on a control during the complete stroke of the
knife; or
(b) an automatic guard which will remove the hands of the operator from the danger zone
at every descent of the blade, used in conjunction with a one hand starting device, and so
designed as to return positively to its starting position after each complete cycle of the
knife; or
(c) a guard which will positively prevent the hands of the operator or any other person
from entering the danger zone.
Regulation 36. Rubber knives.

Every knife of the circular revolving blade type used for cutting rubber shall be fenced.
Regulation 37. Machine tools.
(1) Every turret lathe and every machine in which the rotating stock bar extends beyond the end
of the machine shall be fitted with tubular guards, substantially supported and enclosing the
projecting stock bar.
(2) Chucks used for holding tools in drilling machine shall have no projecting parts.
(3) Drills, reamers and taps used in drilling machines shall be fenced where practicable.
(4) Suitable clamps, jigs or fixtures shall be provided for holding work pieces on vertical drilling
machines.
(5) Every milling cutter mounted on horizontal arbors for external operation, shall be provided with
a strong guard of suitable material:
(a) enclosing the cutting surface, except the part necessarily exposed for the milling
operation, and extending on each side of the cutter to the ends of the arbor or to the
arbor supports; or
(b) enclosing the cutter completely but opening automatically to a sufficient extent to
permit the cut to be made as the work approaches the cutter.
(6) Every head of every vertical milling cutter shall be fenced.
Regulation 38. Tea rollers
(1) Every eccentric motion crankshaft of every tea roller shall be fenced so that the points of
shear between the crankshaft webs and the bearings cannot be reached.
(2) Every tea rolling machine shall be-
(a) so arranged that there shall be no crushing points between the scraper ring and the
edge of the rolling table; or
(b) so fenced that the operator cannot reach the rolling table.
Regulation 39. Bottle filling and machinery.
(1) Every glass bottle or syphon filling machine working under pressure shall be fenced by a
sheet or mesh guard, the maximum dimension in any opening of which shall not exceed one
quarter of one inch; and the guard shall be so arranged as to prevent effectively any person being
struck by pieces of broken glass.
(2) Every glass bottle corking or capping machine shall be provided with a table or other device
for supporting the bottle during the corking or capping operation; and a substantial metal screen
shall be placed between the machine and the operator; and such screen shall be so constructed
as to prevent effectively any person being struck by pieces of broken glass.
Regulation 40. Conveyor.
Conveyor machinery.
(1) In respect of conveyor machinery, the following general provisions relating to fencing and
safety shall apply-
(a) Every conveyor machinery shall be so constructed and installed as to avoid

hazardous points of shear between moving and stationary parts or objects.
(b) Where frequent access is required to a conveyor machinery, the floor in which the
conveyor machinery is located shall be provided with a foot walk or cat walk along the
entire length, and such foot walk or cat walk shall not be less than eighteen inches in
width and equipped with guard rails and toe-boards:
Provided that the provisions of this sub-paragraph need not apply with respect to portable
conveyors used in the open at ground level in or near quarry or mine faces for the
purpose of conveying metal or other mined material.
(c) Where a conveyor, which is not entirely enclosed is located in pits or at floor level, any
floor opening shall be guarded by guard rails and toe boards.
(d) Every enclosed conveyor used for carrying combustible materials of an explosive
nature shall be provided with safety relief vents leading as directly as possible to the
outside air and not connected with any chimneys, pipes, vents or flues used for any other
purpose.
(e) Every power driven conveyor shall be provided at its loading and unloading stations,
at its drive and take up ends, and at other frequent and convenient places, with devices
for stopping the conveyor machinery in the case of an emergency.
(f) Every conveyor which carries loads up inclines shall be provided with mechanical
devices that will prevent the machinery from reversing and carrying the loads back
towards the loading point in the event of the power being cut off.
(g) Where material is loaded on moving conveyors by hand, the speed of the conveyors
shall be slow enough to allow loaders sufficient time to place the material in position
without losing their balance, and in such a manner that the material will not project to a
dangerous extent over the sides of the conveyors or be likely to fall.
(h) Where a conveyor extends to points not visible from the control stations, it shall be
equipped with warning signals to be used by operators before starting the machinery so
as to warn persons who may be within the danger zone.
Chute gravity conveyor.
(2) On every chute gravity conveyor, where heavy articles are transported and cannot be plainly
seen in their descent, there shall be provided at the delivery end a device to give warning that a
package is about to be delivered.
Belt conveyor.
(3) Every belt conveyor shall be fenced by a guard at each nip-point, and such guard shall
extend not less than three feet from such nip-point; and where materials which are liable to stick
to the drum are carried, fixed scrapers or brushes shall be fitted.
Chain conveyor.
(4) (a) Every overhead chain conveyor shall be so installed that ample clearance is provided
between the material transported and any fixed or moving object.
(b) Every apron conveyor used for carrying unpacked bottles, jars or other glass containers shall
be provided with side rails at a suitable distance above the conveying surfaces to prevent the
containers from tipping over or falling off.
(c) Every inclined bucket conveyor shall be enclosed with solid guards which-
(i) are not less than six feet and six inches in height, so as to prevent anything being
pushed or thrown into the shaftways and to hold any material which might drop from the
buckets; and
(ii) are provided with wire-glass windows or doors, or with removable sections to facilitate
inspection, cleaning and repairs:
Provided that the provisions of this paragraph shall not apply to the main bucket conveyors fitted
on booms, used in dredging or earth excavation works.
Portable conveyors.
(5) (a) Every portable conveyor shall be so designed as to minimise the danger of upsetting or
overturning due to eccentric loading.
(b) Mechanisms for raising or lowering booms on portable conveyor shall be of the self-locking
worm, jack-screw or other positive type.
Screw conveyor.
(6) (a) Every screw conveyor not of the totally enclosed type shall be placed in steel or steel-lined
trough fitted with well secured tight covers of heavy wire mesh in removable sections so as to
prevent any part of a person from coming into contact with the screw and where practicable, a
corresponding top cover made of not less than 1/8" steel plate in removable sections shall be
fitted.
(b) No person shall attempt to loosen material in clogged screw conveyors or to carry out any
repair work on screw conveyors without first shutting off the power and locking the controls.
Regulation 41. Other machines.
Every machine not specifically referred to in these regulations shall be fenced in such a manner
as an Inspector shall require.
PART V - DUTIES AND LIABILITIES
Regulation 42. Occupier's duty to comply.
(1) It shall be the duty of the occupier to comply with the provisions of these regulations and to
ensure that they are observed provided that in the case of machinery used in common by the
owner and the occupier these duties shall be the responsibility of both the owner and the
occupier.
(2) It shall be the duty of the operator to make use of the fencing.
penalty is provided by the Act shall be liable to a fine not exceeding one thousand dollars.
contravention of regulations 10, 14, 22, 23, 24, 25 and 26.
[Ins.P.U.(A) 86/78]
FIRST SCHEDULE
(Regulation 3)
GUARDS
1. GENERAL SPECIFICATION
(i) Guards shall be so designed, constructed and used that they will-
(a) provide positive protection;
(b) prevent access to the danger zone during operation;
(c) cause the operator no discomfort or inconvenience;
(d) withstand long use with minimum maintenance;
(e) resist normal wear and shock;
(f) not constitute a hazard by themselves, that is to say without splinters, sharp corners,
rough edges, and other sources of accidents.
(ii) Every guard shall be securely fastened to the machine or to the floor, wall or ceiling and shall
be kept in place whenever the machine is operating.
2. FRAME-WORK FOR SMALL GUARDS
Minimum dimensions of materials for the frame-work of metal guards 30" or less in height and
with a surface area not exceeding 10 square feet shall be 3/8" for solid rod 3/4 by 3/4 by 1/8 in.
for angle iron.
Other construction of equal strength may be substituted for guards of the same areas as
mentioned above.
3. FRAME-WORK FOR BRACED GUARDS
(i) Minimum dimensions of materials for the frame-work of guards more than 30 in. in height and
with a surface area exceeding 10 square feet shall be 1 by 1 by 1/8 in. for angle iron or 3/4 in.
inside diameter for metal pipe.
(ii) Every guard shall be rigidly braced every 3 feet or fractional part of the height to some fixed
part of machinery or building structure.
4. FRAME-WORK FOR UNBRACED GUARDS.
(i) Minimum dimensions of materials for the frame-work for a guard when fastened to the floor or
working platform without any support or bracing shall be-
(a) not less than 1 1/2 by 1 1/2 by 1/8 in. for angle iron;
(b) 1 1/2 in. diameter for metal pipe; or
(c) of other metal construction of equal strength.

(ii) Rectangular guards should have at least four upright frame members each of which shall be
securely fastened to the floor.
(iii) Cylindrical guards should have at least three supporting members carried to the floor.
(iv) Joints of all frame-work shall be equivalent in strength to the materials of the frame.
5. HORIZONTAL OVERHEAD BELT GUARDS.
Frame-work of guards for horizontal overhead belts, ropes or chains situated more than 6 feet 6
inches above the floor or working platform if of angle iron, shall be at least-
(a) 1by 1 by 3/16 inch for belts up to 10 inches in width;
(b) 1 1/2 by 1 1/2 by 1/4 inch for belts 10 to 14 inches in width;
(c) 2 by 2 by 5/16 inch for belts 14 to 24 inches in width; and
(d) 3 by 3 by 3/8 inch for belts over 24 inches in width.

Guard supports, if of flat iron shall be of the following dimensions-
(a) 1 1/2 by 1/4 inch for belts up to 10 inches in width;
(b) 2 by 5/16 inch for belts 10 to 14 inches in width;
(c) 2 by 3/8 inch for belts 14 to 24 inches in width; and
(d) 2 1/2 by 3/8 inch for belts over 24 inches in width.
Every guard shall be provided with adequate number of supports and attachments so as to
ensure sufficient rigidity and resistance.
6. FILLING MATERIALS
(i) Fillers shall be made of solid sheet metal not less than 0.03 inch in thickness, perforated sheet
metal not less than 0.04 inch in thickness, expanded metal not less than 0.05 in. in thickness, or
woven wire not less than 0.06 inch in diameter.
(ii) Fillers of other materials of equal strength for the same areas may be substituted.
(iii) Where woven wire is used it shall be of the type in which the wires are securely fastened at
every crosspoint by welding, soldering, or galvanising, except in the case of diamond or square
wire mesh made of wire 0.08 inch in diameter, 3/4 inch mesh, or heavier.
7. FASTENINGS
Filler materials shall be securely fastened to angle-iron frame-work with rivets or bolts, by
welding, or by weaving through the frames.
Filler material for pipe frames shall be made into panels with rolled edges or bound with sheet
metal, and the panels shall be fastened to the frames with steel clips.
8. FILLER OPENINGS
Where guards or enclosures are within 4 inches from moving parts of machinery at all points, no
mesh or opening shall be more than 1/4 inch in width, and where clearances are above 4 inches
no mesh or opening should be more than 2 square inches in area.
9. "U" GUARDS.
"U" guards shall be constructed of material specified for fillers in paragraph 2 above and where
necessary edges shall be reinforced by rolling or wiring or by binding with angle or flat metal.
10. WOOD GUARDS.
Where wood is used for guard material such wood shall be sound, tough and free from any loose
knots and shall be made of planed lumber not less than 1 inch rough board measure or of
plywood or fabricated products or equal strength, and all edges and corners shall be rounded off,
and shall be securely fastened together with wood screws or hardwood dowel pins, bolts, rivets,
or crimped nails, and shall be equal in rigidity to metal guards.
SECOND SCHEDULE
(Regulation 3)
CONSTRUCTION OF RAILINGS
THIRD SCHEDULE
(Regulation 22 (4) (a) (ii))
SPECIFICATION
The thickness of material used for sides and periphery of abrasive wheel protection hoods to be
in accordance with the above table.
The width of the hood "W" to be not less than one and one-half times the thickness of the wheel.
FOURTH SCHEDULE
(Regulation 22 (4) (f))
FLANGES FOR STRAIGHT SIDED ADAPTOR AND SLEEVE MOUNTED ABRASIVE WHEELS
WHERE PROTECTION HOODS ARE FITTED
FIFTH SCHEDULE
(Regulation 23 (6) (a) (i))
BRIDGE GUARD FOR MEE ROLLERS

SIXTH SCHEDULE
PLATFORM GUARD FOR HORIZONTAL TWO ROLL MILLS USED IN THE MANUFACTURE
OF CREPE RUBBER
Section through centre line of oblique set of rolls.
Dimension "A" to be not less than 30 inches,
Dimension "C" to be not less than 39 inches,
Dimension "B" to be not less than 9 inches,
Dimension "A" & "C" may be varied by an inspector to suit conditions in any particular installation
where adherence to the above is not practicable.
The platform guard is to be of metal not less than 1/8" thick, stiffened as necessary.
The provision of a chute to deliver the milled rubber to the front of the machine is advised.
SEVENTH SCHEDULE
WHERE FIXED EJECTOR PLATES ARE FITTED A GUARD NEED NOT BE PROVIDED
UNLESS THE DISTANCE "E" EXCEED 3/16" IN WHICH CASE THE TOOL MUST BE
PROVIDED WITH A GUARD AS SHOWN
The distances "A" & "B" are determined by the form and size of the work. The distance "D" can
be determined by reference to the graph.

[JK/KB No. 414; PN. 250/54-258c.]
V. MANICKAVASAGAM,
Minister of Labour
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (PERSON-IN-CHARGE) REGULATION 1970
___________________________
___________________________
Regulation 1. Citation
PART I - MACHINERY REQUIRED TO BE IN CHARGE OF PERSONS HOLDINGS

CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY
Regulation 3. Machinery requiring certificated person in charge.

Regulation 4. Person or engineer in charge of machinery.
Regulation 5. Steam boilers and engines not a dredge.
Regulation 6. Internal combustion engines not on a dredge
Regulation 7. Steam dredge.
Regulation 8. Shifts.
Regulation 9. Change of shift.
Regulation 10. Visiting engineers.
Regulation 11. Duties of visiting engineers.
Regulation 12. Limitation of visiting engineer's responsibility.
Regulation 13. Assessment of drivers.
Regulation 14. Inspector's powers to increase the number of drivers.
Regulation 15. Owner to notify changes in certificated persons employed.
Regulation 16. Death, sickness and leave of absence of person in charge.
Regulation 17. Automatic plant.
Regulation 18. Chief Inspector may vary requirements.
PART II - TRAINING OF OPERATORS OF MACHINERY
Regulation 19. Instructions to be given to persons working on machinery.

Regulation 20. Training to be given to operators of certain machinery.
PART III -MISCELLANOUS
SCHEDULE
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (PERSONS- IN-CHARGE) REGULATIONS, 1970
Preamble
IN exercise of the powers conferred by section 56 (1) of the Factories and Machinery Act,
1967[64 /1967.], the Minister of Labour hereby makes the following regulations:
These regulations may be cited as the Factories and Machinery (Persons-in-Charge)

Regulations, 1970, and shall come into force on the 1st day of February, 1970.
1967, referred to in these regulations as "the Act".
PART I - MACHINERY REQUIRED TO BE IN CHARGE OF PERSONS HOLDING

CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY
Regulation 3. Machinery requiring certificated persons in charge.
Pursuant to section 29 (2) of the Act, a person in charge of any steam boiler, steam engine,
internal combustion engine or dredge shall, except as provided hereafter, hold an appropriate
certificate of competency prescribed by these regulations.
Regulation 4. Person or engineer in charge of machinery.
(1) A person in charge of a steam boiler or steam boilers shall for the purpose of these
regulations be deemed also to be in charge of any unfired pressure vessel supplied with steam
therefrom.
(2) Where these regulations prescribe that an engineer shall be in charge of any machinery such
engineer shall be in charge also of the installation of which such machinery forms part.
(3) Where these regulations do not prescribe that an engineer, dredgemaster or driver shall be in
charge of any machinery, such machinery shall be in the charge of such person or persons as a
Senior Inspector in writing may direct.
Regulation 5. Steam boilers and engines not on a dredge.
(1) This regulation shall apply to steam boilers and steam engines not installed on a dredge and
in this regulation-
"driver" means the holder of a driver's certificate of competency for steam boilers and steam
engines;
"engineer" means the holder of an engineer's certificate of competency for steam boilers and
steam engines;
"heating surface" means, in respect of any steam boiler, the total surface of all plates and tubes
exposed to heat on one side and in contact with water on the other, measured on the water or fire
side, whichever is the greater, and excluding the heating surface of any economiser and
superheater connected thereto;
"visiting engineer" means the holder of an engineer's certificate of competency for steam boilers
and steam engines who is employed by an owner to make periodical visits to and inspections of,
his machinery.
(2) (i) Where the heating surface of a steam boiler, or the aggregate heating surface of steam
boilers connected to a common range, is five hundred square feet or less, a first or second grade
driver shall be in charge of such boiler or boilers during each shift; and
(ii) where more than one steam boiler is connected to a common range or there is more than one
associated steam engine, the driver in charge shall be assisted during each shift by other first or
second grade drivers sufficient to ensure that including the driver in charge there shall not be
more than two steam boilers or two steam engines or one combined steam boiler and steam
engine to each driver.
(3) Where the heating surface of a steam boiler, or the aggregate heating surface of steam
boilers connected to a common range, is greater than five hundred square feet but not greater
than two thousand square feet, a first grade driver shall be in charge of such boiler or boilers
during each shift, and the provisions of paragraph (2) (ii) of this regulation shall apply.
(4) Where the heating surface of a steam boiler, or the aggregate heating surface of steam
boilers connected to a common range is greater than two thousand square feet but not greater
than five thousand square feet, a first grade driver shall be in charge of such boiler or boilers
during each shift, and the provisions of paragraph (2) (ii) of this regulation shall apply. In addition
the owner shall employ a first or second grade visiting engineer who shall comply with the
provisions of regulations 10, 11 and 12.
(5) (i) Where the heating surface of a steam boiler or the aggregate heating surface of steam
boilers connected to a common range, is greater than five thousand square feet but not greater
than ten thousand square feet, a first or second grade engineer shall be in charge of such boiler
or boilers; and
associated steam engine, the engineer in charge shall be assisted during each shift by such first
grade drivers as shall be sufficient to ensure that there shall not be more than two steam boilers
or two steam engines or one combined steam boiler and steam engine to each driver.
boilers connected to a common range, is greater than ten thousand square feet but not greater
than twenty-five thousand square feet; a first grade engineer shall be in charge of such boiler or
boilers; and
associated steam engine, the engineer in charge shall be assisted by a first or second grade
engineer and during each shift by such first and second grade drivers as shall be sufficient to
ensure that there shall not be more than two steam boilers or two steam engines or one
combined steam boiler and steam engine to each driver.
(7) (i) Where the heating surface of a steam boiler or the aggregate heating surface of steam
boilers connected to a common range, is greater than twenty-five thousand square feet but not
greater than fifty thousand square feet, a first grade engineer shall be in charge of such boiler or
boilers; and
associated steam engine the engineer in charge shall be assisted by two first or second grade
engineers and during each shift by such first and second grade drivers as shall be sufficient to
boilers connected to a common range is greater than fifty thousand square feet, a first grade
engineer shall be in charge of such boiler or boilers; and
associated steam engine, the engineer in charge shall be assisted during each shift by a first or
second grade engineer together with such first and second grade drivers as shall be sufficient to
Exemption.
(9) Notwithstanding the provisions of this regulation a driver shall not be required to be in charge
of a steam boiler of the following types-
(i) an electrode boiler;
(ii) a steam tube oven;
(iii) a steam tube hotplate;
(iv) an autoclave;
(v) any steam boiler in which the steam generated is retained inside the boiler.
Regulation 6. Internal combustion engines not on a dredge
(1) This regulation shall apply to internal combustion engines not installed on a dredge and in this
regulation-
"driver" means the holder of a driver's certificate of a competency for internal combustion
engines;
"engineer" means the holder of an engineer's certificate of competency for internal combustion
engines;
"horse power" means in respect of any prime mover the rated output of such prime mover in
brake horse-power which it is able to develop for a period of twelve hours at its rated speed when
working under such conditions as may be specified in any relevant British Standard Specification;
"visiting engineer" means the holder of an engineer's certificate of competency for internal
combustion engines who is employed by an owner to make periodical visits to, and inspections
of, his machinery.
(2) (i) Where the greatest horse-power of any one internal combustion engine in any one
installation is not greater than one hundred, a first or second grade driver shall be in charge
during each shift; and
(ii) where there is more than one internal combustion engine in the installation, the driver in
charge shall be assisted during each shift by such other first or second grade drivers as shall
ensure that, including the driver in charge, there are not more than two engines to each driver.
(3) Where the greatest horse-power of any internal combustion engine in any one installation is
greater than one hundred but not greater than five hundred, a first grade driver shall be in charge
during each shift, and where there is more than one internal combustion engine in the installation
the provisions of paragraph (2) (ii) of this regulation shall apply.
(4) Where the greatest horse-power of any one internal combustion engine in any one installation
is greater than five hundred but not greater than one thousand, a first grade driver shall be in
charge during each shift and where there is more than one internal combustion engine in the
installation, the driver in charge shall be assisted during each shift by such other first grade
drivers as shall ensure that, including the driver in charge there are not more than two engines to
each driver. In addition, the owner shall employ a first grade visiting engineer.
is greater than one thousand but does not exceed one thousand five hundred, a first or second
grade engineer shall be in charge, and he shall be assisted during each shift by a first grade
driver and where there is more than one internal combustion engine in the installation such other
first grade drivers shall be employed sufficient to ensure that there are not more than two engines
to each driver during each shift.
is greater than one thousand five hundred, a first grade engineer shall be in charge and he shall
be assisted during each shift by a first grade driver and where there is more than one internal
combustion engine in the installation, such other first grade drivers shall be employed sufficient to
ensure that there are not more than two engines to each driver during each shift.
(7) Notwithstanding the provisions of this regulation where in any installation the aggregate horse-
power of a number of internal combustion engines is greater than one thousand five hundred but
not greater than two thousand, a first or second grade visiting engineer shall be employed; and
where the aggregate horse-power is greater than two thousand but not greater than two thousand
five hundred, a first grade visiting engineer shall be employed; and where the aggregate horse-
power is greater than two thousand five hundred but not greater than three thousand, a second
grade engineer shall be in charge; and where the aggregate horse-power is greater than three
thousand, a first grade engineer shall be in charge.
(8) Any visiting engineer employed pursuant to the provisions of this regulation shall comply with
the provisions of regulations 10, 11 and 12.
(9) Notwithstanding the provisions of this regulation, a driver shall not be required in respect of an
internal combustion engine-
(i) installed in a hoisting machine;
(ii) of not more than forty horse-power;
(iii) inspiring fuel by means of a carburettor.
Regulation 7. Dredge.
Steam dredge.
(1) A dredge driven by a steam power shall be in charge of a person who holds-
(a) an engineer's (steam) certificate of competency, such person having served for a
period of not less than six months as an assistant in charge of a shift on a dredge and
had such certificate endorsed accordingly, or
(b) a dredgemaster's (steam and electric) certificate of competency.
Internal combustion engine dredge.
(2) A dredge driven by electric power generated by internal combustion engines installed on the
dredge or directly by internal combustion engines shall be under the charge of a person who
holds-
(a) an engineer's (internal combustion engines) certificate of competency, such person

having served for a period of not less than six months as an assistant in charge of a shift
on a dredge, and had such certificate endorsed accordingly; or
(b) a dredgemaster's (internal combustion engines and electric) certificate of competency.
Electric dredge.
(3) A dredge driven by electric power from bulk supply shall be under the charge of a person who
holds-
(a) an engineer's (steam) or an engineer's (internal combustion engines) certificate of

competency, such person having served for a period of not less than six months as an
assistant in charge of a shift on a dredge, and had such certificate endorsed accordingly;
or
(b) a dredgemaster's certificate of competency.
(4) An engineer or dredgemaster in charge of a dredge shall be assisted during each shift by first
or second grade drivers (steam) or first or second grade drivers (internal combustion engines) as
appropriate in accordance with the provisions of regulation 5 or 6.
Regulation 8. Shifts
(1) For the purpose of these regulations a shift shall be a period of continuous duty of eight hours:
Provided that the period of a shift may be extended but in no circumstances shall such a period
exceed twelve hours except in the case of an emergency.
(2) No person shall, except in case of emergency or at the weekly rotation of shifts, be in charge
of or operate or require or cause any driver or other person to be in charge of or to operate any
machinery for a period exceeding twelve hours in any twenty-four hours.
Regulation 9. Change of shift.
(1) A driver or other person in charge of machinery due to proceed off duty at the end of his shift
shall not leave such machinery in operation unless and until a relieving driver or other person, as
the case may be, has taken over from him.
(2) A driver or other person in charge of machinery shall not, except in the case of an emergency,
leave his post during his shift unless and until he has been relieved by another driver or other
person, as the case may be.
Regulation 10. Visiting engineers.
(1) Every owner or occupier who employs a visiting engineer pursuant to these regulations in
respect of machinery shall provide and maintain a register at or near the place where the
machinery is situated, wherein shall be entered, by such visiting engineer at each visit, the
information prescribed in paragraph (ii) of regulation 11.
(2) The owner or occupier shall countersign every entry by the visiting engineer and shall produce
the register for examination at every regular inspection or at any other time an Inspector may
require.
(3) The register shall be in such form as the Chief Inspector may require.
Regulation 11. Duties of visiting engineers
It shall be the duty of every visiting engineer in respect of the machinery for which he is
responsible-
(i) to make visits of inspection at least once in every two weeks to every steam boiler and
associated machinery and visits of inspection at least once in each month to every
internal combustion engine and associated machinery;
(ii) to enter in the aforementioned register-
(a) a report on the condition of the machinery and of the effectiveness of any
safety devices fitted thereto at the time of his visit;
(b) details of any repairs required to the machinery and subsequently the dates
when repairs have been executed;
(c) details of any breakdown of the machinery which may have occurred since his
last visit and of the repairs effected;
(iii) to submit to the Inspector not later than the tenth day of every month, a report on his
inspections during the preceding month in such form as the Chief Inspector may require;
(iv) to be present at every regular inspection of the machinery and at such other
inspections thereof as an Inspector may require;
(v) to assist an Inspector in any investigation he may make of any accident connected
with the machinery reported under the provisions of section 31 of the Act.
Regulation 12. Limitation of visiting engineer's responsibility.
The Chief Inspector may, in his discretion limit the number of boilers, internal combustion engines
and other machinery in respect of which a visiting engineer is employed.
Regulation 13. Assessment of drivers.
For the purpose of assessing the number and grade of drivers required under these regulations,
an Inspector may ignore any steam boiler, steam engine or internal combustion engine which-
(i) is required for standby purposes only;
(ii) of itself does not require a driver under these regulations;
(iii) is required to drive plant auxiliaries only.
Regulation 14. Inspector's powers to increase the number of drivers.
Where an Inspector is of the opinion that, by reason of the size, arrangement or amount of
ancillary machinery, in the installation or factory the number and grade of the drivers prescribed in
these regulations is insufficient to ensure the safe operation of the installation or factory he may,
in his discretion, require an occupier or owner to employ drivers in excess of the number
prescribed.
Regulation 15. Owner to notify changes in certificated persons employed.
Every owner or occupier of machinery who in pursuance of these regulations employs any person
holding a certificate of competency shall, when such person leaves his employ, give notice
thereof in writing to an Inspector. Such notice shall give the name, the grade and number of the
certificate of competency, of the engineer, dredgemaster or driver who is to replace the said
person and be accompanied where appropriate by the current certificate of fitness of the
machinery concerned for the Inspector's endorsement and return.
Regulation 16. Death, sickness and leave of absence of person in charge.
In the case of death, sickness or leave of absence of the person prescribed to be in charge of a
machinery, or for any good and sufficient cause, the Chief inspector may, notwithstanding the
provisions of these regulations, authorise the owner or occupier by a certificate in writing (which
certificate may be revoked at the discretion of the Chief Inspector) to operate the machinery for a
period not exceeding one calendar month without the person in charge thereof subject to such
conditions as may be specified in the certificate.
Regulation 17. Automatic plant.
Where any steam boiler or internal combustion engine is fitted with fully automatic controls, the
Chief Inspector may, notwithstanding the provisions of these regulations, reduce the grading or
the number of drivers required under these regulations or both such grading and number by a
certificate in writing (which certificate may be revoked at the discretion of the Chief Inspector) and
subject to such conditions as may be specified in the certificate.
Regulation 18. Chief Inspector may vary requirements.
Notwithstanding the provisions of these regulations relating to the grade and the number of
engineers and drivers for any steam boiler, steam engine, or internal combustion engine the Chief
Inspector may increase or reduce the grade or the number or both such grade and number by a
certificate in writing (which certificate may be revoked at the discretion of the Chief Inspector) and
subject to such conditions as may be specified in the certificate.
PART II - TRAINING OF OPERATORS OF MACHINERY
Regulation 19. Instructions to be given to persons working on machinery.
An owner or occupier shall not require or permit any person to work on any machinery unless he
has caused such person to be instructed-
(i) in the precautions to be taken against any danger to health which may arise from work
on the machinery; and
(ii) in the use and where necessary the adjustment of the safety appliances provided; and
(iii) in the precautions to be observed in the operation, cleaning and maintenance of the
machinery;
Provided that the holder of a certificate of competency need not be so instructed in respect of
machinery to which the certificate relates.
Regulation 20. Training to be given to operators of certain machinery.
(1) An owner or occupier shall not require or permit any person to operate or to work on any
machinery set out in the Schedule to these regulations unless such person has had a course of
instruction in the working of the machinery and for a period of not less than ten days thereafter is
under the supervision and in the immediate company of an operator with not less than six months
experience of the operation of such machinery.
(2) The Minister may at any time by notification in the Gazette add to, alter or amend the said
Schedule as he shall deem fit.
PART III - MISCELLANEOUS

penalty is provided by the Act shall on conviction be liable to a fine not exceeding one thousand
dollars.
SCHEDULE
(Regulation 20)
1. Power press, drop stamp, guillotine, clicking press, brick and tile press and any similar
machine in which the material to be processed is fed between a reciprocating tool and a fixed die
or bed.
2. Rubber scrap washer, rubber creping, sheeting and laminating machine, calender, oil
expressers and rolls, cloth wrapping and solution spreading machine and any similar machine in
which the material to be processed is fed into the in-running nip between pairs of revolving parts.
3. Circular saw, band saw, planer, moulder, chain mortising and other woodworking machinery.
4. Printing machinery.
5. Metal sawing, planing, milling, turning and other metal working machines.
6. Hydro-extractor, centrifuge and other revolving high speed cages in casings.
7. Acetylene generating plant.
8. Steriliser, vulcaniser and other unfired pressure vessels in which the material to be processed
is placed.
9. Electric lift, crane, excavator, winch, crab and any hoisting machine other than a rope or chain
block.
Dated this 25th day of November, 1969. V.MANICKAVASAGAM

[JK/KB. No. 414; P.N. 250/ 54-258D.] Minister of Labour
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY--
EXAMINATIONS) REGULATIONS 1970
___________________________
___________________________
Regulation 3. Members of Panel of Examiners.
Regulation 4. Appeal Board.
Regulation 5. Examinations.
Regulation 6. Exemptions from examinations.
Regulation 7. Conducting of examinations.
Regulation 8. Failure in examinations.
Regulation 9. Applications.
Regulation 10. Qualifications for examinations of engineers.
Regulation 11. Qualifying workshop service.
Regulation 12. Engineering work of an allied nature.
Regulation 13. Attendance at a technical college or equivalent technical institution.
Regulation 14. Other service.
Regulation 15. Apportionment of steam and internal combustion engine service.
Regulation 16. Approved training in thermal power stations.
Regulation 17. Restricted certificate of competency.
Regulation 18. Qualifications for examination of dredgemaster.
Regulation 19. Qualifications for examination of engine drivers.
Regulation 20. Examination syllabus.
Regulation 21. Grant of certificate of competency.
Regulation 22. Endorsement of certificate of competency.
Regulation 23. Duplicate certificate of competency.
Regulation 24. Holder suffering form infirmity.
Regulation 25. Defaced certificate of competency.
Regulation 26. Suspension of certificates of competency pending reference to court of enquiry.
Regulation 27. Suspension of drivers certificates of competency in case of misconduct.
Regulation 28. Cancellation of suspension of certificate of competency.
Regulation 29. False representation.
Regulation 30. Lost certificate of competency.
Regulation 31. Fees.
FIRST SCHEDULE
SECOND SCHEDULE
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY- EXAMINATIONS)
REGULATIONS, 1970
Preamble
IN exercise of the powers conferred by section 56 (1) of the Factories and Machinery Act,
1967[64/1967.], the Minister of Labour hereby makes the following regulations:
These regulations may be cited as the Factories and Machinery (Certificates of Competency-
Examination) Regulations, 1970, and shall come into force on the 1st day of February, 1970.
Regulation 2. Interpretation
In these regulations unless the context otherwise requires-
"Chief Inspector", "Deputy Chief Inspector", "Senior Inspector" and "Inspector" mean the officers
appointed under section 4 (1) of the Act;
"equivalent certificate of competency" means a certificate of competency which is considered by

the Panel as equivalent to a corresponding certificate of competency issued under these
regulations;
"examination" means an examination held by the Panel relating to the grant of a certificate of
competency under these regulations;
"operational charge" means personal and direct supervision of machinery on shift or day work
involving duties concerned with the normal operation and maintenance of such machinery;
"Panel" means the Panel of Examiners appointed under section 30 of the Act;
"qualifying workshop service" means the workshop service as prescribed in regulation 11 of these
regulations.
Regulation 3. Members of Panel of Examiners.
The Panel of Examiners shall consist of-
(a) the Deputy Chief Inspector as Chairman;
(b) a Senior Inspector as Deputy Chairman; and
(c) a minimum of two Inspectors as members:

Provided that where the examination relates to the grant of certificates of competency for
dredgemasters appearing for an examination for Part C relating to mining legislation there shall
be included in the Panel as member thereof an Inspector of Mines appointed under the written
law relating to mining.
Regulation 4. Appeal Board.
(1) Pursuant to section 30 (5) of the Act, the Appeal Board shall consist of-
(a) the Chief Inspector as Chairman of the Appeal Board;
(b) A senior engineer in a Government Department who shall not be any of the officers
appointed under section 4 of the Act;
(c) A senior officer of a technical institution, college or university.
(2) All questions in the appeal shall be determined by a majority of the persons comprising the
Appeal Board, and the decision of the Appeal Board shall be final.
Regulation 5. Examinations.
(1) The Panel shall hold the following examinations:
(a) First Grade Engineer (Steam);
(b) First Grade Engineer (Internal Combustion Engines);
(c) Second Grade engineer (Steam);
(d) Second Grade Engineer (Internal Combustion Engines);
(e) Dredgemaster (Steam and Electric);
(f) Dredgemaster (Internal Combustion Engines and Electric);
(g) Dredgemaster (Electric);
(h) First Class Engine Driver (Steam);
(i) First Class Engine Driver (Internal Combustion Engines);
(j) Second Class Engine Driver (Steam);

(k) Second Class Engine Driver (Internal Combustion Engines).
(2) Certificates of competency awarded to successful candidates of the aforementioned

examinations shall be in the respective forms set out in the First Schedule to these regulations.
Such certificates of competency shall remain valid until suspended or cancelled under the
provisions of the Act or these regulations.
(3) Every holder of a certificate of competency shall surrender such certificate to the Chief
Inspector for cancellation upon the issue of a certificate of competency of a higher grade for the
same category of machinery.
Regulation 6. Exemptions from examinations.
(1) The Panel may, in its discretion, exempt from the whole or part of the appropriate
examination, any candidate who is a resident in Malaysia and who is the holder of a certificate of
competency which, in the opinion of the Panel, is equivalent to the corresponding certificate
issued under these regulations and in such case shall recommend the issue to such candidate,
on payment of the prescribed fee, the appropriate certificate of competency.
(2) The panel may, in its discretion, exempt a candidate who is a resident of Malaysia from
examination for an engineer's certificate of competency if he-
(a) has passed or is the holder of a degree or diploma in mechanical engineering which
exempts him from the technical examinations for Graduate Membership of the Institution
of Engineers, Malaysia, in mechanical engineering or of the Institution of Mechanical
Engineers, London; and
(b) has completed the prescribed qualifying workshop service; and
(c) has had operational charge of, or has served as an assistant to an engineer in
operational charge of, steam boilers, or internal combustion engines, as appropriate, of
substantial size for not less than twelve months in the case of exemption from
examination for a second grade certificate of competency and twenty four months in the
case of a first grade certificate of competency.
(3) The Chief Inspector shall, on payment of the prescribed fee, grant the appropriate certificate
of competency to a candidate exempted from the examination under the paragraph (2) of this
regulation.
Regulation 7. Conducting of Examinations.
Examinations shall be conducted in accordance with the directions given by the Chief Inspector
from time to time.
Regulation 8. Failure in examination.
Where any candidate fails to pass an examination the Panel may, in its discretion, refuse
permission for such candidate to present himself for further examination until the expiry of such
period, not exceeding six months, as the Panel may deem appropriate.
Regulation 9. Applications.
(1) A person applying for examination, or for exemption from the whole or part of an examination,
shall complete Form A or B (as appropriate) set out in the Second Schedule to these regulations
and lodge it at the office of a member of the Panel at least twenty-eight days before the date of
the examination at which he wishes to appear:
Provided that in the case of exemption from the whole of an examination such application may be
made at any time.
(2) Applications for examination, or for exemption from examination, shall be accompanied by the
original documentary evidence as indicated on the appropriate form.
(3) An applicant shall not be eligible for examination unless he has produced evidence acceptable
to the Panel than he possesses the qualifications prescribed therefor.
(4) An applicant for examination, or exemption from examination, shall produce if required by the
Panel, a medical report of physical fitness to take charge of machinery.
(5) An applicant shall not be permitted to sit for an examination unless the prescribed fee is paid
at least fourteen days before the date of the examination.
Regulation 10. Qualifications for examination of engineers.
(1) An applicant for examination as a second grade engineer (steam) shall not be less than
twenty-one years of age at the date of examination; and shall-
(a) have completed the qualifying workshop service prescribed after attaining the age of
sixteen years; and
(b) have served for a period of not less than twelve months as an assistant to an
engineer in operational charge of steam boilers of substantial size subsequent to
completing his qualifying workshop service.
(2) An applicant for examination as a first grade engineer (steam) shall have been in operational
charge of, or have served as an assistant to an engineer in operational charge of, steam boilers
of substantial size for a period of not less than twelve months, while holding a second grade
engineer's certificate of competency (steam) or an equivalent certificate of competency.
(3) An applicant for examination as a second grade engineer (internal combustion engines) shall
not be less than twenty-one years of age at the date of examination; and shall-
(a) have completed the qualifying workshop service prescribed after attaining the age of
sixteen years; and
(b) have served for a period of not less than twelve months as an assistant to an
engineer in operational charge of internal combustion engines of substantial size
subsequent to completing his qualifying workshop service.
(4) An applicant for examination as a first grade engineer (internal combustion engines) shall
have been in operational charge of, or have served as an assistant to an engineer in operational
charge of, internal combustion engines of substantial size for a period of not less than twelve
months while holding a second grade engineer's certificate of competency (internal combustion
engine) or an equivalent certificate of competency.
Regulation 11. Qualifying workshop service.
For the purposes of these regulations qualifying workshop service means satisfactory service of
not less than four years as an apprentice or trainee on work appropriate for the training of a
mechanical engineer. Not less than two of the four years shall have been devoted to the erection,
fitting or repair of mechanical plant of substantial size; the balance of the four years may have
been spent on the erection, fitting or repair of mechanical plant of substantial size, or, subject to
the rates hereinafter specified,
(i) on engineering work of an allied nature; or
(ii) in full-time attendance at a day technical college, or equivalent technical institution.

Regulation 12. Engineering work of an allied nature.
Engineering work of an allied nature shall count towards qualifying workshop service at the
following rates:
(i) metal turning-at full rate for a maximum period of twelve months;
(ii) boiler making, pattern making, brass finishing and other allied trades-at full rate for a
maximum period of six months in any one trade;
(iii) design and drawing in a drawing office forming part of an engineering works-at full
rate for a maximum period of twelve months and thereafter at half rate.
Regulation 13. Attendance at a technical college or equivalent technical

institution.
Full-time attendance at a day technical college or equivalent technical institution leading to the
satisfactory completion of a recognised course in mechanical, electrical or mining engineering
shall count towards an applicant's qualifying workshop service in the ratio of three years of such
attendance to two years qualifying workshop service with a maximum allowance of two years for
a mechanical engineering or mining engineering course and eighteen months for an electrical
course:
Provided that where an applicant during any vacation of the college or institution was engaged in
work appropriate for the training of a mechanical engineer as specified in regulation 11 such
period when the applicant was so engaged shall count in full towards the applicant's qualifying
workshop service.
Regulation 14. Other service.
Where an applicant for examination as an engineer is unable to produce satisfactory evidence

that he has completed the qualifying workshop service prescribed, the Panel may accept such
other service as it may consider appropriate to count as qualifying workshop service at such rate
as the Panel may deem fitting:
Provided that in no case shall the rate be greater than two-thirds full rate except where an
applicant holds a degree or diploma in mechanical engineering acceptable to the Panel then any
period of such appropriate service may count at full rate.
Regulation 15. Apportionment of steam and internal combustion engine

service.
Where an applicant has served simultaneously on steam boilers and internal combustion engines
the Panel may, for the purposes of these regulations, apportion such service as between the
steam and internal combustion engine service as may be deemed reasonable in the
circumstances.
Regulation 16. Approved training in thermal power stations.
Notwithstanding the provisions of these regulations the Panel may, in its discretion, accept for
examination as a second grade engineer (steam) any applicant who has completed an approved
scheme of training for shift engineers in thermal power stations.
Regulation 17. Restricted certificate of competency.
(1) Where an applicant has been accepted for examination under the provisions of regulation 16
the certificate of competency granted pursuant thereto shall be restricted to the charge of
machinery installed in thermal power stations.
(2) On the completion of twelve months service in thermal power stations subsequent to the issue
of a restricted second grade engineer's certificate of competency, the holder of such a certificate
may be accepted for examination as a first grade engineer and any first grade certificate granted
in pursuance thereto shall similarly be restricted to the charge of machinery installed in thermal
power stations.
(3) The Panel may prescribe the qualifications the holder of a restricted second grade engineer's
certificate or a restricted first grade engineer's certificate shall obtain before he is permitted to sit
for an examination for removal of the restriction.
Regulation 18. Qualifications for examination of dredgemaster.
An applicant for examination as a dredgemaster for steam and electric, internal combustion
engine and electric, or electric dredge shall not be less than twenty-three years of age, and shall
have served as an assistant in charge of a shift on a steam or an internal combustion engine or
an electric dredge respectively, for a period of not less than three years;
Provided that:
(a) in the case of an applicant who has served as an apprentice or trainee on work
appropriate to the training of a mechanical engineer acceptable to the Panel, such
service shall count as exemption from service as an assistant-in-charge of a shift on an
appropriate dredge at the rate of not more than two-thirds of his total period of service as
an apprentice or trainee and the maximum exemption permissible under this regulation
shall not exceed two years;
(b) in the case of an applicant who is the holder of a diploma in mechanical, electrical or
mining engineering acceptable to the Panel, the period of his service as an assistant-in-
charge of a shift shall not be less than one year.
Regulation 19. Qualifications for examination of engine drivers.
(1) An applicant for examination as a second grade engine driver (steam) shall not be less than
twenty-one years of age at the date of examination; and shall-
(a) have served for a period of not less than two years as a steam engine or steam boiler
attendant; or
(b) have served for a period of not less than three years as an apprentice or journeyman
fitter in such a steam plant or an engineering workshop as approved by the Panel; or
(c) have satisfactorily completed a full-time course in a mechanical engineering trade at a

school approved by the Panel and have had subsequent service of not less than twelve
months as a steam boiler attendant.
(2) An applicant for examination as a first grade driver (steam) shall have been an assistant to an
engineer, dredgemaster or driver in operational charge of a steam boiler of not less than five
hundred square feet heating surface for a period of not less than eighteen months while holding a
certificate of competency as a second grade driver (steam) or an equivalent certificate of
competency.
(3) An applicant for examination as a second grade driver (internal combustion engine) shall not
be less than nineteen years of age at the date of the examination; and shall-
(a) have served for a period of not less than two years as an attendant on an internal
combustion engine of not less than forty horse power; or
(b) have served for a period of not less than three years as an apprentice or journeyman
fitter on internal combustion engines in an engineering workshop approved by the Panel;
or
(c) have satisfactorily completed a full-time course in a mechanical engineering trade at a

school approved by the Panel and have had subsequent service of not less than twelve
months as an attendant on an internal combustion engine of not less than forty horse
power.
(4) An applicant for examination as a first grade driver (internal combustion engine) shall have
been an assistant to an engineer, dredgemaster or driver in operational charge of an internal
combustion engine of not less than one hundred horse power for a period of not less than
eighteen months while holding a certificate of competency as a second grade driver (internal
combustion engine) or an equivalent certificate of competency.
Regulation 20. Examination syllabus.
(1) (a) Examinations for engineers shall consist of:
Part A practical mathematics paper; and

Part B an engineering knowledge paper; and
Part C and oral examination.
(b) Examinations for dredgemasters shall consist of:
Part A practical mathematics paper; and

Part B an engineering knowledge paper; and
Part C a paper on mining legislation.
(c) Every candidate for a driver's certificate of competency shall be examined orally and
will be required to give a practical demonstration of his knowledge.
(2) The Panel may permit any candidate to take Part A before proceeding to Part B and Part C.
(3) The Panel may permit any candidate to take Part A of the examination during his period of
qualifying service as an assistant to an engineer or while as an assistant in charge of a shift on a
dredge.
(4) Where any candidate takes Part A and Part B and Part C, and satisfied the Panel in Part A
only, the Panel may, in its discretion exempt such candidate from Part A in any subsequent
examination.
Exemption from Part A.
(5) The Panel may, in its discretion, exempt from Part A a candidate who is otherwise qualified
under these regulations and is the holder of a recognised degree, diploma or certificate the
syllabus for which includes the subject in Part A.
(6) (a) The Panel may, in its discretion, permit a candidate for an engineer's certificate of
competency to proceed direct to the first grade examination where such candidate, though
qualified to take the second grade examination or an examination for an equivalent certificate of
competency has not done so for some good and sufficient reason:
Provided that such candidate shall have been in operational charge of, or served as an assistant
to an engineer in operational charge of steam boilers or internal combustion engines, as
appropriate, of substantial size for a period of not less than twenty-four months.
(b) Where a candidate has been permitted to proceed to the first grade engineer's examination
under the provisions of this regulation and fails to pass such examination, the Panel may, in its
discretion, revoke its acceptance of such candidate for the first grade examination until such time
as he has succeeded in passing the second grade examination.
Regulation 21. Grant of certificate of competency.
Where a candidate is in the opinion of the Panel successful in an examination he shall be granted
the appropriate certificate of competency.
Regulation 22. Endorsement of certificate of competency.
(1) It shall be lawful for any certificate of competency issued under these regulations to be
endorsed to the effect that the holder thereof has satisfied the Panel, by examination or
otherwise, that he is qualified to take charge of additional categories of machinery. Such
endorsement shall be made on payment of the prescribed fee.
(2) Every application for examination for endorsement of an engineer's or driver's certificate of
competency shall be accompanied by satisfactory evidence that the holder thereof has served on
steam boilers or internal combustion engines, as the case may be, for a period which shall not be
less than nine months for a second grade endorsement and eighteen months for a first grade
endorsement.
(3) Every application for examination for endorsement of a dredgemaster's (electric) certificate of
competency obtained under the provisions of regulation 18 to take charge of any steam or
internal combustion engine dredge shall be accompanied by satisfactory evidence that the holder
thereof has served as an assistant in charge of a shift on a steam or internal combustion engine
dredge, as appropriate, for a period of not less than twelve months.
(4) The examination for endorsement of an engineer's certificate of competency shall consist only
of Parts B and C of the examination specified in paragraph (1) (a) of regulation 20 and for
endorsement of a dredgemaster's certificate of competency shall consist only of Part B of the
examination specified in paragraph (1) (b) of the same regulation.
(5) Notwithstanding the provisions of these regulations the holder of an engineer's certificate of
competency may, on production of satisfactory evidence that he has served as assistant in
charge of a shift on a dredge for a period of not less than six months after having obtained his
engineer's certificate of competency, and, on payment of the prescribed fee, be permitted to take
Part C of the examination for dredgemaster and on passing the examination his certificate of
competency is to be endorsed to the effect that he is qualified to take charge of:
(a) a steam or electric dredge where the certificate of competency of the holder is for
steam;
(b) an internal combustion engine and electric dredge or electric dredge where the
certificate of competency of the holder is for internal combustion engines.
(6) Where any candidate for examination as an engineer or driver desires and is qualified to take
the examinations for both steam and internal combustion engines, he shall be required to elect
first to be examined in one subject; if he passes the examination in that subject he may thereupon
proceed to the examination for the second subject and such second examination shall be
considered, for fee purposes, as if it is for endorsement of an existing certificate. If he fails to pass
in the first examination, the candidate shall not be permitted to proceed to the second
examination except on payment of the prescribed examination fee.
(7) Where an engineer's certificate of competency has been issued without examination under
the provisions of regulation 6, such certificate may likewise be endorsed without examination
where the Panel is satisfied that the holder has complied with the provisions of paragraph (2) (c)
of that regulation in respect of the machinery for which the endorsement is required and on
payment of the prescribed fee.
Regulation 23. Duplicate certificate of competency.
A duplicate certificate of competency shall be issued by the Chief Inspector on payment of the
prescribed fee, to any person producing satisfactory evidence of his identity, of his previous
ownership of a certificate of competency which has not been cancelled, revoked or in any way
varied except as stated in the application made in accordance with this regulation, and of the loss
or destruction of such certificate. A statutory declaration, setting out the circumstances of the loss
or destruction of the certificate of competency shall accompany every application for a duplicate
certificate.
Regulation 24. Holder suffering from infirmity.
(1) Where, in the opinion of the Chief Inspector the holder of any certificate of competency
appears to be suffering from an infirmity which could cause him to be incapable of carrying out
satisfactorily the duties of an engineer, a dredgemaster or a driver, as the case may be, such
person shall be required to produce a medical certificate to the effect that he is fit to carry out
such duties.
(2) Where the medical certificate shows that the holder of a certificate of competency is unfit to
carry out his duties, or where a medical certificate is not produced within such period as the Chief
Inspector considers to be reasonable in the circumstances, the certificate of competency may be
declared by the Chief Inspector to be cancelled.
(3) Such cancelled certificate shall be surrendered to the Chief Inspector.
Regulation 25. Defaced certificate of competency.
(1) Where, in the opinion of the Inspector, any photograph mounted on a certificate of
competency no longer bears a true likeness to the holder thereof, or has been defaced to such an
extent that identification of the holder is difficult, such holder shall supply two copies of a recent
photograph for rectification of the certificate.
(2) Where in the opinion of the Inspector, a certificate of competency has been defaced such
certificate shall be surrendered to the Chief Inspector in exchange for a duplicate copy on the
payment of the prescribed fee.
Regulation 26. Suspension of certificates of competency pending reference
to Court or enquiry.
Where a reference is made to a Court under the provisions of the Act, or where any enquiry is
held under the circumstances described in section 33 (2) of the Act a Senior Inspector may
suspend the certificate of competency of an engineer, dredgemaster or driver, and such engineer,
dredgemaster or driver shall deliver up the certificate of competency to the Senior Inspector; and
shall not, during the period of the suspension take charge or be in control of any machinery,
which is required to be under the charge of a person holding a certificate of competency of the
same grade and category.
Regulation 27. Suspension of drivers certificates of competency in case of

misconduct.
(1) Where it is considered expedient so to do after an enquiry held in accordance with section 33
(2) of the Act, or on consideration of the judgment of any Court, a Senior Inspector may suspend
for a period not exceeding six months the certificate of competency of any driver shown to be
guilty of serious misconduct; and the fact of such suspension together with the date and nature of
the misconduct shall be endorsed on such certificate.
(2) For the purposes of paragraph (1) of this regulation "serious misconduct" means:
(a) sleeping while on duty; or
(b) being in a state of intoxication while on duty; or
(c) leaving machinery unattended while on duty; thus endangering its safety; or
(d) failure to report without undue delay to the occupier, engineer or dredgemaster any
defect in machinery which is likely to cause danger to life or property while such
machinery is under his direct control; or
(e) causing damage to machinery or injury to any person by careless operation of

machinery or by neglect of routine instructions, or by neglect to use the safety appliances
provided.
Regulation 28. Cancellation of suspension of certificate of competency.
(1) Where it is considered expedient so to do after enquiry held in accordance with the provisions
of section 33 (2) of the Act or on consideration of a judgment of any Court:
(a) the Minister may cancel any certificate of competency issued under the provisions of
the Act or these regulations; and
(b) the Chief Inspector may-
(i) suspend any certificate of competency issued under the provisions of the Act
or these regulations for such period as he may think fit; or
(ii) suspend any certificate of competency in the manner described in sub-

paragraph (i) above and direct that a certificate of competency of a lower grade
be issued free of charge to the holder thereof for the period of suspension.
(2) Where a certificate of competency is cancelled or suspended in accordance with paragraph
(1) of this regulation, the holder thereof shall deliver up such certificate of competency to the
Chief Inspector and shall not during the period of such suspension take charge or be in control of
any machinery which is required to be under the charge of a person holding a certificate of
competency of the same grade and category.
Regulation 29. False representation.
(1) Any person who-
(i) makes use of a suspended or cancelled certificate of competency or makes use of a

certificate of competency to which he is not entitled; or
(ii) allows his certificate of competency to be used by any other person; or
(iii) makes, or assists in making, or procures to be made any false representation for the
purpose of procuring either for himself or any other person a certificate of competency;
shall be guilty of an offence.
(2) Where the Chief Inspector is satisfied that any certificate of competency has been obtained by
false representation, such certificate shall be cancelled by the Chief Inspector and the holder
thereof shall surrender the same to the Chief Inspector.
(3) Where any holder of a certificate of competency falsely represents that he is in charge of, or
an assistant to a person in charge of, any machinery which he is not authorised by his certificate
of competency to be so in charge or to be such an assistant, he shall be guilty of an offence.
Regulation 30. Lost certificate of competency.
Any person, other than the rightful owner, who comes into possession of a certificate of
competency shall immediately forward such certificate to the Chief Inspector.
(1) Fees shall be charged in accordance with the following scale-
(a) Examination fees:
(i) For a first or second grade $50

engineer's certificate of competency ...
(ii) For Part A of a set of a first or 25
second grade engineer's certificate of
competency ... ... ... ...
(iii) for Part B and Part C of a first or 25
second grade engineer's certificate of
competency ... ...
(iv) For a dredgemater's certificate of 30
competency ... ... ...
(v) For Part A or part B or Part C of a 10 each part
dredgemaster's certificate of
competency ... ... ... ...
(vi) For a first grade driver's certificate 15
of competency ... ... ...
(vii) For a second grade driver's 10
certificate of competency ... ...
(b) Endorsement fees:
For an endorsement of a certificate of
competency under regulation 22 5
(inclusive of examination fees) ...
(c) For the issue of a certificate of competency The appropriate examination fees
under regulation 6 ... ...
(d) Where a candidate is exempted from Part A The examination fees as prescribed in
of an examination under regulation 20 (5) and sub-paragraph (a) (i) or (a) (iv) of this
proceeds to sit for Part B and part C of such paragraph as the case may be
examination ... ...
(e) Issue of duplicate certificates:
(i) Upon surrender of a defaced $3

certificate ... ... ...
(ii) Where the original certificate is lost 5
or destroyed ... ...
(2) Where a candidate fails in any examination no part of the fee shall be returned to him.
(3) Where a candidate without reasonable cause fails to attend at the time arranged for the
examination he may be required by the Panel to forfeit the fee paid. Non-attendance on account
of sickness shall be deemed to be a reasonable cause, provided a certificate to that effect, signed
by a registered medical practitioner, is produced.
(4) All fees shall be credited to the revenue of the Government of Malaysia.
penalty is provided by the Act, shall on conviction, be liable to a fine not exceeding one thousand
dollars.
FIRST SCHEDULE
FORM A
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY ACT, 1967
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY-

EXAMINATIONS) REGULATIONS, 1970
CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY
Regulation 5 (2)
CERT. No.........................
This is to certify that .................................................... has been found by the Panel of Examiners,
appointed under the FACTORIES AND MACHINERY ACT, 1967 to be fully qualified to fulfill the
duties of ...................................................... and in accordance with the provisions of the Act is
hereby granted this Certificate.
(a) after examination
* This Certificate is granted
(b) under Regulation 6 (3).
For the Panel of

Examiners
.................... .................................................................
Chairman Chief Inspector of Factories and Machinery,
Malaysia
Issued at Kuala Lumpur on the ............ day of ..............19..............
*Delete where not applicable

FURTHER QUALIFICATIONS
SERIAL No ....................... SERIAL No ......................
Signature of holder............. Signature of holder ............
N.R.I.C No. ...................... N.R.I.C No. ......................
Address .......................... Address ...........................

....................................... .......................................
Date of Birth .................... Date of Birth ......................
Place of Birth ................... Place of Birth ....................
CERT. No. ....................... Any person other than the owner thereof
becoming possessed of this Certificate is
GRADE ........................... required to transmit it forthwith to the Chief
Inspector of Factories and Machinery, Ministry
FOR ................................ of Labour, Kuala Lumpur.
FEE ................................
RECEIPT No. ...................
Issued at Kuala Lumpur

on ............................
.............................
Chairman,
Panel of Examiners
Form B
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY- EXAMINATIONS)

REGULATIONS, 1970
CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY
Regulation 5(2)
..................................GRADE ENGINE DRIVER Fee ...........................

CERTIFICATE No................................. FOR .................................... This is to certify that Receipt No :................
........................................................... has been found by the Panel of Examiners, appointed under the
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY ACT, 1967, to be fully qualified to fulfil the duties of
................................... GRADE ENGINE DRIVER and in accordance with the provisions of the Act is
hereby granted this Certificate.
.....................
Chairman,
Panel of Examiners
(a) after examination
* This Certificate is granted
(b) under Regulation 6 (3).
For the Panel of

Examiners
.................... ................................................
Chairman Chief Inspector of Factories and
Machinery,Malaysia
I d t th d f 19
Issued at .......... on the ................. day of .............19 .........
* Delete where not applicable
FURTHER QUALIFICATIONS
SERIAL No .............................. SERIAL No ..............................
Signature of holder .................... Signature of holder ....................
N.R.I.C No. .............................. N.R.I.C No. ..............................
Address ................................... Address ...................................

................................................ ................................................
Date of Birth ............................. Date of Birth .............................
Place of Birth ............................ Place of Birth ............................
CERT. No. ................................ Any person other than the

owner thereof becoming
FOR ......................................... possessed of this
Certificate is required to
GRADE .................................... transmit it forthwith to the
Chief Inspector of Factories
and Machinery, Ministry of
Issued at Kuala Lumpur
Labour, Kuala Lumpur.
on .............................
SECOND SCHEDULE
Form A
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY-EXAMINATIONS)

REGULATIONS, 1970
Regulation 9 (1)
APPLICATION FOR CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY AS ENGINEERS/

DREDGEMASTERS
I (name in full) ........................................................ N.R.I.C No...............................................

(Capital Letters)
of (present address) .................................. born at (place of birth) ............................................ on

(date of birth) .................................................................................. hereby apply for examination/
exemption from examination for:
*Second grade engineer's certificate (steam boilers/ internal combustion engines)

Part A - Part B.
* First grade engineer's certificate (steam boilers/ internal combustion engines)

Part A - Part B.
* Dredgemaster's certificate (steam boilers/ internal combustion engines) Part A -

Part B - Part C.
* Dredgemaster's certificate (electric only) Part A - Part B - Part C.

Name and address of Firms Apprenticed as Dates Period
at which apprenticeship was From To Months
served, and description of
manufactures.
Total Period
Names and addresses of Firms with which
you were in charge of steam boilers/ internal
combustion engines/ dredges.
Total Period
Details of academic training and
qualifications, and certificates of competency
held.
I am at present employed by ..................................... as ..................................... I enclose original

testimonials and copies thereof as evidence of the above statements.
Date ...................................... (Signed) ......................................
I certify that I have seen the original documents and that the duplicates are true copies thereof.
...........................................
Member, Panel of Examiners
* Strike out the words not applicable
Note: Do not forward fees until requested

Form B
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY-

EXAMINATIONS) REGULATIONS, 1970
Regulation 9 (1)
APPLICATION FOR CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY AS

ENGINE DRIVER
I (name in full) ..................................................... N.R.I.C. No. ......................................................

of (Present address) ........................................... born at (place of birth) .............................. on
(date of birth) .................................................... at present employed as
.................................................. hereby apply for *examination / exemption from examination for
...................................... grade engine driver's certificate of competency for
............................................ I attach reference(s) proving a period of ..............................................
months service as ......................................................... employed on *Internal Combustion
Engines of ......................................... H.P. / Steam Boilers of ..................... square feet heating
surface/certificate of competency No. ............................ grade ............................ for
.................................. issued by ..................... on ................... I also enclose two (2) copies of a
recent photograph (Passport size).
Date ................................ .................................

Signature of Applicant
* Strike out the words not applicable
Note: Do not forward fees until requested.

[JK / KB. 414; P.N.250 / 54-258.]
V. MANICKAVASAGAM,
Minister of Labour
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS, 1970
___________________________
___________________________
Regulation 2. Responsibilities of Chief Inspector.
Regulation 3. Records to be kept by Chief Inspector.
Regulation 4. Records to be kept by Senior Inspector.
Regulation 5. Records to be kept by Inspector in charge of State or Area.
Regulation 6. Enquiries.
Regulation 7. Prosecutions.
Regulation 8. Service Fees.
Regulation 9. Manner of payment.
FIRST SCHEDULE
SECOND SCHEDULE
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATION, 1970
These regulations may be cited as the Factories and Machinery (Administration) Regulations,
1970, and shall come into force on the 1st of February, 1970.
Regulation 2. Responsibilities of Chief Inspector.
The Chief Inspector shall, subject to the directions of the Minister, be responsible for the due
execution of the provisions of the Act and of the regulations made thereunder and shall submit to
the Minister before the fifteenth day of April in each year a report on such matters pertaining to
the operation of the Act and regulations made thereunder as the Minister shall require in respect
of the year immediately preceding.
Regulation 3. Records to be kept by Chief Inspector.
The Chief Inspector shall cause to be kept in such form and in such manner as he shall
determine a record of-
(i) the particulars relating to the application for and issue of certificates of competency to
engineers, dredgemasters and drivers;
(ii) the suspension of any certificate of competency under the provisions of regulation 27
(1) of the Factories and Machinery (Certificates of Competency-Examinations)
Regulations, 1970;
(iii) the proceedings and findings of any enquiry held by him under provisions of section
41 of the Act;
(iv) any order of exemption made by the Minister under the provisions of section 55 (3) of
the Act; and
(v) such other directives, instructions or exemptions made, given or granted by him under
the Act or any regulations made thereunder as he shall deem expedient.
Regulation 4. Records to be kept by Senior Inspector.
A Senior Inspector shall cause to be kept in such form and in such manner as the Chief Inspector
shall determine a record of-
(i) every authority issued by him under sections 19 and 29 of the Act;
(ii) the proceedings and findings of any enquiry held by him under the provisions of
section 33 of the Act;
(iii) the suspension of any certificate of competency under the provisions of regulation 28
(1) of the Factories and Machinery (Certificate of Competency-Examinations)
Regulations, 1970;
(iv) any decision made by him under the provisions of section 41 of the Act;
(v) any special regulations made by him under section 27 of the Act; and
(vi) such other directives, instructions or exemptions made, given or granted by him
under the Act or any regulations made thereunder as the Chief Inspector shall require.
Regulation 5. Records to be kept by Inspector in charge of State or Area.
The inspector appointed to a State or other Area as the Chief Inspector shall determine shall
cause to be kept in respect of such State or Area in such form and in such manner as the Chief
Inspector shall determine a record of-
(i) the description and location of each factory in respect of which notice has been served
as required under sections 34 and 36 of the Act;
(ii) the description and location of each steam boiler, unfired pressure vessel, and
hoisting machine for which a certificate of fitness has been issued and particulars of the
engineers, dredgemasters and drivers employed with respect to the same;
(iii) the date of each initial, regular, supplementary, special and further inspection or test
of any factory or machinery made in accordance with any regulation made under the Act
together with particulars of any defects in such machinery as have been observed at
such inspection or test;
(iv) particulars of every certificate of fitness issued;
(v) any notice prohibiting the operation of machinery issued by him under the provisions
of the Act or any regulations made thereunder;
(vi) any reduction in the authorised safe working pressure of a steam boiler and unfired
pressure vessel and of the calculations relating thereto;
(vii) any prosecution made under the Act or regulations made thereunder, with the
judgement of the Court with respect thereto;
(viii) any accident, dangerous occurrence and occurrence of industrial disease reported
under the provisions of sections 31 and 32 of the Act and particulars of any preliminary
investigation;
(ix) all fees collected; and
(x) such other matters as the Chief Inspector may from time to time direct.
Regulation 6. Enquiries.
(1) An enquiry under the provisions of section 33 of the Act may be held at such place as the
Chief Inspector or a Senior Inspector as the case may be shall decide.
(2) A notice to an assessor to attend an enquiry pursuant to subsection (4) of section 33 shall be
in the form specified in the First Schedule to these regulations.
(3) A summons to a witness to attend an enquiry pursuant to section 46 of the Act shall be in the
form specified in the Second Schedule to these regulations.
Regulation 7. Prosecutions.
Prosecutions for any offence under the Act or regulations made thereunder may be conducted by
an Inspector.
Regulation 8. Service fees.
Fees shall be charged as follows:
(i) for the issue of a duplicate $6 per copy

copy of any certificate of fitness
(ii) for providing a certified true $3 per copy
copy of any entry in the records
of the Factories and Machinery
Department
(iii) for making a search or $3 for each search
causing a search to be made in
the records of the Factories and
Machinery Department with
respect to an entry therein
(iv) for examination of the $12 for each day or part of a day
records of the Factories and
Machinery Department
(v) for a certified copy of the $2 for the first 100 words or less
proceedings and findings of any
enquiry held under the provisions
of the Act
fee for every additional
100 words or part thereof
$1
(vi) for testing any pressure $3
gauge ...
(vii) for the loan of a hydrostatic $5 for each day or part of a day
test pump and connections
(viii) for the loan of a crankshaft $1 for each day or part of a day
alignment indicator
(ix) for the supply of a register $3 each plate
number plate ...
Regulation 9. Manner of payment.
All fees shall be paid within thirty days of the date of the service and credited to the revenue of
the Government.
FIRST SCHEDULE
Regulation 6 (2)
NOTICE TO AN ASSESSOR
Whereas you have been nominated by the Chief / Senior Inspector of factories and Machinery to
serve as an assessor on an enquiry to be held under section 33 (2) of the Factories and
Machinery Act, 1967, you are hereby requested to attend at
............................................................................................. ................................... on the
........................... day of ...................................... 19...................... at ............................... o'clock
in the forenoon to serve in such capacity on such enquiry.
Given under my hand this......................................day of................................19.......
Chief / Senior Inspector of Factories and Machinery,

Malaysia
To ........................................
: ........................................
........................................
SECOND SCHEDULE
Regulation 6 (3)
SUMMONS TO A WITNESS
Whereas an accident resulting in ............................................................................. has on or

about the ................................. day of ......................... 19 ............. occurred in connection with
machinery at ............................................................................. and an enquiry into the nature and
cause of the said accident is about to be held under section 33 (2) of the Factories and Machinery
Act, 1967, and it appears to me that you are likely to be able to give material evidence respecting
the said accident
You are hereby summoned to appear before me at the

.................................................................... on the ...................................... day
of.....................................................19 ................................ at .......................... o'clock to testify
what you know concerning the matter of the said accident, and you are not to depart thence
without my leave.
Given under my hand this ..................day of .........................19 ...........
Senior Inspector of Factories and Machinery,

Malaysia
To: .........................................................
.........................................................
.........................................................
Dated this 20th day of December, 1969

[JK / KB. No. 414.]
V. MANICKAVASAGAM
Minister of Labour
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (COMPOUNDABLE OFFENCES)
REGULATIONS 1978
___________________________
___________________________
Preamble
Regulation 2. Compoundable offences under the Act.
Regulation 3. Amendment of P.U.(A) 10 / 70.
Regulation 4. Amendment of P.U.(A) 32 / 70.
Regulation 5. Amendment of P.U.(A) 43 / 70
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (COMPOUNDABLE OFFENCES) REGULATIONS 1978
Preamble
IN exercise of the powers conferred by section 56 (1) of the Factories and Machinery Act
1967[Act 139], the Minister makes the following regulations:
These regulations may be cited as the Factories and Machinery (Compoundable Offences)
Regulations 1978.
Regulation 2. Compoundable offences under the Act.
The Chief Inspector or a Deputy Chief Inspector may compound offences involving any
contravention of sections 20, 21, 22 (1) (a), (b), (c) (i), (d) (i), (e) (i) and (f), 23, 25 (1), 27 (2), 29,
31, 34, 35 (1), 36, 38, 40 (3) and (4), and 42 of the Act.
Regulation 3. Amendment of P.U.(A) 10/70.
The Factories and Machinery (Fencing of Machinery and Safety) Regulations 1970 [P.U. (A) 10
/70] are amended by adding thereto the following new regulation 44:
"44. Compoundable offences.
contravention of regulations 10, 14, 22, 23, 24, 25 and 26.".
Regulation 4. Amendment of P.U. (A) 32/70.
The Factories and Machinery (Safety, Health and Welfare) Regulations 1970 [P.U.(A) 32 /70] are
amended by adding thereto the following new regulation 42:
"42. Compoundable offences.
contravention of regulations 3, 7 (2), 16, 19, 21, 29, 32, 33, 35, 38 other than sub-paragraphs (i)
and (ii) of paragraph (2), and 39.".
Regulation 5. Amendment of P.U. (A) 43/70.
The Factories and Machinery (Notification, Certificate of Fitness and Inspection) Regulations
1970 [P.U. (A) 43 /70] are amended by inserting immediately after regulation 31 the following new
regulation 31A:
"31A. Compoundable offences.
contravention of regulations 22, 29 (i) and 42.".
Made this 7th day of March 1978.

[KB&TR. Sulit 1/76; PN.(PU2) 235.]
DATUK LEE SAN CHOON,

Minister of Labour and Manpower
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (COMPOUNDING OF OFFENCES) RULES
1978.
___________________________
ARRANGEMENT OF RULES
___________________________
Preamble
Rule 1. Citation.
Rule 2. Offer to compound.
Rule 3. Payment.
SCHEDULE.
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (COMPOUNDING OF OFFENCES) RULES 1978
Preamble
IN exercise of the powers conferred by section 52A (2) of the Factories and Machinery Act 1967
[Act 139], the Minister makes the following rules:
Rule 1. Citation.
These rules may be cited as the Factories and Machinery (Compounding of Offences) Rules
1978.
Rule 2. Offer to compound.
(1) When a Chief Inspector or a Deputy Chief Inspector decides to compound an offence, he shall
send or cause to be sent to or personally serve or cause to be personally served on the person
reasonably suspected of having committed the offence an offer to compound as in the Schedule.
(2) The offer shall state the sum for which the offence will be compounded and the date by which
the sum must be paid.
Rule 3. Payment.
(1) Payment of the sum stated in an offer to compound may be made in cash or by money order,
postal order or bank draft.
(2) A receipt for the payment shall be issued to the person to whom the offer to compound was
made.
(3) Notwithstanding rule 2 (2), the Chief Inspector or Deputy Chief Inspector may accept in
composition any sum of the correct amount paid later than the time allowed in the offer to
compound.
SCHEDULE.
(Rule 2 (1))
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY ACT 1967
OFFER TO COMPOUND AN OFFENCE
There is reasonable suspicion that you have committed an offence involving the contravention of
..................................................................................................................................
(State provision of Act or regulations contravened)
in that ............................................................................................................................
(State particulars of contravention)
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
.......................................................................................................................................
2. I am prepared and now offer to compound the offence, by virtue of the power vested in me by
section 52A (1) of the Factories and Machinery Act 1967, for the sum of $................. (Ringgit
.......................). This offer may be accepted by sending the said sum in cash, money order,
postal order or bank draft so as to reach me by ......................................................... If the sum is
not received by that date, court proceedings may be instituted.
................................
Chief Inspector
Deputy Chief Inspector
To: ............................................
............................................
............................................
Made this 7th day of March 1978.

[KB & TR. Sulit 1 / 76; PN. (U2) 235.]
DATUK LEE SAN CHOON,

Minister of Labour and Manpower
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (NOTIFICATION, CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS
AND INSPECTION) REGULATIONS, 1970
___________________________
___________________________
Preamble
PRELIMINARY

PART I - NOTIFICATION OF OPERATION OF FACTORY, USE OF MACHINERY ACCIDENT

AND INDUSTRIAL DISEASES
Regulation 3. Operation of factory and use of machinery.

Regulation 4. Building operations or works of engineering construction.
Regulation 5. Factory general register.
Regulation 6. Notice pursuant to section 42 of the Act.
Regulation 7. Installation of machinery.
Regulation 8. Notification of accidents.
Regulation 9. Notification of industrial disease.
PART II - CERTIFICATES OF FITNESS
Regulation 10. Machinery requiring certificate of fitness.

Regulation 11. Sale or hire of machinery.
Regulation 12. Current certificate.
PART III - INSPECTION
Regulation 13. Initial inspection.

Regulation 14. Regular inspection.
Regulation 15. Postponement of regular inspection.
Regulation 16. Notice of regular inspection.
Regulation 17. Preparation for regular inspection.
Regulation 18. Factory of machinery not prepared for inspection.
Regulation 19. Supplementary Inspection- steam boilers and unfired pressure vessels.
Regulation 20. Special inspection.
Regulation 21. Further inspection.
Regulation 22. Persons to be present at inspection.
Regulation 23. Chief Inspector's directions.
Regulation 24. Machinery no longer working.
Regulation 25. Issue of certificate of fitness.
Regulation 26. Operational condition and limitation after inspection.
Regulation 27. Machinery or factory not complying with the Regulations.
Regulation 28. Machinery operated without certificate.
Regulation 29. Damaged machinery or factory.
Regulation 30. Power to take samples.
Regulation 31A. Compoundable offences.
Regulation 32. Compliance with other written law.
PART IV - INSPECTION FEES
Regulation 33. Fees-Inspection of factories.

Regulation 34. Fees-Steam boiler.
Regulation 35. Fees-Unfired pressure vessel.
Regulation 36. Fees-Internal combustion engine.
Regulation 37. Fees-Water driven engine.
Regulation 38. Fees-Hoisting machine.
Regulation 39. Fees-Other machinery.
Regulation 40. Fees-Special inspection.
Regulation 41. Fees- Further inspection.
Regulation 42. Payment of fees.
FIRST SCHEDULE
SECOND SCHEDULE
THIRD SCHEDULE
FOURTH SCHEDULE
FIFTH SCHEDULE
SIXTH SCHEDULE
SEVENTH SCHEDULE
EIGHT SCHEDULE
NINTH SCHEDULE
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (NOTIFICATION, CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS AND
INSPECTION) REGULATIONS, 1970
Preamble
IN exercise of the powers conferred by section 56 (1) of the Factories and Machinery Act,1967
[64/1967.], the Minister of Labour hereby makes the following regulations.
PRELIMINARY
These regulations may be cited as the Factories and Machinery (Notification, Certificate of
Fitness and Inspection) Regulations, 1970, and shall come into force on the 1st of February,
1970.
In these regulations unless the context otherwise requires-
"cubic capacity " means, in respect of any unfired pressure vessel, the volumetric capacity
measured in cubic metre;
[Am. P.U.(A) 345/2004]
"service lift" means a lift designed and constructed to carry goods only, and includes a
dumbwaiter;
[Ins. P.U.(A) 345/2004]
"heating surface " means, in respect of any steam boiler, the total surface of all plates and tubes
exposed to heat on one side and in contact with water on the other, measured on the water or fire
side, whichever is the greater, and excluding the heating surface of any economiser and
superheater connected thereto;
"horse-power " [Deleted by P.U.(A) 345/2004]
" working floor area " means the area covered by the premises and all the precincts, curtilage and
yard of the factory as derived from the plan or sketch submitted at the time of notification,
including all floor areas above and below ground level:
Provided that catwalks, ladders, and other such means of access to machinery shall not be
considered when calculating working floor area;
"Inspection " means an initial or a regular inspection;
"initial inspection " means an inspection of any machinery or factory carried out subsequent to
service of notices under regulations 3 (2) and 7 (2) of these regulations or an inspection of any
machinery for which a certificate of fitness is required pursuant to section 36 (2) of the Act and in
respect of which a certificate has not been issued;
"regular inspection " means an inspection under regulation 12 of these regulations.
PART I - NOTIFICATION OF OPERATION OF FACTORY, USE OF MACHINERY, ACCIDENTS

AND INDUSTRIAL DISEASES
Regulation 3. Operation of factory and use of machinery.
(1) Pursuant to paragraph (i) and (ii) of sub-section (1) of section 34 of the Act the prescribed
particulars to be submitted in respect of premises occupied or used as a factory at the date of the
coming into force of the Act shall be as Form A and Form B respectively in the First Schedule to
these regulations.
(2) Pursuant to paragraph (a) of sub-section (2) of section 34 of the Act the prescribed notice in
respect of premises to be first used as a factory after the date of the coming into force of the Act
shall be as Form C in the First Schedule to these regulations.
(3) Pursuant to paragraph (b) of sub-section (2) of section 34 of the Act the prescribed notice to
be served by every person who takes over a factory from another person after the date of the
coming into force of the Act shall be as Form D in the First Schedule to these regulations.
(4) The provisions of this regulation shall not apply to building operations or works of engineering
construction.
Regulation 4. Building operations or works of engineering construction.
Pursuant to sub-section (1) of section 35 of the Act the prescribed notice to be served by every
person undertaking any building operations or works of engineering construction after the date of
the coming into force of the Act (unless exempted under the provisions of section 35 (2) of the
Act) shall be as Form E in the First Schedule to these regulations.
Regulation 5. Factory general register.
Pursuant to section 38 (1) of the Act, the particulars required to be entered in or attached to the
general register to be kept in every factory shall be as specified in the Second Schedule to these
regulations.
Regulation 6. Notice pursuant to Section 42 of the Act.
(1) Pursuant to section 42 of the Act with respect to notice of any structural change, or changes in
the name of the factory or the nature of the work carried on therein, to be served on the Inspector
shall be as specified in the Third Schedule to these regulations.
(2) The provisions of this regulation shall not apply to building operations or works of engineering
construction.
Regulation 7. Installation of machinery.
(1) Pursuant to sub-section (1) of section 36 of the Act the prescribed particulars to be served by
every person who intends to install or cause to be installed any machinery other than electric
passenger and goods lifts after the date of the coming into force of this Act shall be as Form A in
the Fourth Schedule to these regulations.
(2) Pursuant to sub-section (3) of section 36 of the Act the prescribed notice to be served on the
Inspector in respect of any machinery, other than machinery in respect of which a certificate of
fitness is prescribed, or which is specified in any written notice served on the Inspector pursuant
to section 34 of the Act, to be first used in a factory shall be as Form B in the Fourth Schedule to
these regulations.
Regulation 8. Notification of accidents.
Any report to an Inspector in respect of an accident under the provisions of section 31 of the Act
shall be in the form specified in Form A of the Fifth Schedule to these regulations.
Regulation 9. Notification of industrial disease.
The notice to be submitted pursuant to sub-section (2) of section 32 in respect of any person
suffering from any of the diseases named in the Third Schedule to the Act and contracted in a
factory, shall be in the form specified in Form B of the Fifth Schedule to these regulations.
PART II - CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS
Regulation 10. Machinery requiring certificate of fitness.
(1) The owner of every steam boiler, unfired pressure vessel or hoisting machine other than a
hoisting machine driven by manual power shall hold a valid certificate of fitness in respect thereof
so long as such machinery remains in service.
(2) A certificate of fitness for every steam boiler, unfired pressure vessel and hoisting machine
shall be as Forms A, B and C in the Sixth Schedule to these regulations.
(3) The period of validity of every certificate of fitness shall ordinarily be fifteen calendar months
from the date of inspection or such longer period not exceeding three years as the Chief
Inspector in his discretion may consider appropriate:
Provided where any steam boiler, unfired pressure vessel or hoisting machine is out of service for
a long period immediately subsequent to an inspection by reason of dismantling or repair of any
defect the Inspector may issue a certificate effective from the date when such machinery is
replaced in service.
(4) Where the components of any combination of unfired pressure vessel, hoisting machine are
so interconnected that it would be unreasonable to issue certificates of fitness for each
component the Chief Inspector may direct that one certificate of fitness be issued to cover the
combination of components.
(5) The certificate shall be in the form prescribed for that component of the combination which, in
the opinion of the Chief Inspector, is the most appropriate and the inspection fee shall be charged
accordingly.
Regulation 11. Sale or hire of machinery.
The validity of a current certificate of fitness in respect of any machinery which is sold or hired our
shall terminate on such sale or hire.
Regulation 12. Current certificate.
The possession of a current certificate of fitness in respect of any machinery shall in no way
absolve the owner thereof from compliance with the provisions of any written law relating to the
construction, installation, maintenance and operation of the machinery.
PART III - INSPECTION
Regulation 13. Initial inspection.
An initial inspection of every factory or machinery shall be conducted by an Inspector.
Regulation 14. Regular inspection.
(1) After an initial inspection every factory and every machinery shall be inspected at regular
intervals by an Inspector so long as such factory remains in operation or such machinery remains
in use.
(2) The regular interval shall ordinarily be fifteen months subject to such extension not exceeding
thirty-six months in any particular case as may be authorised by the Chief Inspector in his
discretion, and the regular inspection shall ordinarily be carried out during the fifteen months
following the month in which the last inspection was made or where the interval has been
extended by the Chief Inspector during the month following the expiry of the extended interval.
Regulation 15. Postponement of regular inspection.
(1) An Inspector may postpone a regular inspection of a factory or machinery if he cannot

conveniently carry it out on or about the due date or after the occupier or the owner requests a
postponement for some good and sufficient reason provided that the inspection shall not without
the approval of the Chief Inspector be postponed for a period of more than three months after the
date due or in the case of machinery which requires a certificate of fitness on the date on which
the validity of such certificate expires.
(2) An Inspector may in his discretion advance the date of the regular inspection of any factory or
machinery provided that such date shall in no case be earlier than the first day of the twelfth
month following the month in which the last inspection was made.
(3) An Inspector may reduce the interval between inspections of any factory or machinery at the
request of the occupier of the owner or where in the opinion of the Inspector the rate of
deterioration of the factory or machinery or the nature of work carried on in the factory is such that
a shorter interval between inspections is necessary or in the case of machinery requiring a
certificate of fitness, he is not able to issue a certificate of fitness in respect thereof for the
ordinary period of validity.
Regulation 16. Notice of regular inspection.
An Inspector shall give reasonable notice to an occupier or owner of his intention to make a
regular inspection on Form A in the Seventh Schedule to these regulations
Regulation 17. Preparation for regular inspection.
The occupier of any factory or owner of any machinery, if not the occupier, shall upon receipt of a
notice of intended regular inspection ensure at the due date that such factory or machinery is
prepared for inspection in accordance with the following:
(a) In respect of any steam boiler-
(i) that such steam boiler including any economiser and superheater connected
thereto is empty, cool and dry and has been thoroughly cleaned inside and
outside;
(ii) that all firebars and firebridges have been removed;
(iii) that all smoke-tubes, exterior of water-tubes, furnaces, smoke-boxes and

external flues have been thoroughly cleaned;
(iv) that all manhole, handhole and sighthole doors and cleaning plugs have been
removed;
(v) that all caps in the headers and mud-drums of water-tube steam boilers have
been removed;
(vi) that all cocks and valves have been dismantled, cleaned and ground where
necessary;
(vii) that the steam boiler has been effectively disconnected from any other steam
boiler and source of steam or hot water in the manner prescribed therefor; and
(viii) that any special requirements which the Inspector may have specified, in
writing on the notice of inspection have been complied with. Such special
requirements may be in respect of the drilling of any plates, the removal of any
lagging, brick-work or masonry, the preparations for a hydrostatic test of the
steam boiler, or its mountings and associated piping, the withdrawal of tubes, the
verification of the pressure gauge, and the dismantling for inspection of any part
of any associated steam engine.
(b) In respect of any unfired pressure vessel, that the preparations as for steam boilers
and contained in sub-paragraphs (i), (iv), (vi), (vii) and (viii) of paragraph (a) of this
regulation are complied with so far as is appropriate.
(c) In respect of any hoisting machine, that arrangements have been made to enable
such hoisting machine to be tested under conditions of maximum safe working load and
so as to cause all safety devices to function.
(d) In respect of any other machinery, that arrangements have been made, so far as
practicable, to operate any driven machinery under maximum load and to have all safety
devices in proper working order.
(e) In respect of factory premises that arrangements have been made, so far as
practicable, to have such premises clean and tidy, and have a readiness all such means
and appliances for safe access, as requested by an Inspector, as to facilitate good and
proper inspection in accordance with the provisions of the Act and the appropriate
regulations made thereunder.
Regulation 18. Factory or machinery not prepared for inspection.
(1) On a visit of regular inspection where such factory or machinery is not prepared as prescribed,
an Inspector may refuse to make or complete the inspection of the factory or machinery and in
such case the Inspector shall inform the occupier or owner thereof in writing of his reason for
such refusal and shall appoint such other date and time for the inspection.
(2) In respect of such visit of inspection or of each such other visit of inspection the appropriate
fee for a regular inspection shall be charged.
Regulation 19. Supplementary inspection- steam boilers and unfired

pressure vessels.
(1) In addition to the initial and regular inspection prescribed an Inspector shall make a
supplementary inspection of every steam boiler and unfired pressure vessel within a period of
three months subsequent to the date of the initial and of every regular inspection, except that in
the case of any unfired pressure vessel not under pressure of steam such supplementary
inspection may be made as and when the Chief Inspector may direct.
(2) The owner of every steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel shall ensure, during any
supplementary inspection, that conditions of maximum working pressure are maintained.
(3) An Inspector shall give reasonable notice to an owner, in writing, of his intention to make a
supplementary inspection, in Form B set out in the Seventh Schedule to these regulations.
(4) No fee shall be charged for a supplementary inspection.
Regulation 20. Special inspection.
(1) An inspector may, at the request in writing of a prospective purchaser of any machinery or
prospective occupier of any premises intended to be used as a factory, and on payment of the
prescribed fee, make a special inspection of such machinery or premises, or supervise a special
hydrostatic or other test on any machinery.
(2) As a consequence of any special inspection or test, the Inspector shall inform such
prospective purchaser or occupier in writing of his observations during such inspection or test,
and no other certificate including a certificate of fitness shall be issued.
Regulation 21. Further inspection.
Pursuant to section 7 (1) of the Act an Inspector may, at any time notwithstanding anything
contained in these regulations make further inspections of any machinery or factory as he may
deem necessary to ensure that any lawful order given in pursuance of the Act or any regulation
made thereunder has been carried out or to ensure that the provisions of the Act or any
regulation made thereunder are being observed.
Regulation 22. Persons to be present at inspection.
Any occupier, owner, engineer, dredgemaster or driver who is required by any notice of a regular
or a supplementary inspection to be present at such inspection shall be present thereat and an
occupier or owner shall advise and instruct his engineer, dredgemaster or driver, as the case may
be, to attend such inspection where so required by any notice of inspection.
Regulation 23. Chief Inspector's directions.
All inspections shall be carried out in respect of detail as the Chief Inspector may direct.
Regulation 24. Machinery no longer working.
(1) Every occupier or owner shall, on receipt of a notice of regular inspection in respect of a
factory which is no longer in operation, or on receipt of a notice of regular or supplementary
inspection in respect of machinery which is no longer working, and which he does not wish to be
inspected, inform the inspector accordingly.
(2) In the case of a notice of regular inspection, where the Inspector is not so informed within
thirty-six hours of the appointed time of inspection the occupier or owner shall be liable for
payment of the regular inspection fee.
(3) Before resuming the operation of such factory or the use of such machinery, the occupier or
owner thereof shall send notice in writing to the Inspector as required under sub-section (2) (a) of
section 34, and sub-sections (2) and (3) of section 36 of the Act as the case may be.
Regulation 25. Issue of certificate of fitness.
Following the inspection of every steam boiler, unfired pressure vessel and hoisting machine
other than a hoisting machine driven by manual power and on payment of the prescribed fee the
Inspector shall where he is satisfied that such machinery complies with the provisions of the Act
and the regulations relating thereto, issue the appropriate certificate of fitness:
Provided that where any steam boiler, unfired pressure vessel or hoisting machine is out of
service for a prolonged period immediately subsequent to an inspection by reason of dismantling
or repair of any defect, the Inspector may issue a certificate operative from the date when such
machinery is replaced in service.
Regulation 26. Operational condition and limitation after inspection.
(1) After an inspection of any factory or machinery, an Inspector may, in his discretion, issue a
notice in writing in respect of the factory or machinery specifying such operational conditions and
limitations as he may deem appropriate except that in the case of a machinery requiring a
certificate of fitness such operational condition and limitation shall be endorsed in the certificate
thereof.
(2) The conditions and limitations may include the operation of machinery at a reduced maximum
working pressure or at a reduced maximum speed or at a reduced maximum applied load.
(3) Machinery in respect of which a notice described in paragraph (1) above has been issued
shall be operated strictly in accordance with the conditions and limitations specified in such notice
or by such endorsement.
(4) An Inspector shall notify the Chief Inspector of all machinery in respect of which notices as
described in paragraph (1) have been issued or certificates of fitness have been endorsed.
Regulation 27. Machinery or factory not complying with the Regulations.
Pursuant to sub-section (3) of section 39 and sub-section (4) of section 40 of the Act where the
Inspector is of the opinion that such factory or machinery does not comply with any of the
provisions of the Act or any regulations made thereunder, he shall issue to the occupier or owner
a notice as Form A in the Eighth Schedule to these regulations requiring him to make good or
remove any defect or otherwise cause the factory or machinery to comply with such requirements
of the Act or any regulations made thereunder within such period as he shall specify therein:
Provided that where the defect is, in his opinion, likely to cause immediate danger to life or
property he shall issue to the owner or occupier a notice to cease operation forthwith as Form A
in the Eight Schedule to these regulations.
Regulation 28. Machinery operated without certificate.
Where an Inspector finds that there is no current certificate of fitness in respect of any machinery
for which a certificate of fitness is prescribed, he shall give a notice in pursuance to section 19 (2)
of the Act prohibiting the use of such machinery to the owner. Such notice shall be in Form B in
the Eighth Schedule to these regulations.
Regulation 29. Damaged machinery or factory
Where by reason of breakdown or where there is damage caused by any accident reportable
under section 31 of the Act, any machinery or factory is so damaged that it requires very
extensive repairs or that it is not readily identifiable thereafter-
(i) in the case of any machinery in respect of which a certificate of fitness is in force the
occupier or owner shall surrender the certificate of fitness pertaining to such machinery to
an Inspector who on receipt of such a certificate shall cancel or suspend it and no issue
of a new certificate or renewal of any suspended certificate shall be made until such
machinery has been repaired to his satisfaction; and
(ii) in the case of other machinery or factory and before resuming the use of such
machinery or the operation of such factory the owner or occupier thereof shall send a
notice in writing to an Inspector as required under sub-section (2) of section 34 and sub-
section (3) of section 36 of the Act as the case may be.
Regulation 30. Power to take samples.
(1) Pursuant to paragraph (f) of section 7 (1) of the Act an inspector may at any time after
informing an occupier or owner of a factory or machinery or if the occupier or owner is not readily
available, a responsible person with respect to the factory or machinery, take for analysis or test
sufficient samples of any substance used or intended to be used in or in connection with such
factory or machinery.
(2) The occupier, owner or responsible person may, at the time when a sample is taken by an
Inspector under the provisions of this regulation and, on providing the necessary appliances,
request for the division of the sample into three parts where such sample permits such division,
for-
(i) the marking, sealing and fastening up of each part in such a manner as its nature
permits;
(ii) the delivery of one part to him;
(iii) the retention of one part by the Inspector for future comparison; and
(iv) the submission of one part for analysis or test.
(3) A certificate purporting to be a certificate by any of the authorities specified in the Ninth
Schedule to these regulations as to the result of any analysis or test of a sample under this
regulation shall, in any proceedings, be admissible as evidence of the matters stated therein, but
either party may require the person by whom the analysis or test was made to be called as a
witness.
Regulation 31A. Compoundable offences.
contravention of regulations 22, 29 (i) and 42.
[Ins. P.U.(A) 86/78]

Nothing in these regulations shall operate to relieve any owner, occupier or other person from
complying with any other written law.
PART IV - INSPECTION FEES
Regulation 33. Fees - Inspection of factories.
Fees shall be charged as follows for an inspection of a factory (excluding inspection of

machinery) where the working floor are is—
RM
(i) under 1,395 square metres 193

(ii) 1,395 square metres and above but 495
under 4,650 square metres
(iii) 4,650 square metres and above 873
Inspection of factories.
[Subs. P.U.(A) 345/2004]
Regulation 34. Fees - Steam boiler.
Fees shall be charged for an inspection of a steam boiler (including any associated steam
engine) as follows:
(i) where the heating surface of such steam boiler is—

RM
under 5 square metres 84

5 square metres and above but under 203
10 square metres
25 square metres
50 square metres
100 square metres
100 square metres and above but 506
under 250 square metres
250 square metres and above 608
[Subs. P.U.(A) 345/2004]
(ii) where such steam boiler is an electrode 100

boiler, autoclave, economiser, evaporator,
steam tube oven, steam tube hot-plate or a
steam boiler wherein the steam generated is [Am. P.U.(A) 345/2004]
retained
(iii) where such steam boiler is a superheater 80
[Am. P.U.(A) 345/2004]

Regulation 35. Fees - Unfired pressure vessel.
Fees shall be charged for an inspection of an unfired pressure vessel as follows:
(i) where such vessel is under steam pressure and has a cubic capacity—
RM
under 0.1 cubic metre 36

0.1 cubic metre and above but under 0.5 cubic metre 54
0.5 cubic metre and above but under 5 cubic metres 90
5 cubic metres and above but under 10 cubic metres 108
15 cubic metres and above 180
(ii) where such vessel is not under steam pressure, and is not used exclusively for
starting an internal combustion engine, and has a cubic capacity—
RM
under 0.1 cubic metre 20

0.1 cubic metre and above but under 0.5 cubic metre 40
0.5 cubic metre and above but under 5 cubic metres 80
15 cubic metres and above 160
[Subs. P.U.(A) 345/2004]
Regulation 36. Fees - Internal combustion engine.
Fees shall be charged as follows for an inspection of an internal combustion engine where the
kilowatt of such engine is—
RM
under 10 kilowatt 50
10 kilowatt and above but under 50 kilowatt 100
200 kilowatt and above 280
Provided that, where the engine is started by means of compressed air or exhaust gas, there
shall be charged an additional fee of RM20 for every unfired pressure vessel connected to such
engine.
[Subs. P.U.(A) 345/2004]

Regulation 37. Fees - Water driven engine.
Fees shall be charged as follows for an inspection of any waterdriven engine where the kilowatt
of such engine is—
RM
[Subs. P.U.(A) 345/2004]
Regulation 38. Fees - Hoisting machine.
Fees shall be changed as follows for an inspection of—
(i) any hoisting machine (other than an electric passenger, goods or service lift or mobile
crane) where the aggregate kilowatt of the prime movers installed therein is—
RM
15 kilowatt and above but under 151
37 kilowatt
75 kilowatt
(ii) any electric passenger or goods lift where the travel of such lift is—
RM
under 30 metres 173

30 metres and above but under 380
140 metres
140 metres and above 483
(iii) any electric service lift 120
(iv) any mobile crane 146
[Subs. P.U.(A) 345/2004]
Regulation 39. Fees - Other machinery.
Fees shall be charged as follows for an inspection of:
(i) any machinery other than steam boiler, unfired pressure vessel, hoisting machine or
internal combustion engine where the aggregate kilowatt of the prime movers (excluding
any standby prime mover) is-
$
20 kilowatt
50 kilowatt
100 kilowatt
100 kilowatt and above but 40
under 200 kilowatt
under 500 kilowatt
under 1,000 kilowatt
1,000 horse power and above 60
but under 1,500 kilowatt
1,500 kilowatt and above 100
[Am. P.U.(A) 345/2004]

(ii) At any time when additional machinery other than steam boiler, unfired pressure
vessel, hoisting machine or internal combustion engine is installed and the aggregate
kilowatt required to drive the total machinery exceeds the category in which the
machinery is registered, additional fee equal to the difference between the fee
chargeable on the new category and the fee already paid will be charged.
(iii) In the case of an inspection of a gas cylinder in the course of its manufacture
including the witnessing of hydrostatic or other tests on such cylinder the fee shall be
RM2 for every such cylinder having a capacity not exceeding 0.15 cubic metre.
[Ins. P.U.(A) 374/71; Am. P.U.(A) 345/2004]

Regulation 40. Fees - Special inspection.
The fee to be charged for a special inspection under the provisions of regulation 20 of these
regulations shall be at the rate appropriate for initial inspection.
Regulation 41. Fee - Further inspection.
For a further inspection under the provisions of regulation 21:
(i) to ensure that repairs to machinery have been properly effected or that any lawful
order given in pursuance of the Act or any regulations made thereunder has been carried
out or to ensure that the provisions of the Act and any regulations made thereunder are
being observed;
(ii) to inspect alterations or additions to machinery; or
(iii) to inspect at the request of an owner or occupier some defect in machinery;

an Inspector may in his discretion charge a fee at a rate not exceeding half the rate appropriate
for an inspection and not in any case exceeding RM100.
[Am. P.U.(A) 345/2004]

Regulation 42. Payment of Fees.
Every fee for an inspection shall be paid within thirty days from the date of such inspection
FIRST SCHEDULE
Form A
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (NOTIFICATION, CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS AND INSPECTION)

REGULATIONS, 1970 - REGULATION 3 (1)
NOTICE of occupation or use of premises as factory at the date of the coming into force of the Act as required under section 34 (1) (i) of the Act.
(Factory as defined in section 2 of the Act).
I / We the undersigned hereby give notice that I am / we are operating a factory, particulars of which are given below:
A. Name of Factory
B. Particulars of occupier:
1. Name
2. Postal Address
C. Particulars of operation:
1. Date of first operation
2. Nature of work carried on
Process (e.g., metal working, wood- Product NO.OF PERSONS EMPLOYED

working, chemical works, food Male Female
processing, etc.)
16 years and Under 16 years 16 years and Under 16 years
above above
a.
b.
c.
d.
3. Total No.of persons employed
4. Is machinery (as defined in the Act)
being used?
5. Main RAW MATERIALS being used
6. Nature of waste materials whether
solid, liquid, gaseous or vaporous, if
any, being discharged
7. Method of disposal of (6), if any
D. Particulars of Premises
1. Name of owner (if not

occupier)
2. Postal address of owner (if
not occupier)
3. Address of factory premises
4. Location of factory premises
(sketch location showing
position relative to nearest
main road and state milestone
if no other landmark is
available)
5. If part or portion or premises
or building is used as family
dwelling, is there direct access
from the family dwelling to the
rest of the premises or building
used as a factory
I/ We declare to the best of my/ our knowledge and belief that all particulars furnished in this modification are true.
Date ........................... ...............................................

Signature of occupier of factory
To:
Inspector of Factories and Machinery,

....................................................
....................................................
_____________________________________________
Form B

NOTICE to request for further particulars concerning the occupation or use of premises as a factory at the date of the coming into force of the Act
as required under section 34 (1) (ii) of the Act.
Please quote on all correspondence
Pursuant to section 34 (1) (ii) of the Factories and Machinery Act, 1967, you are hereby required to furnish all the particulars as requested herein.
This form must be delivered to me at the address below within six months from the date of service of this Notice.
Date ............................... .......................................

Chief Inspector of Factories
and Machinery, Malaysia
Note-
Notice of Operation of Factory as required under section 34 (1) (i) of the Factories and Machinery Act, 1967 (Form A of the First Schedule to these
regulations) was submitted on .....................................
Name of factory .. ..
Name of occupier .. ..
Form A
A-D
E. Particulars of authorities concerned with the project:
1. Name of local or other authorities having statutory
jurisdiction over the area where premises is situated
a. Site has been obtained on Date
2. Approval from local authority in respect b. Building has been obtained on
of
c. Fire precautionary measures has been obtained on
d. Others has been obtained on
3. Approval from electrical inspectorate in Electrical installation has been obtained on
respect of
4. Approval from other government authorities or departments in respect of operating permits, licenses and registration certificates, etc.
Name of authority of department Name of licenses, permits, etc. Number of licenses permits, etc Expiry date
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
F. List of installation/machinery including steam boilers, unfired pressure vessels, internal combustion engines, hoisting machines with details in
the form below:
Item Description of Type or make Year of kilowatt/ heating Machinery Date of expiry Remarks
machinery/ manufacture surface capacity Department current Cert. of
installation current Reg. No. Fitness
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
[Am. P.U.(A)
345/2004]
Column 2 - State whether steam boiler, unfired pressure vessel, internal combustion engine or description of machinery or hoisting
machine
5 - Heating surface, to be given in square metre; if capacity, to be given in cubic metre.
[Am. P.U.(A) 345/2004]

6 - Nil, if not registered.
G. I / We submit herewith, dimensioned sketch layout plans of the factory as listed below:
1. ......................................................................................................................
2. ......................................................................................................................
3. ......................................................................................................................
NOTE-
Sketch plans of factory must include:

(i) Dimensioned layout of the whole factory including all premises, precincts, curtilages, yards, etc. and all installations in the open and
clear indication of the boundaries within which the activities of the factory will be confined.
(ii) Dimensioned, sketch plan of each of the premises clearly indicating:
(a) Floor or floors in each premises.
(b) Purpose of each part of floor of each premises (e.g., storage, works, administration, etc.)
(c) Position and number of washing and toilet facilities (in the factory layout plan if these are not in the premises).
(d) Position of drinking water facilities.
(e) Height of lowest part of ceiling from floor level.
(f) Places of discharge of any waste materials and composition of materials.
(g) All major openings, pits, trenches and rails in floors, their dimensions and purposes.
(h) Layout of all machinery on each floor.
(i) Position of fire fighting appliances and fire exits.
(j) Position of first aid boxes or rooms.
(k) Any underground room where work is being performed.

H. " Working Floor Area"- calculated from sketch/drawing submitted ........................... square metre.
[Am. P.U.(A) 345/2004]

I / We declare to the best of my/our knowledge and belief that all particulars furnished in this application are true.
Date .............................. ...........................................

Signature of occupier of factory
To:
The Inspector of Factories and Machinery,

...........................................................
...........................................................
___________________________________________
Form C

NOTICE of first occupation of a factory as required under section 34 (2) (a) of the Act (Factory as defined under section 2 of the Act).
I / We the undersigned hereby:

*(a) give notice that I / we shall begin to occupy a factory, particulars and details of which are given below on a date not less than one month from
the date of this notice, i.e., on or after
*(b) request your written permission to begin to occupy a factory, particulars and details of which are given below on a date less than one month
from the dare of this notice, i.e., on
Date .................................. .............................................

Signature of intending occupier.
A. Name of proposed factory
B. Particulars of intending occupier:
1. Name
2. Postal Address
C. Particulars of intended operation:

1. Date of intended operation
2. Nature of work proposed to be carried out in the proposed factory.
Process (e.g., metal working, wood-working, chemical Product NO. OF PERSONS EMPLOYED
works, food processing, etc. MALE FEMALE
16 years and under 16 years 16 years and under 16 years
above above
a.
b.
c.
d.
3. Total No. of persons to be employed
4. Is machinery to be used? Yes/No
5. Main RAW MATERIALS to be used
6. Nature of waste materials whether solid, liquid,
gaseous or vaporous if any, expected to be
discharged
7. Proposed method of disposal of (6) if any
(Attach plan of disposal system if any)
D. Particulars of premises * (already existing/ to be
constructed):
1. Name of owner ( if not intending occupier)
2. Postal address of owner (if not intending
occupier)
3. Address and *location of premises/proposed
location of premises (Attach sketch showing
position relative to nearest main road and state
milestone if not other landmark is available)
4. For existing premises *Renovations are to be made
Renovations have been made
(i) Name of architects consulted/ to be
consulted
(ii) If part or portion of premises or
building is used as family dwelling, is
there direct access from the family
dwelling to the rest of the premises or
building used as a factory?
E. Particulars of authorities concerned with the project:
1. Name of local or other authorities having
statutory jurisdiction over the area where the
premises or proposed premises is to be situated
a. Site *has been obtained on Date
is to be obtained
2. Approved from local authority in respect of b. Building *has been obtained on
is to be obtained
c. Fire *has been obtained on
precautionary is to be obtained
measures
d. Others *has been obtained on
is to be obtained
3. Approval from electrical inspectorate in respect e. Electrical *has been obtained on
of installation is to be obtained
4. Approval from other government authorities or departments in respect of operating permits, licenses and registration certificates, etc.
Name of authority or department Particulars of Date
licences,
permits, etc.
a. *has been obtained on
is to be obtained
b. *has been obtained on
is to be obtained
c. *has been obtained on
is to be obtained
d. *has been obtained on
is to be obtained
e. *has been obtained on
is to be obtained
* Delete where not applicable.
F. I / We submit herewith, dimensioned sketch layout plans of the intended factory as listed below:
1. ..........................................................................................................................
2. ..........................................................................................................................
3. ..........................................................................................................................
NOTE-
Sketch plans of the intended factory must include:

(i) Dimensioned layout of the whole factory including all premises, precincts, curtilages, yards, etc. and all installations in the open and
clear indication of the boundaries within which the activities of the factory will be confined.
(ii) Dimensioned sketch plan of each of the premises clearly indicating:

(a) Floor or floors in each premises.
(b) Purpose of each part of floor of each premises (e.g., storage, works, administration, etc.)
(c) Position and number of washing and toilet facilities (in the factory layout plan if these are not in the premises).
(d) Position of drinking water facilities.
(e) Height of lowest part of ceiling or cross beam from floor level.
(f) places of discharge of any waste materials and composition of materials.
(g) all major openings, pits, trenches and rails in floors, their dimensions and purposes.
(h) layout of all machinery on each floor.

(i) Position of fire fighting appliances and fire exits.
(j) Position of first aid boxes or rooms.
(k) Any underground room where work is to be performed.

4. Complete list of machinery in the form attached.
G. "Working Floor Area"- calculated from sketch/ drawing submitted ............................. square metre.
[Am. P.U.(A) 345/2004]
I / We declare to the best of my/our knowledge and belief that all particulars furnished in this application are true.
Date .................................... .............................................

Signature of intending occupier
of factory
To:

...........................................................
...........................................................
LIST OF MACHINERY
Description Manufacture Serial Year of Horse R.P.M Type of FOR BOILERS AND UNFIRED FOR Permission to
Item of machinery No. manufacture power drive e.g, PRESSURE VESSELS HOISTING install obtained
electric/ MACHINES on
diesel/ *Heating Working Reg. No. SAFE
others surface pressure or file ref. WORKING
or and date of LOAD
capacity approval of
design
* Heating surface for boilers to be given in square metre; capacity for unfired pressure vessels to be given in cubic metre.
[Am. P.U.(A) 345/2004]

____________________________________
Form D
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (NOTIFICATION, CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS AND INSPECTION) REGULATIONS 1970- REGULATION 3 (3)
NOTICE in respect of taking over a factory under section 34 (2) (b) of the Act.
A. Particulars of factory:
1. Name of factory
2. Name of present occupier
3. Postal address
B. 1. Name of previous occupier
2. Postal Address
I / We the undersigned, present occupier of above factory, hereby give notice that I / we have taken over the above factory on
................................................................... and I / We declare that there is NO CHANGE in the nature of the work carried on in the said factory.
Date .............................. .........................................

Signature of present occupier
of factory
To:
Inspector of Factories and Machinery.

......................................................
......................................................
____________________________________________
Form E

1970 - REGULATION 4
NOTICE in respect of building operation and works of engineering construction as required under section 35 (1) of the Act.
I / We the undersigned hereby give notice that I / We have undertaken building operation / works of engineering construction particulars of which
are given below:
A. 1. Name of person undertaking above operation

2. Postal address
B. Particulars of operation: Building operation
1. Nature of operation (give details, e.g., bridge * Works of engineering construction
construction housing projects, etc.)
NO. OF PERSONS EMPLOYED
2. Approx No.of persons working on the site Male Female
16 years and Under 16 years 16 years and above Under 16 years
above
3. For whom construction work is being carried out:
Name
Postal address
4. Location/site of operation (Sketch location
showing position relative to nearest main road and
state milestone if no other landmark is available)
5. Particulars of sub-contractors if any:
a. Name and postal address
b. Name and postal address
c. Name and postal address
6. Name of architect, consultants connected with
project:
a. Name and postal address
b. Name and postal address
7. List of construction machinery, including steam boilers, unfired pressure vessels, internal combustion engines and hoisting machines, used by
person undertaking the operation, with details in the form below:
Item Description of Type or Year of manufacture kilowatt./heating Machinery Date of expiry Remarks
machinery / make surface/ capacity Department current current Cert.
installation Reg. No. of Fitness
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
[Am. P.U.(A)
345/2004]
Column 2 - State whether steam boiler, unfired pressure vessel, internal combustion engine or description of machinery or hoisting machine.
5 - Heating surface to be given in square metre; capacity to be given in cubic metre.
[Am. P.U.(A) 345/2004]
6 - Nil, if not registered.
8. Date of 1st operation
I declare to the best of my knowledge and belief that all particulars furnished in this application are true, and that all machinery used comply with
the requirements of this provision of the Act and the relevant regulations made thereunder.
Date .......................... ...............................................

Signature of person undertaking
operation
NOTE-
Not applicable to building operation and works of engineering construction the carrying out of which does not involve the use of machinery
and which the person undertaking them has grounds for believing will be completed in a period of less than six weeks.
SECOND SCHEDULE

INSPECTION)
REGULATIONS, 1970 - REGULATION 5
CONTENTS OF A GENERAL REGISTER
The Contents of a General Register shall comprise the following:
1. Particulars of person employed part or full time within the two preceding years in the factory
with the following details in respect of each:
(i) Name.
(ii) Identity card number.
(iii) Address.
(iv) Date of birth.
(v) Sex.
(vi) Normal occupation.
(vii) Period of training.
(viii) Any special qualification.
(ix) Physical defects, if any.
(x) Date first employed.
(xi) Date of leaving employment.
2. (i) List of names of persons currently employed holding certificates of competency.
(ii) List of names of persons currently employed holding first aid certificates.
(iii) List of names of industrial health officers and/or medical officers and/ or industrial nurses
currently employed, stating whether employed full-time or part-time.
(iv) List of names of persons currently employed as safety officers.
3. Records of inspection made by Inspectors with provision for date of inspection, name of
Inspector, Inspector remarks and Inspector's signature. These records may be kept in a separate
book but attached to the General Register.
THIRD SCHEDULE

INSPECTION)
NOTICE of structural change or changes in the name of a factory or change in the nature of work
carried on in a factory as required under section 42 of the Act.
I / We the undersigned hereby give notice that the following changes in respect of above have
occurred in my/our factory.
1. Name of factory
(Former name if there
has been a change in
name)
2. Present name of
factory
B. Particulars of any structural
changes:
1. Name of architect,
consultants, if any
2. Description of
structural changes or
alterations (Submit
detailed plans or
drawings)
3. New working floor
area if affected by
change.
a. Site has been obtained on Date
b. Building has been obtained on
4. Approval from local
authority in respect of c. Fire has been obtained on
precautionary
measures
d. Others has been obtained on
C. Particulars of change in nature of work:
1. Nature of present work carried out-
Process (e.g., metal Product NO. OF PERSONS EMPLOYED

working, woodworking, Male Female
chemical works, food
processing, etc.) 16 years under 16 16 years Under 16
and above years and above years
a.
b.
c.
d.
e.
2. Total No. of persons employed
3. If there is any change
in machinery submit new
list of machinery
4. Nature of waste
materials whether solid,
liquid, gaseous or
vaporous if any, expected
to be discharged
5. Proposed method of
disposal of (4) if any
(attach plan of disposal
system if any)
Name of occupier
Postal address
Date .............................. ..............................

Signature of occupier
FOURTH SCHEDULE
Form A

APPLICATION for-
(a) permission to install machinery under section 36 (1) of the Act; and
(b) issue of certificate of fitness in respect of steam boiler, unfired pressure vessel, or hoisting machine not being a hoisting machine
driven by manual power.
SECTION 36 OF THE ACT
I / We the undersigned, hereby apply for permission to install machinery, the particulars of which are as follows:
1. Name of factory or intended factory or premises in
which machinery is to be installed
2. Location of factory or intended factory or premises in

which machinery is to be installed.
B. Particulars of occupier or owner
1. Name
2. Postal address
I / We submit herewith dimensioned sketch / plan / drawings showing details of proposed layout of machinery.
I / We submit a list of machinery in the attached form(s) and declare that the said machinery complies with the requirements of the Act and the
relevant regulations made thereunder.
Date ............................ ...........................................
Signature of intending user of
machinery or occupier of factory
To:
.............................................................
LIST OF MACHINERY
Item Description Manufacture Serial Year of Horse R.P.M Type of FOR BOILERS AND UNFIRED FOR Remarks
of machinery No. manufacture power drive, PRESSURE VESSELS HOISTING
e.g, MACHINES
electric/ * Heating Working Reg. Safe
diesel/ surface pressure No.or file working
others or ref. and load
capacity date of
approval
of design
* Heating surface for boilers to be given in square feet: capacity for unfired pressure vessels to be given in cubic feet.
___________________________________________
Form B

REGULATIONS. 1970 - REGULATION 7 (2)
NOTICE of first use of machinery other than machinery for which a certificate of fitness is prescribed, as required under section 36 (3) of the Act.
I / We the undersigned, in respect of machinery details of

which have been forwarded to you on Form A of the Fourth
Schedule to the above regulations (Application for permission
to install machinery)
on
and the installation of which has been permitted by you on
Your ref.
Our ref.
*(a) hereby give notice that I/we shall begin to use the machinery/ installation on a
date not less than one month from the date of this Notice, i.e, on or after
* (b) hereby request for permission to begin to use the machinery / installation on a
date less than one month from the date of this Notice, i.e, on
Installation of the machinery has been/will be completed on
Name of factory
Location of factory
Name of occupier or intending user
Postal address
I / We declare the above machinery comply with the provisions of the Act and the relevant regulations made thereunder.
Date ................................ ...........................................

Signature of intending user of
machinery or occupier of factory
NOTE-
This notice is not required in respect of machinery already specified in the written notice of intention to operate or of operation of a factory served
on an Inspector pursuant to section 34 of the Act (on Form A, B and C of the First Schedule to the above regulations).

To:
............................................................
............................................................
FIFTH SCHEDULE
FORM A

INSPECTION)
ACCIDENT REPORT
IN accordance with the provisions of section 31 of the Factories and Machinery Act, 1967, I / we
hereby report an accident which occurred at my ......................................... situated at
........................... on the .................... day of ............................ 19 .......................... at or about
...................... a.m/p.m. details which are given below:
1. Name and address of injured person

N.R.I.C No.
Date of birth
Sex
2. His / Her normal occupation
3. Nature of injuries
4. Brief description of work, injured person was
performing at the time of the accident
5. No. of days employed on this work prior to
the accident
6. The accident was caused by (brief
description)
He/She was taken to ...................................... for treatment, and was/was not admitted to Hospital
at ................................................... and discharged on .............................................................
He/She has/has not returned to his/her normal occupation.
No alterations or additions, other than those necessitated by rescue work, have been made to the
site of the accident or to the machinery concerned.
This serves to confirm my initial report on ............................ (date) at ...............................

a.m/p.m.
Name and address of factory
Date ................................ ...............................

To:
.............................................................
.............................................................
_______________________________________________
Form B

INSPECTION)
NOTICE OF OCCURRENCE OF INDUSTRIAL DISEASES
IN accordance with the provisions of section 32 (2) of the Factories and Machinery Act, 1967,
I/we hereby notify the occurrence of one of the diseases named in the Third Schedule to the Act,
details of which are given below:
1. Name and address of patient

N.R.I.C. No.
Date of birth
Sex
2. His/Her normal occupation
3. Name of disease contracted
4. Patient (a) * has ceased to be under my/our employ
from ....................19 ...........
is still under my/our employ
(b) is still undergoing medical treatment

* has ceased to be medically treated
from ......................19 .............
5. Name and address of medical practitioner
who originally notified the occupier of the
disease as required under section 32 (1) of the
Act
Date of such notification
6. Name and address of medical practitioner (if
different from above)
* who is attending on patient

who attended on patient
7. Number of other persons engaged in similar

work under similar environments as patient
when his contraction of the industrial disease
was known
8. Describe action taken to alleviate
contraction of similar disease by these or other
persons
9. Name and address of factory
Date ................................... ...............................

Title .........................
* Strike off where not applicable
To:
Chief Inspector of Factories and Machinery,
Malaysia, Kuala Lumpur
SIXTH SCHEDULE
Form A

INSPECTION)
REGULATIONS, 1970 - REGULATION 10(2)
CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS STEAM BOILER
This certificate will hold good until (See conditions below)

Name of owner/occupier
Postal address
This is to CERTIFY that your Steam Boiler was inspected
by me on
and I am satisfied that the same may be worked at a kilo pascal*
pressure not exceeding
[Am. P.U.(A) 345/2004]
Registered No.
Maker's name
Maker's No.
Particulars of Steam Boiler Description
Heating surface square feet

Pressure at which safety valve kilo pascal
is to operate
[Am. P.U.(A) 345/2004]
Situation
Name of certified engineer, resident engineer or engineer in
attendance
Name of engine drivers
THIS CERTIFICATE will hold good until above date unless previously suspended, cancelled or
otherwise determined under the provisions of the Act and provided the provisions of the Act and
the regulations made thereunder are not contravened in respect of the above Steam Boiler.
Dated this .........day of ......................19.........

......................................
Inspector of Factories and
Machinery
* This certificate is issued to you on the understanding that the instructions in my letter to you
reference .................................. and dated ............................... have been carried out, as stated in
your reply reference ......................... dated ...............................
NOTE- This certificate is not a receipt for any fee.

____________________________________________
Form B

INSPECTION)
CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSEL
This certificate will hold good until (See conditions below)

Postal address
This is to CERTIFY that your Unfired Pressure Vessel was
inspected by me on
and I am satisfied that the same may be worked at a pressure not kilo pascal*
exceeding
[Am. P.U.(A) 345/2004]
Registered No.
Maker's name
Maker's No.
Particulars of Unfired Description
Pressure Vessel
Capacity cu. ft
Pressure at which safety valve is to kilo pascal
operate
[Am. P.U.(A) 345/2004]
Situation
This CERTIFICATE will hold good until above date unless previously suspended, cancelled or
the regulations made thereunder are not contravened in respect of the above Unfired Pressure
Vessel.
Dated this .........day of ................19 ............
......................................
Machinery
reference .................................... and dated ......................................... have been carried out, as
stated in your reply reference ...................... dated .................................

______________________________________________
Form C

INSPECTION)
REGULATIONS, 1970 - REGULATION 10(2)
CERTIFICATE OF FITNESS HOISTING MACHINE

(Other than a hoisting machine driven by manual power)
This certificate will hold good until (See conditions

below)
Postal address
This is to CERTIFY that your Hoisting Machine was
inspected by me on
and I am satisfied that the same may be worked at a kg*
pressure not exceeding
[Am. P.U.(A) 345/2004]
Registered No.
Maker's name
Particulars of Hoisting Maker's No.

Machine Description
Horse-power kilowatt.
[Am. P.U.(A) 345/2004]

Situation
This CERTIFICATE will hold good until above date unless previously suspended, cancelled or
the regulations made thereunder are not contravened in respect of the above Hoisting Machine.
Dated this .........day of .......................19 ........
......................................
Machinery
reference ............................. and dated .............................. have been carried out, as stated in
your reply reference ............................. dated ............................

SEVENTH SCHEDULE
Form A

INSPECTION)
NOTICE OF REGULAR INSPECTION
IN accordance with regulation 16 of the above regulations you are hereby informed that your
factory or machinery on your premises at ...................... will be inspected by me on the
............................ day of ........................... 19 ................................. I expect to arrive at your
...................................... at about ............................... o'clock.
Reg. No Description
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................
To enable a thorough inspection to be made you are required to prepare your factory or
machinery in accordance with the provisions of regulation 17 of the above regulations.
The ........................................ is required to be present during my inspection.
Dated this ...................day of ....................19 ........

.....................................
Machinery
To:
..............................................................
.............................................................
.............................................................
EIGHTH SCHEDULE
Form A

INSPECTION)
NOTICE OF PROHIBITION
*NOTICE OF IMMEDIATE PROHIBITION
I have to inform you that an/a ............................... inspection made by me on

................................... of your ................................................ revealed the following defects:
and thus you are contravening:
Under the provisions *section 39 (3) of the Factories and Machinery Act, 1967, I hereby require
of section 40 (4)
you to:
* remove or make good such defects before ..................................................... and if such
defects are not removed or made good by that date you are then to cease operating your
...........................................
* CEASE TO USE OR CEASE TO OPERATE YOUR .........................................................

UNTIL SUCH DEFECTS HAVE BEEN REMOVED OR MADE GOOD TO MY
SATISFACTION.
Certificate of Fitness No. ..................................................... is:
* suspended from the date above-mentioned under the provisions of the Act if the defects
are not removed or made good by that date.
* HEREBY SUSPENDED WITH EFFECT FROM TODAY.

Dated this ...................day of..........................19.........
.......................................
Machinery

To:
............................................................................
...........................................................................
...........................................................................
___________________________________________
Form B

INSPECTION)
NOTICE OF PROHIBITION
(Section 19 (2) of the Factories and Machinery Act, 1967)
Whereas it has been brought to my notice that you are the owner of .......................................
situated at .................................................. for which a certificate of fitness is required under
regulation 10 (1) of the above regulations and that you are operating ................................. without
such certificate and thus you are contravening ...............................
In exercise of the powers vested in me under section 19 (2) of the Factories and Machinery Act,
1967, I prohibit the operation of ............................ until such time as a valid certificate of fitness is
issued in respect thereof.
Dated this ...................day of ....................19 .............

.....................................
Machinery
To:
.................................................................
..................................................................
..................................................................
NINTH SCHEDULE

INSPECTION)
Authorities on result of analysis or test of samples:
(a) The Director of Public Works, Malaysia.
(b) The Director of Chemistry, Malaysia.
(c) The Director, Institute for Medical Research, Malaysia.
Dated this 20th day of December, 1969.

[JK / KB. 414.]
V. MANICKAVASAGAM,
Minister of Labour
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (ELECTRIC PASSENGER AND GOODS LIFT)
REGULATIONS, 1970.
___________________________
___________________________
Preamble
PART I - GENERAL

Regulation 4. Exemption.
Regulation 5. Owner's liability.
Regulation 6. Approval of installation of lift.
PART II - DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION AND TESTS
Regulation 7. Lift loading and capacity.

Regulation 8. Lift machine and supports.
Regulation 9. Machine rooms.
Regulation 10. Lift Well.
Regulation 11. Lift well enclosure.
Regulation 12. Landing doors.
Regulation 13. Landing door locking devices.
Regulation 14. Lift car construction.
Regulation 15. Car doors and gates.
Regulation 16. Emergency hatches.
Regulation 20. Counterweight.
Regulation 21. Guides.
Regulation 22. Safety gear.
Regulation 23. Governors.
Regulation 24. Buffers.
Regulation 25. Clearances and over-travels for lift cars and counterweights.
Regulation 26. Terminal stopping devices.
Regulation 27. Suspension ropes.
Regulation 28. Operation and control.
Regulation 29. Clearances between cars and counterweights etc.
Regulation 30. Test.
PART III - MAINTENANCE
Regulation 31. Duties of the owner.
PART IV - MISCELLANEOUS
Regulation 32. Notices.

Regulation 33. Attendants.
FIRST SCHEDULE - page 1
SECOND SCHEDULE
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (ELECTRIC PASSENGER AND GOODS LIFT)
REGULATIONS, 1970.
Preamble
IN exercise of the powers conferred upon him by Section 56 (1) of the Factories and Machinery
Act 1967 [64/1967], the Minister of Labour hereby makes the following Regulations:
PART I - GENERAL
These regulations may be cited as the Factories and Machinery (Electric Passenger and
Goods Lift) Regulations, 1970, and shall come into force on the 1st day of February, 1970.
In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires-
"automatic control" means a method of control by the momentary operation of some automatic
device which may be situated at a landing or in the lift car whereby a lift car is set in motion and is
caused to stop automatically at any required lift landing;
"bottom overtravel of lift car" means the maximum distance the car floor can travel below the level
of the bottom lift landing with full buffer compression;
"bottom overtravel of counterweight" means the maximum distance the counterweight can travel
below the position it occupies when the car floor is level with the top lift landing until the
counterweight rests on the buffers, with full buffer compression;
"buffer" means a device designed to stop a descending car or counterweight beyond its normal
limit of travel by storing or absorbing and dissipating the kinetic energy of the car or
counterweight;
"car apron" and "landing apron" mean a protective screen, attached to the underside of the car
platform or lift landing respectively, to prevent an object from being trapped between the car
platform and landing threshold;
"car door to gate" means the hinged or sliding portion of a lift car controlling access to a lift car;
"car enclosure" means the top and the walls of the lift car resting on and attached to the lift car
platform;
"car frame" means the supporting frame or sling to which the car platform, safety gear, guide
shoes and the hoisting ropes or hoisting rope sheaves or the plunger of a direct plunger elevator
are attached;
"car levelling device" means any mechanism which will, either automatically or under the control
of the operator, move the car within the levelling zone toward the landing only, and automatically
stop it at the landing;
"car platform" means the structure forming the floor of the lift car, and which directly supports the
load;
"centre opening door" means a vertically sliding or horizontally sliding door consisting of two or
more panels so arranged that the panels or groups of panels open away from each other from the
centre and are so inter-connected that all panels move simultaneously;
"car operating device" means the car switch push button or other device employed to actuate the
control equipment of the lift car;
"car switch control" means a method of control whereby the movement of the car is directly under
the control of an attendant by means of a switch or of a continuous pressure button in the lift car,
such switch or continuous pressure button when released by the attendant resulting in the
stopping of the lift car;
"collective control" means a method of control whereby all calls made, whether from a landing or
the lift car, are registered and answered by the lift car stopping automatically, in floor sequence,
at each landing for which such calls have been registered, but irrespective of the order in which
they have been made, until all have had attention;
"compensating ropes" means ropes suspended from the car frame and / or the counterweight to
balance the weight, or part of the weight, of the suspension ropes throughout the travel of the lift
car, and includes compensating chains;
"contract load" means the road a lift is designed and constructed to carry, as specified in the
contract of purchase;
"contract speed" means the speed of ascent or descent specified in the contract of purchase with
the contract load;
"control" means the system governing the starting, stopping, direction of motion, acceleration,
speed, and retardation of the moving member;
"controller" means a device or group of devices which serves to control in some predetermined
manner the apparatus to which it is connected;
"counterweight" means a weight, or series of weights, to counterbalance the weight of the lift car
and part of the contract load;
"directional collective control" means a method of collective control having "up" and "down" at the
intermediate lift landing by which the landing calls can be registered for the particular direction in
which it is desired to travel. The calls are answered by stopping the lift car at the required
landings when travelling in the appropriate direction;
"dual collective control" means a method of control applied to directional collective controlled lift
and so arranged that the lift car may be operated either by the passengers or by an attendant;
"dual control" means a method of control whereby automatic control or car switch control may be
used alternatively but not simultaneously;
"dumbwaiter" means a hoisting and lowering mechanism equipped with a car moving in guides in
a substantially vertical direction and being used exclusively for carrying materials. The
dimensions of such car shall not exceed-
(i) nine square feet of floor area;
(ii) four feet total inside height whether or not the car is provided with fixed or removable
shelves; and
(iii) five hundred pounds capacity;
"door lock" means a mechanical device to lock a lift car door or landing door, the unlocking of
which is controlled by the position of the lift car and includes a gate lock;
"door switch" means a switch operated by the movement of a door and includes a gate switch;
"drum drive" means a drive in which the suspension ropes are secured to and wound on a drum;
"electromechanical brake" means a brake consisting of a friction shoe or shoes applied to a brake
drum or disc by means of springs or weights and electrically released;
"electromechanical door lock" means a combination in one unit of a door switch with a door lock,
and includes an electromechanical gate lock;
"existing lift" means a lift installed before the date of the coming into force of these regulations;
"gearless drive" means a drive without intermediate gearing which has the traction sheave and
brake drum mounted directly on the motor shaft;
"goods lift" means a lift primarily used to carry goods but in which an attendant and the persons
required to load and unload the goods are permitted to ride;
"governor" means an automatic device which brings the lift car or counterweight or both such car
and counterweight to rest by operating the safety gear in the event of the speed in a downward
direction exceeding the predetermined limit;
"guides" means the members used to guide the movement of the lift car or counterweight;
"guide bracket" means a member attached to a building or structure and to which the guides are
attached;
"guide shoe" means an attachment to the car frame and counterweight are guided;
"landing" means the portion of the floor, balcony or platform of a building or structure used to
receive and discharge passengers or goods or both into and from a lift car;
"landing door" means the hinged or sliding portion of a lift well enclosure controlling access to the
lift car at a landing;
"levelling zone" means the space between positions not more than eighteen inches above and
below the level of a landing;
"lift car" means the load carrying unit including its platform, car frame, enclosure and car door or
gate;
"lift machine" means that part of a lift comprising the motor, reduction gear (if any); brake and
drum or sheaves by which the lift car is raised or lowered;
"lift pit" means the space in the lift well below the lowest landing served;
"lift well" means the enclosed space in which a lift is designed to operate and includes the lift pit
and top clearance;
"lift well enclosure" means the structure which separates the lift well from its surroundings;
"passenger lift" means a lift primarily used to carry persons other than the operator and persons
necessary for loading and unloading and such lift includes a hospital bed lift;
"safety gear" means a mechanical device attached to the lift car frame or auxiliary frame or
counterweight frame, to stop and hold the car or counterweight in case of predetermined
overspeed or a free fall, or if the hoisting ropes are slackened;
"safety rope" means a rope that connects the lift car safety gear to the counterweight or
counterweight safety gear and by means of which the safety gear is operated;
"slack rope switch" means a switch designed to open the control circuit of a drum driven lift, if any
or all of the suspension ropes slacken by a predetermined amount;
"suspension rope" means a rope by which the lift car and counterweight are suspended;
"top clearance of lift car" means the shortest vertical distance between the car frame and its
attachments and the overhead beams or their attachments when the car floor is level with the top
landing, that is the greatest distance the car floor could travel above the top landing.
"top clearance of counterweight" means the shortest distance between the counterweight and its
attachments and the overhead beams or their attachments when the car floor is level with the
bottom landing, that is the greatest distance the counterweight could travel above the position it
occupies when the car floor is level with the bottom landing;
"traction drive" means a drive in which the drive sheave is so grooved as to impart its motion to
the suspension ropes by friction;
"travel" means the distance between the bottom and top lift landings served.
(1) Parts I, III and IV of these regulations shall apply to all electric passenger and goods lifts.
(2) Part II of these regulation shall apply to every electric passenger and goods lift installed in any
premises after the date of the coming into force of these regulations and to every existing electric
passenger and goods lift substantially altered after such date:
Provided that where the owner of any lift installed after such date can satisfy the Chief Inspector
that the lift was contracted for on or before such date the Chief Inspector may, in his discretion,
permit such modification in the application of these regulations to the lift as he deems to be
reasonable.
(3) For the purpose of these regulations an existing lift shall be deemed to have been
substantially altered when, in the opinion of the Chief Inspector-
(a) it has been converted from a goods lift to a passenger lift; or
(b) its travel has been increased by an additional floor or floors; or
(c) its contract load has been increased; or
(d) its contract speed has been increased.
(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (2) of this regulation where the Chief Inspector is
of the opinion that, owing to special circumstances, the enforcement of any provision of these
regulations in respect of any existing lift is necessary to ensure the safety of the public he may in
writing order that such provision shall apply to that lift.
Where the Chief Inspector is of the opinion that, owing to special circumstances, the enforcement
of any provision of these regulations in respect of any lift is not necessary or reasonable he may
by certificate in writing, which he may in his discretion revoke, exempt that lift from such provision
subject to such conditions as he may specify therein.
Regulation 5. Owner's liability.
Nothing contained in these regulations shall relieve or exempt the owner of any lift from
complying with any other written law.
Regulation 6. Approval of installation of lift.
Pursuant to sub-section (1) of section 36 of the Act, relating to the purpose of obtaining approval
for the installation of a lift, the owner shall furnish the Chief Inspector with the following each of
which shall be in duplicate-
(a) the dimensions and particulars of the lift in the form shown in the First Schedule to
these regulations; and
(b) drawings showing the following particulars and finished sizes-
(i) size and position of lift well;
(ii) particulars of lift well enclosure;
(iii) size, position, number and type of landing door;
(iv) size and position of machine room relative to the lift well;
(v) provision of access to machine room;
(vi) provision for ventilation and if possible, natural lighting of machine room;
(vii) number of floors served by lift;
(viii) height between floor levels;
(ix) number of entrances;
(x) total headroom;
(xi) height of machine room;
(xii) depth of lift pit.
(c) the following lift manufacturer's certificate:
(i) a certificate declaring that the lift has been designed and constructed in
accordance with these regulations insofar as they are applicable;
(ii) a certificate declaring that the designs of the safety gear and of the oil buffer
have satisfactorily withstood type tests, including an overspeed test under full
contract load;
(iii) a certificate declaring that the insulation of the electrical parts of all
controllers, landing door locking devices, terminal stopping device and car gate,
lift car door switches and other operating and similar devices has been
satisfactorily tested at an alternating current pressure equal to ten times the
working voltage, with a maximum of two thousand volts, for not less than one
minute when applied:
(a) between the live parts and the case or frame with all circuits
completed; and
(b) between main terminals or equivalent parts with all circuits open; and
(c) between any live parts or independent circuits.
(iv) a certificate stating the diameter, construction, quality and tensile breaking
strength of the suspension ropes.
PART II - DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION AND TESTS
Regulation 7. Lift loading and capacity.
(1) Every lift shall be designed and constructed to carry the contract load.
(2) (a) The contract load of every passenger lift and every hospital bed lift shall not be less than
given in Table I corresponding to the clear lift car floor area, disregarding any seat and space
between car door frames.
(b) The number of persons which can be carried at any one time in any passenger lift shall not be
greater than that given in Table I corresponding to the clear lift car floor area.
TABLE I
Clear lift car area in Maximum No. of persons Contract load in pounds
square feet
(Permissible tolerance
0.5 square feet)
2.2 ... 1 ... 150

4.3 ... 2 ... 300
6.4 ... 3 ... 450
8.3 ... 4 ... 600
10.2 ... 5 ... 750
12.0 ... 6 ... 900
13.8 ... 7 ... 1,050
15.6 ... 8 ... 1,200
17.2 ... 9 ... 1,350
18.9 ... 10 ... 1,500
20.4 ... 11 ... 1,650
22.1 ... 12 ... 1,800
23.6 ... 13 ... 1,950
25.2 ... 14 ... 2,100
26.7 ... 15 ... 2,250
28.2 ... 16 ... 2,400
29.5 ... 17 ... 2,550
30.9 ... 18 ... 2,700
32.3 ... 19 ... 2,850
33.7 ... 20 ... 3,000
35.0 ... 21 ... 3,150
36.3 ... 22 ... 3,300
37.5 ... 23 ... 3,450
38.8 ... 24 ... 3,600
40.2 ... 25 ... 3,750
41.3 ... 26 ... 3,900
42.6 ... 27 ... 4,050
43.8 ... 28 ... 4,200
45.1 ... 29 ... 4,350
46.2 ... 30 ... 4,500
47.3 ... 31 ... 4,650
48.5 ... 32 ... 4,800
49.7 ... 33 ... 4,950
50.8 ... 34 ... 5,100
52.1 ... 35 ... 5,250
53.3 ... 36 ... 5,400
54.5 ... 37 ... 5,550
55.7 ... 38 ... 5,700
56.8 ... 39 ... 5,850
57.7 ... 40 ... 6,000
(3) The minimum contract load for goods lift shall be based on the following:
Description of goods lift Minimum contract load per square foot of inside
clear lift car platform area
(a) For general goods loading lift where Not less than fifty pounds.
the load when distributed, the weight of
any single piece of goods in the load or
of any single hand truck and its load
does not exceed one quarter of the
contract load of the lift and the load is
handled on and off the lift car platform
manually or by means of hand trucks.
(b) For motor vehicle loading where the Not less than thirty pounds.
lift is used solely to carry automobile
trucks or passenger automobiles up to
the contract load of the lift.
(c) For every other type of loading lift. To be determined by the Chief Inspector.
(4) (a) A capacity plate bearing the contract load of a lift shall be permanently and securely
fastened in a conspicuous position in a lift car.
(b) (i) In the case of passenger lifts the contract load shall be given in number of persons and
pounds in accordance with Table I shown in paragraph (2) of this regulation.
(ii) In the case of goods lift the contract load shall be given in pounds and also, for emergency
purposes, in number of persons calculated at one hundred and fifty pounds per person.
Regulation 8. Lift machine and supports.
(1) A drum-driven machine shall not be used for
(a) any passenger lift; or
(b) any goods lift having a contract speed greater than three hundred feet per minute.
(2) A flat belt or chain-driven machine shall not be used to drive any passenger lift.
(3) The main driving gear of any lift machine shall not be connected to any drum or traction
sheave by friction gearing or friction clutch mechanism.
(4) Worms and worm gears of cast iron shall not be used in any lift machine.
(5) A set-screw fastening shall not be used in lieu of a key, pin or other positive fastening where
the connection is subject to tension or torsion.
(6) Every drum, sheave or pulley shall be of cast iron or steel and shall have machined rope
grooves; and in the case of every overhung pulley or sheave suitable flanges of rope guards shall
be provided.
(7) (a) The ratio of the diameter of the drum sheave or pulley to the diameter of the rope wound
on it shall not be less than forty to one for all lift cars and counterweight suspension ropes.
(b) The diameter of a drum, sheave or pulley shall mean the centre to centre measurement of the
rope wound on it.
(8) Every lift machine shall be provided with an electromechanical brake which shall comply with
the following requirements-
(a) it shall be applied automatically when the operating device is in the "stop" position;
(b) it cannot be released in normal operation until the power has been applied to the
motor;
(c) it cannot be held in the "off" position during normal operation by any emergency
release device fitted to it; and
(d) no single earth, short-circuit or counter voltage shall prevent it being applied during
normal operation.
(9) Every lift machine shall be provided with means for winding by hand.
(10) Every lift machine shall be provided with adequate means for lubrication, and every
lubrication point shall be readily and safely accessible.
(11) The factor of safety of every lift machine, based on the ultimate strength of the material used
and the static load imposed thereon, shall not be less than eight for wrought steel, and not less
than ten for cast and other materials.
(12) (a) Every lift machine and associated equipment shall be effectively supported.
(b) Any supporting beam shall be of steel or reinforced concrete with a factor of safety of five or
seven respectively, based on a total static load on the supporting structure equal to twice the
maximum static load suspended from the beams plus the weight of all the apparatus resting on
the beams.
(c) The deflection under load of any supporting beam referred to in sub-paragraph (b) of this
paragraph shall not be greater than 1/1500 of the span of such beam.
Regulation 9. Machine rooms.
(1) A machine room shall be provided for, and restricted to, the housing of the lift machine and
associated equipment.
(2) Every machine room shall-
(a) be so designed that the floor can carry a load of not less than one hundred pounds
per square foot over the whole area and also any load which may be imposed thereon by
the equipment installed in the machine room;
(b) be of such a size as will permit free access to all parts of the machine and equipment
located therein for the purposes of inspection, maintenance and dismantling. On at least
two sides there shall be a minimum distance of eighteen inches between any part of the
machine and adjoining wall and where necessary a steel joist shall be provided above the
machine to facilitate lifting heavy parts;
(c) be soundly constructed, weather proof, dry and adequately ventilated;
(d) have a clear height of not less than six feet and six inches from the floor provided that
where the lift machine is installed on a pedestal on the floor there shall be a clear height
of not less than two feet and six inches above the highest point of the lift machine;
(e) be provided with permanent electric lighting and the illumination shall not be less than
ten foot candles at floor level. At least one socket and plug for a hand-lamp shall be
provided. The light switch shall be fixed adjacent to the machine room entrance;
(f) be kept clear of refuse and shall not be used for the storage of articles or materials
other than those required for the maintenance or operation of the lift;
(g) be locked against unauthorised access. A duplicate key shall be provided and
retained under a glass-fronted cabinet adjacent to the entrance:
Provided that sub-paragraph (a), (b), and (d) need not apply to machine room for
dumbwaiter.
(3) The following notice shall be exhibited in a permanent place adjacent to the entrance of every
machine room:
BAHAYA
BILEK JENTERA
DI-LARANG MASOK
DENGAN TIADA KEBENARAN
Regulation 10. Lift Well.
(1) No piping, conduct or equipment other than that forming part of the lift or necessary for its
maintenance shall be installed in any lift well or lift well enclosure.
(2) No room passage or thoroughfare shall be permitted under a lift well provided that where a lift
well does not extend to the lowest floor of the building, such room, passage, or thoroughfare may
be allowed under conditions to be laid down by the Chief Inspector.
(3) Where the counterweight of one lift travels close to the car of an adjacent lift, a continuous
screen of adequate strength shall be fixed from top to bottom of the well to protect any person
working in the well or on the lift car from accidental contact with the counterweight in any part of
its travel.
(4) Not more than four lifts shall be located in any one lift well.
(5) (a) Every lift pit shall be soundly constructed. The floor of the lift pit shall be substantially level
and, where necessary, provision shall be made for permanent drainage.
(b) Every lift pit shall be of sufficient depth to ensure that there is a vertical clearance of not less
than two feet between any fitting attached to and projecting below the bottom of the car frame
and the pit floor when the rests on its fully compressed buffers:
Provided that any guide shoe, apron or other fitting located adjacent to the sides of the car may
be ignored in this connection.
(c) Any equipment installed in the lift pit must leave sufficient clear floor area to permit a person to
lie on the pit floor.
(6) Where the depth of any lift pit is greater than three feet and six inches measured from the
bottom terminal landing, suitable footholds and handholds shall, so far as practicable, be
arranged in the side of the lift pit to aid ingress and egress.
(7) Access to any lift pit shall be by way of the bottom terminal landing only.
(8) A suitable guard shall be fixed in the lift pit around the path of the counterweight. Such guard
shall extend from a height of not more than twelve inches above the floor of the lift pit to a height
of not less than six feet and six inches:
Provided that where compensating ropes are fitted a guard need not be provided on the side
facing the lift car to which the ropes are attached.
Regulation 11. Lift well enclosure.
(1) Every lift well enclosure shall extend on all sides throughout the height of the lift well.
(2) Where the lift travel is greater than forty feet above the ground floor the lift well enclosure shall
be made of brickwork or other suitable fire resisting materials.
(3) The inner sides of the lift well enclosure facing any car entrance shall form a smooth
continuous flush surface devoid of any projection other than landing sills, hoistway doors, door
tracks and hangers, or recess.
(4) The clearance between the edge of the landing threshold and the car platform nosing shall not
be less than one half of an inch and not greater than one and a half inches.
(5) The clearance between the lift well enclosure and the loading side of the car platform shall-
(a) for passenger lifts, not be greater than five inches; and
(b) for goods lifts with vertically sliding hoistway doors, not be greater than seven-and-a-
half inches.
(6) The clearance between the sides of the car or the counterweight and the lift well enclosure
shall not be less than one inch.
(7) The lift well enclosure shall be of sufficient strength to withstand a thrust of seventy-five
pounds applied at any point in a direction normal to the surface without permanent deformation.
(8) There shall be no opening in any lift well enclosure permitting access to the car by passing
under a counterweight.
(9) Where wire grille or similar construction is used for the enclosure, the mesh or opening shall
not be greater than one and a quarter inches:
Provided that where the clearance between the inside of such enclosure and any moving part of
the lift is less than two inches the openings in the enclosure shall be further protected to a height
of seven feet above the floor or nosing of any stair tread by netting of square mesh not greater
than one half inch and of wire not less than 20 S.W.G.
(10) Any glazing in a lift well enclosure shall be of toughened or shatter-proof glass.
Regulation 12. Landing doors.

(1) Every landing opening in any lift well enclosure shall be protected by a door which shall
extend the full height and width of the opening. Such landing door when fully open shall leave no
portion of the lift well unprotected at the sides of the car.
(2) The height of every landing door shall not be less than-
(a) six feet six inches in the case of a passenger lift; or
(b) six feet in the case of a goods lift.
(3) The distance between the lift well side of any landing door and the edge of the landing
threshold shall not be greater than four inches in the case of hinged doors or two and three
quarter inches in the case of sliding doors.
(4) In no case shall the distance between the lift well side of the landing door and the lift well side
of the car door or gate exceed six inches.
(5) Every landing door and its tracks shall be capable of withstanding a thrust of seventy-five
pounds applied normally at any point, excepting any vision panel, without causing permanent
deformation and without such door being sprung from its guides.
(6) Every power operated landing door on every automatically operated lift shall be so designed
that closing it is not likely to injure any person.
(7) Provision shall be made to open manually every power operated landing door, in the event of
failure of power operating mechanism, at any landing at which the car is standing.
(8) Every hinged landing door shall be provided with a vision panel. Every manual or self-closing
landing door for a lift with automatic control shall be provided with a vision panel, except at any
landing where a car position indicator is provided.
(9) Any vision panel in a landing door shall be fire resisting and of wired safety glass. The area of
any single vision panel shall not be less than twenty-five square inches and the total area of one
or more vision panels in any landing door shall not be more than eighty square inches and the
centre of the panel shall be located not less than fifty-four inches and not more than sixty-six
inches above the landing;
Provided that for vertically sliding centre opening counter balanced door it shall be located to
conform with the dimensions specified in so far as the door design will permit:
Provided further that vision panel on horizontally swinging doors shall be located for convenient
vision when opening the door from the car side.
Regulation 13. Landing door locking devices.
(1) Every landing door shall be fitted with an electromechanical door lock having a retiring cam,
which shall ensure:
(a) that the lift car cannot be moved in a direction away from the landing unless every
landing door is closed and locked;
(b) that in the event of any landing door being opened the car will come to rest; and
(c) that no landing door can be opened from the landing side unless the car is at rest at
that particular landing, or is coasting through that levelling zone with its operating device
in the "stop" position, or unless with a special key.
Provided that a retiring cam need not be fitted if the electric lock control contact is positively
interrupted before the landing door is unlocked, and the landing door is mechanically locked
before the electric lock contact is made.
(2) Such electromechanical door lock shall be so arranged that the landing door is locked
mechanically before the electric lock is made. Lock contacts shall be opened positively.
(3) All parts of such electromechanical door lock shall be of substantial construction, and its
functioning to prevent movement of the car shall not be solely dependent on the action of a spring
or gravity or the closing of an electric circuit. Every lock shall be encased, and the removal of the
casing shall not disturb the lock mechanism.
(4) For the purpose of paragraph (1) (a) of this regulation a landing door may be considered to be
closed when-
(a) in respect of any lift which requires the presence of an operator in the car, its leading
edge is within two and one half inches of the door jamb (or with centre opening door
when the leading edges are within two and one half inches of each other); provided that
such door cannot be re-opened from the landing side after it has reached the limit of two
and one half inches and that it is equipped with a door-closer of a type that will continue
to close and lock it; and
(b) in respect of any lift which does not require the presence of an operator in the car or
in which the landing door is not equipped with a door-closer, its leading edge is within
three eights of one inch of the door jamb (or with centre opening door when the leading
edges are within three eights of one inch of each other).
Regulation 14. Lift car construction.
(1) Every lift car shall comprise a platform, a roof, a car enclosure, gate or door and a supporting
frame.
(2) Every car platform shall be of framed construction, and in the case of any passenger lift shall
be designed to support the contract load on the basis of such load being evenly distributed. The
platform of any goods lift shall be designed to suit the particular conditions of loading. The factor
of safety shall not be less than five for steel and eight for timber, except that in the case of steel
platform stringers, the factor of safety may not be less than four.
(3) Every car frame shall be made of steel, and of sufficient strength to withstand the operation of
the safety gear when fully loaded without permanent deformation. The factor of safety of any car
frame members and their connections shall not be less than five.
(4) The deflection of any car frame crosshead and any member carrying the platform shall not
exceed one-thousandth of its respective span under static conditions with the contract load
evenly distributed over such platform.
(5) Renewable guide shoes or guide shoes with renewable linings or adjustable roller guides shall
be provided at the top and bottom of both sides of every car frame.
(6) Every car roof shall be of sufficient strength to support a load of two hundred pounds. Any
open work in such roof shall reject a sphere of one inch in diameter.
(7) Every car enclosure shall not be less than six feet and six inches in height and there shall be
no open-work panels except ventilation panels, the openings of which shall reject a sphere
greater than one half of an inch in diameter within a height of six feet from the car floor:
Provided that the enclosure of a goods lift car shall not be less than six feet in height.
(8) Every car enclosure shall withstand a thrust of seventy-five pounds applied normally at any
point without permanent deformation, and shall be securely fixed to the platform and frame.
Regulation 15. Car doors and gates.
(1) A door or gate shall be provided at every entrance to a lift car. Every car door or gate when
fully closed shall-
(a) in the case of a passenger lift, guard the full width and height of the car entrance
opening and shall not be less than six feet and six inches high;
(b) in the case of a goods lift, guard the full width of the car entrance opening and when
fully closed shall extend from the car floor to a height of not less than six feet above the
car floor;
Provided that where a vertically sliding door or gate is used, it shall extend from a point not more
than one inch above the car floor and to a point at least not less than six feet above the car floor.
(2) No lift car shall have more than two entrances.
(3) Every car door or gate and its tracks shall withstand a thrust of seventy-five pounds applied
normally at any point (excepting any vision panel) without permanent deformation and without
such gate or door being sprung from its guides. In the case of a collapsible gate this thrust may
be applied at points on two adjacent pickets so as to divide the load equally.
(4) Any opening in any collapsible gate shall reject a sphere of diameter greater than two and one
half inches.
(5) Every car door or gate shall be provided with an electric switch which will prevent the lift car
from being started or kept in motion unless all gates and doors are closed. The contacts on such
switches shall be opened positively and independently of gravity. The electric switch shall be
protected so as to be inaccessible from the car. For the purpose of this paragraph a car door or
gate shall be considered to be closed when its leading edge is within two and one half inches of
the door jamb or, with centre-opening doors, when the leading edges are within two and one half
inches of each other.
(6) (a) Every power operated car door or gate shall be capable of being opened manually.
(b) Every power operated car door or gate on every automatically operated lift shall be so
designed that its closure is not likely to injure any person:
Provided that where a car levelling device is fitted the lift car may be moved towards the landing
with its door or gate open within the levelling zone. In such cases the car platform shall be
provided with a substantial apron of sufficient depth to prevent an object from being trapped
between the platform and the landing while the lift car is within the levelling zone.
(7) Any vision panel in a lift car door shall be fire resisting and of wired safety glass. The area
between division bars or other supports shall not exceed one square foot. The bottom rail of a
framed and glazed door shall not be less than twelve inches deep. Any projections on or
recesses (including vision panels) in sliding car doors shall be kept to a minimum.
Regulation 16. Emergency Hatches.
(1) Every passenger lift car, other than a car equipped with safety gear of the instantaneous type,
shall be provided, where practicable in the opinion of the Chief Inspector, with an emergency
hatch of such dimensions as will permit the passage of a person.
Side emergency hatch.
(2) where there is a lift located in an adjacent lift well and the distance between the car platforms
does not exceed two feet six inches and where there are no intervening hoistway partitions,
counter-weights or any fixed obstructions, other than separator beams between the cars, a side
emergency hatch may be provided in each such adjacent car, so arranged as to permit safe and
direct transfer from one car to the other, and such side emergency hatch shall:
(a) be of the hinged type;
(b) open only into the car;
(c) be provided with a lock so arranged that the door may be opened from inside the car
only by a special-shaped removable key, and from outside the car by a non-removable
handle. Locks shall be so designed that they cannot be opened from the inside by the
use of ordinary tools or instruments. There shall be no obstruction on the inside of the
enclosure which will prevent opening of the door from either side;
(d) be fitted with car-door electric contacts so arranged as to prevent the car from being
operated unless the door is locked;
(e) be of the same material and construction as required for the car enclosure.
Top emergency hatch.
(3) Every emergency hatch provided in the top of a lift car shall:
(a) be so located as to provide a passage way for a person unobstructed by any fixed
equipment located in or on top of the car; and
(b) be so arranged that it can be opened outwards; and
(c) be so hinged or otherwise attached to the car top so that the cover can be opened
from the top of the car only.
Keys for emergency hatches.
(4) Keys for unlocking of emergency hatches shall be kept in the premises by the person
responsible for the maintenance and operation of the lift and in a location readily available to an
authorised person only in the case of emergency.
Provision shall be made for adequate permanent ventilation of every lift car during the periods
such lift is available for use, and where ventilating fans or blowers are used they shall be securely
fastened in place and located above the car ceiling or outside the car enclosure.
(1) Provision shall be made for illumination of every lift car during the periods such lift is available
for use, by at least two lamps in each car.
(2) Light bulbs or tubes in every lift car shall be so guarded as to prevent injury to persons from
breakage of the bulbs or tubes.
(3) The minimum illumination at the landing edge of a car platform when the car and landing
doors are open shall not be less than five foot candles.
(1) No glass other than toughened or shatterproof glass shall be used in any car except to cover
certificates, notices, lighting fixtures and appliances necessary for the operation of such car.
(2) Every car shall be provided with an emergency signal that is operative from the car and is
clearly audible outside the lift well.
(3) A lighting socket for a portable lamp shall be provided on top of and underneath every car.
(4) An emergency switch shall be provided on the top of every lift car which will prevent the car
from being operated when the switch is open.
Regulation 20. Counterweight.
(1) Every traction drive lift shall be provided with a counterweight.
(2) Every counterweight shall travel in guides and be provided with renewable guide shoes or
linings.
(3) All counterweight sections, whether carried in frames or not, shall be adequately secured. The
factor of safety of the threaded portion of any tie rods shall not be less than eight. The tie rods
shall have lock nuts secured by cotter pins at each end.
Regulation 21. Guides.
(1) Every lift car and counterweight shall be guided throughout its travel by means of rigid steel
guides of round or T-section and of such length that it is not possible for the car or counterweight
shoes to run off the guides.
(2) Every guide joint shall be torqued and grooved, or dowelled, and fitted with fishplates each
secured with not less than four substantial bolts through each rail. The working faces of every
joint shall form a smooth continuous surface.
(3) The variation in the distance between guides shall be not greater than three-sixteenths of one
inch.
(4) Every guide shall be fastened to suitable supports and every guide and its supports shall
withstand the application of the safety gear when stopping a fully loaded car or counterweight.
(5) Guide brackets and any shims shall be of steel and shall be bolted to the walls, stairs,
structure or building steelwork. Wood blocks, plugs, or similar method shall not be used for fixing
guide brackets.
(6) The distance between guide brackets shall be such that the guides shall not deflect more than
one-quarter of one inch under normal operation.
Regulation 22. Safety gear.
(1) Every lift car shall be provided with one or more safety gear which shall, singly or combined,
be capable of stopping and sustaining the lift car with the contract load. Safety gears shall be
fitted to the car frame, and at least one safety gear shall be located within or below the lower
members of the car frame.
(2) The safety gear shall operate to stop and sustain the car with the contract load in the event of
failure of all suspension ropes, or in the event of the car exceeding a predetermined speed in the
descending direction when a governor is fitted.
(3) No safety gear shall stop an ascending car. If an ascending car is to be stopped on account of
overspeed a safety gear shall be fitted to the counterweight or a governor may be used to cause
the motor and brake control circuits to be opened.
(4) The application of the safety gear of the non-instantaneous type shall stop the lift car with
contract load from the governor tripping speed within the limits shown in Table II. Such stopping
distance shall be the actual slide as observed from the marking on the guide.
TABLE II
Contract Maximum governor Stopping distances in

speed in feet tripping Speed in feet feet and inches
per minute per minute __________________________________
Minimum Maximum
0-125 ... 175 ... 0-6 ... 1-3
150 ... 210 ... 0-6 ... 1-4
175 ... 250 ... 0-8 ... 1-7
200 ... 280 ... 0-9 ... 1-10
225 ... 308 ... 0-10 ... 2-0
250 ... 337 ... 0-11 ... 2-3
300 ... 395 ... 1-1 ... 2-9
350 ... 452 ... 1-3 ... 3-4
400 ... 510 ... 1-6 ... 4-0
450 ... 568 ... 1-9 ... 4-10
500 ... 625 ... 2-1 ... 5-8
600 ... 740 ... 2-9 ... 7-7
700 ... 855 ... 3-7 ... 9-10
800 ... 970 ... 4-6 ... 12-6
900 ... 1,085 ... 5-5 ... 15-3
1,000 ... 1,200 ... 6-8 ... 18-6
(5) The application of the safety gear shall not cause the car platform to become out of level in
excess of one in twenty-four, measured in any direction, and no decrease in the tension of any
rope used to apply the safety gear, or motion of the lift car in the downward direction shall release
such safety gear.
(6) The motor control and brake control circuits shall be opened at the time or before the safety
gear is applied.
(7) No safety gear shall depend upon the completion or maintenance of an electric circuit for its
operation.
(8) The safety gear shall be designed to grip each guide equally and to operate on both guides
simultaneously.
(9) Any rope used for applying the safety gear shall be supported by its own pulley which shall be
constructed so as to prevent such rope leaving the pulley when slack. Such rope shall be not less
than five-sixteenths of one inch diameter and shall be of iron, steel, monel metal, phosphor
bronze or stainless steel. The pulley shall be mounted independently of any shaft carrying the
suspension ropes.
(10) Any releasing carrier or other mechanism for actuating the safety gear shall be carried by the
car frame and not by the car enclosure.
(11) Provision shall be made for releasing car safety gear from inside the lift car mechanically,
and no decrease in tension of the governor rope nor motion of the car in the down direction shall
release the safety gear. Such safety gear may be released by the motion of the car in the up
direction.
(12) Safety gear of the instantaneous type shall not be used on any car having a contract speed
greater than one hundred and sixty feet per minute, or any counterweight having a contract speed
greater than two hundred and fifty feet per minute.
Regulation 23. Governors.
(1) A governor shall be fitted to operate the safety gear of every lift car having a travel between
terminal landings greater than twenty feet.
(2) The governor shall be adjusted to cause application of the car safety gear at a speed of not
less than fifteen per centum above the contract speed and not greater than the tripping speed
shown in Table II in paragraph (4) of regulation 22 against the contract speed.
(3) Every governor shall be marked with its tripping speed in feet per minute.
(4) Every governor rope shall be of iron, steel, monel metal, phosphor bronze or stainless steel
not less than five-sixteenths of one inch in diameter and any deformation of such rope resulting
from the application of the governor jaws shall not prevent proper operation of the safety gear.
(5) (a) Where a governor is fitted to operate a counterweight safety gear, such governor shall be
adjusted to cause application of the counterweight safety gear at a speed greater than that at
which the car safety gear is applied:
Provided that such speed is not more than ten per centum greater.
(b) The application of such safety gear shall stop the counterweight within the limits prescribed in
Table II in paragraph (4) of regulation 22.
Regulation 24. Buffers.
(1) Buffers shall be installed under every car and counterweight and shall be located
symmetrically with reference to the vertical centre line of the car frame or the counterweight frame
within a tolerance of two inches, and shall be so arranged that the car or counterweight in normal
operation does not engage them.
(2) Where the contract speed of the car is greater than seventy-five feet per minute solid buffers
shall not be installed.
(3) Where the contract speed of the car is greater than two hundred feet per minute spring buffers
shall not be installed.
(4) Spring buffers shall be capable of stopping a lift car with contract load from contract speed
without permanent deformation.
(5) The stroke of any spring buffer shall not be less than-
(a) one and one half inches at a contract speed of one hundred feet per minute or less; or
(b) two and one half inches at a contract speed in excess of one hundred feet per minute
but not more than one hundred and fifty feet per minute; or
(c) four inches at a contract speed in excess of one hundred and fifty feet per minute but
not more than two hundred feet per minute.
(6) The minimum stroke of an oil buffer shall be such that the lift car or the counterweight on
striking the buffer at one hundred and fifteen per cent of contract speed shall be brought to rest
with an average retardation of not more than thirty-two point two feet per second per second.
(7) Every oil buffer shall be -
(a) provided with a means of readily ascertaining the adequacy of the oil supply;
(b) self re-setting; and
(c) marked by the maker with the stroke, range of speed and load for which it has been
designed.
Regulation 25. Clearances and overtravels for lift cars and counterweights.
(1) A clear space shall be provided at the top and bottom limits of travel of every car and
counterweight.
(2) The top clearance for the lift car and counterweight where spring, timber or similar buffers are
used shall be as given in Table III:
TABLE III
TOP CLEARANCES
Contract speed Minimum top clearance for lift car and counterweight
ft/min. ft in.
0-100 ... 1 6
101-200 ... 2 0
(3) The top clearance for the lift car where oil buffers are used shall be at least the sum of the
following dimensions:
(i) the distance between the counterweight buffer and its block, which shall be at least six
inches;
(ii) the stroke of the counterweight buffer used;
(iii) six inches; and
(iv) the counterweight buffer stroke corresponding to governor tripping speed, less one-
half the stroke of the counterweight buffer used.
(4) The top clearance for the counterweight where oil buffers are used shall be at least the sum of
the following dimensions:
(i) the distance between the car buffer and the buffer striking plate, which shall be at least
six inches;
(ii) the stroke of the car buffer used;
(iii) six inches; and
(iv) the car buffer stroke corresponding to governor tripping speed, less one-half the
stroke of the car buffer used.
(5) The bottom overtravel for lift cars and counterweights where spring, timber or similar buffers
are used shall be as given in Table IV:
TABLE IV
BOTTOM OVERTRAVEL
Contract speed Minimum bottom overtravel for lift car and counterweight
ft/min. ft in.
0-100 ... 1 1
101-200 ... 1 4
(6) The bottom overtravel of lift cars and counterweights where oil buffers are used shall not be
less than six inches.
Regulation 26. Terminal stopping devices.

(1) Every lift shall be provided with stopping devices designated the upper and lower normal
terminal stopping devices arranged to stop the car automatically at or near the upper and lower
terminal landings respectively, with any load up to and including contract load in the car and from
any speed attained in normal operation. Such devices shall function independently of the
operating devices used by the car attendant, and the final terminal stopping devices.
(2) In the case of a lift having attraction drive, the normal terminal stopping devices may be
situated in the machine room. In such cases, they shall be mounted on, and operated by, a
mechanism positively connected to and driven by the car without dependence on friction. An
automatic switch shall be provided which will stop the machine in the event of failure of such
connecting mechanism.
(3) The normal terminal stopping device shall remain open until the corresponding final terminal
stopping device functions.
(4) Every lift shall also be provided with stopping devices designated the upper and lower final
terminal stopping devices, which shall automatically stop the car independently of the operating
devices and the normal terminal stopping devices. Such devices shall function as close to the
respective terminal landings as practicable but so that under normal operating conditions, they
will not function when the car is stopped by the normal terminal stopping device. Where spring
buffers are provided the final lower terminal stopping device shall function before the buffer is
engaged.
(5) The upper final terminal stopping device shall be held open until the car has travelled above
the terminal landing a distance equal to the bottom counterweight clearance plus one-half the
buffer stroke, but in no case a distance less than two feet.
(6) The lower final terminal stopping device shall be held open until the car rests on fully
compressed buffers.
(7) Final terminal stopping devices shall act so as to prevent the movement of the car in either
direction.
(8) Every drum-driven machine shall have a final terminal stopping device operated by the
machine, in addition to that operated by the movement of the car.
(9) The contacts of all terminal stopping devices shall be opened directly and positively by the
movement of the car, except as provided in paragraph (2) and paragraph (8) of this regulation.
(10) The normal and final terminal stopping devices shall not control the same switches on the
controller unless two or more separate and independent switches are provided, two of which shall
be closed to complete the motor and brake circuits for each direction of travel.
(11) All terminal stopping devices shall be of the enclosed type and all cams for operating such
devices shall be of metal.
Regulation 27. Suspension ropes.
(1) Every lift car and counterweight shall be provided with steel suspension ropes having a
diameter not less than three-eigth of one inch.
(2) Every traction-drive lift shall be fitted with not less than three ropes, independent of one
another, and every drum-drive lift shall be fitted with not less than two ropes, independent of one
another, for the car and not less than two ropes, independent of one another, for the
counterweight.
(3) Every suspension rope on a lift shall be identical in size, construction, strength and quality, be
free from any joint and each end of every suspension rope shall have its own independent
attachment to the car, counterweight or anchorage. No rope shall be reeved round a pulley, pin or
other device in place of using two ropes.
(4) Every suspension rope on a lift shall be independently fastened to the car frame,
counterweight or fixed anchorage in such a manner that all ropes bear an equal share of the load.
Means shall be provided to adjust the length of any rope.
(5) Every rope shall comply with the requirements of British Standard Specification No. 329 or
621 or an equivalent specification, in respect of materials, quality and construction.
(6) The factor of safety of car and counterweight ropes, based on maximum static loads, shall not
be less than ten in the case of lifts having a contract speed not greater than three hundred and
fifty feet per minute, and shall not be less than twelve in the case of lifts having a contract speed
of three hundred and fifty feet per minute and above. For this purpose the maximum static load
on the car suspension ropes shall be the contract load plus the weight of the car and suspension
ropes and compensation.
(7) A plate giving the number, size and ultimate strength of the ropes required shall be
permanently fixed to the machine or to the car crosshead.
(8) Every rope anchored to a winding drum shall have not less than one and one-half turns of the
rope on the drum when the car or counterweight has landed. The anchorage of every rope shall
be effected by passing the rope through a hole in the drum and effectively clamping it inside.
(9) The car, counterweight, or anchorage ends of every suspension rope shall be fastened by
spliced or clipped return loops, or in metalled sockets. Spliced return loops shall have not less
than three steel clips, the bridge of which shall be fitted on the working part of each rope. Every
loop shall be lined with a metal thimble, eye or equivalent protection. Every metalled socket shall
have a length not less than four and three quarter times the diameter of the rope to which it is
fitted.
(10) Every rope thimble, socket or clip shall conform to the requirements of the appropriate British
Standard or equivalent specification.
Regulation 28. Operation and control.
(1) Means shall be provided in every automatically controlled lift to prevent interference with its
journey to a given landing by pressing any landing button, except that where collective controls
are fitted, it shall be possible to stop a car at any intermediate landing.
(2) Provision shall be made for a reasonable time lag between stopping and restarting of the car.
(3) The handle of every car switch operating device shall be arranged to return to the "stop"
position when released.
(4) Every lift operated by a hand rope or similar device shall be so arranged that in the event of
interruption of the power supply it is necessary to return such device to the "stop" position before
the lift can be restarted.
(5) Every drum-drive lift shall be provided with a slackrope switch which shall automatically cut off
the current and stop the lift should the suspension ropes become slack from any cause
whatsoever. Such switch shall be enclosed and so constructed that it will not automatically reset
when the slack is removed.
(6) No emergency switch for short circuiting the landing door interlock circuit shall be provided in
any lift car.
(7) The frames of the lift machine, the controller and all electric appliances in or on the car shall
be effectively earthed.
(8) The control circuits shall be protected by fuses or similar means independently of the main
circuits. Where one side of the control circuit is earthed, safety devices shall be connected to the
unearthed side of the circuit.
(9) No control system shall be used which depends on the completion or maintenance of an
electric circuit for the interruption of the power and the application of the brakes at the terminal
landings or for the operation of the safety gear, or for the closing of a contractor by emergency
stop button.
Provided that this paragraph shall not apply to dynamic braking or to speed control devices.
(10) The sticking or freezing of any single magnetically operated switch, contactor or relay, or the
occurence of a single accidental earth shall not permit the lift car to start or run if any landing
door, interlock of any landing door or car door or gate contact is in the open position.
(11) In the case of an automatic control lift, neither the operation of a spring nor the completion of
another electric circuit shall be depended upon to open the circuit to stop such a lift at the
terminal landings. The interruption of the electric circuit shall prevent the movement of the car.
Regulation 29. Clearances between cars and counterweights, etc.
(1) The clearance between the car and the counter-weight or between the car or counter-weight
and conductor cables or any ropes that normally move shall not be less than one and one-half
inches.
(2) The clearance between the cars and between the counterweights of adjacent lifts and
between the car and the counterweight of adjacent lifts shall not be less than two inches.
Regulation 30. Tests.
(1) Every new lift or substantially altered new lift shall be tested by the suppliers or erectors of
such lift before it is put into service, with the contract load in the car. During such test the
Inspector shall require that any brake, terminal stopping device, buffer, safety gear, overspeed
governor or other apparatus be caused to function.
(2) Where the safety gear is -
(a) of the governor controlled instantaneous type the test shall be carried out at a contract
speed and the governor tripped by hand; or
(b) of the broken-rope instantaneous type the test shall be carried out by obtaining
sufficient slack rope to cause the gear to function; or
(c) other than the instantaneous type the test shall be carried out at governor tripping
speed, when practicable, and when this is not practicable the governor shall be tripped by
hand at the maximum speed obtainable.
(3) A test of the safety gear and governor shall be made following the painting of such equipment
and also after a new governor rope has been fitted.
PART III - MAINTENANCE
Regulation 31. Duties of the owner.
(1) The owner of every lift shall ensure that such lift is maintained.
(2) For the purpose of complying with paragraph (1) of this regulation such owner shall enter into
an agreement with an approved firm for the periodic examination and maintenance of such lift.
For the purposes of this regulation, an approved firm means a firm which has satisfied the Chief
Inspector that it employs persons suitably qualified and trained (hereinafter referred to as the
competent person) and controls equipment and facilities to ensure a proper standard of lift
examination, service and maintenance:
Provided that such agreement shall not relieve the owner from the responsibility of maintaining
the lift well enclosure where such enclosure forms an integral part of the building in which the lift
is installed.
(3) It shall be the duty of an owner to inform an Inspector of -
(a) the name and postal address of the approved firm; and
(b) the date of commencement of such agreement; and
(c) the date of expiry of such agreement.

(4) Such agreement shall be for a period of not less than one year, and shall state the name of
the competent person employed by the approved firm who is to make such periodic examination
and be responsible for such maintenance.
(5) Such person shall thoroughly examine the lift at least once in every three months and cause
the lift to be serviced and adjusted once in every month.
(6) A register in respect of every lift in the form shown in the Second Schedule to these
regulations shall be kept on the premises in which the lift is installed wherein shall be recorded-
(a) details of every examination, servicing and adjustment referred to in paragraph (5) of
this regulation;
(b) details of any repair to the lift considered necessary by the competent person and
subsequently the date when such repair has been effected;
(c) details of the breakage of any suspension rope, the failure of any part of the lift
machine, over-speeding of the car whether or not safety gear functioned and any other
occurrence resulting in the lift being immobilised; and
(d) such other information as the Chief Inspector may from time to time direct.
(7) Such entries as are referred to in paragraph (6) of this regulation shall be made by the
competent person within one week after the event to which it relates.
(8) Such register as is referred to in paragraph (6) of this regulation shall be produced for the
Inspector's examination at every regular inspection of the lift and as and when requested by the
Inspector.
(9) On receipt of advice from the approved firm that repairs to the lift are necessary the owner
shall forthwith arrange to have such repairs effected, or if in doubt as to the necessity therefor
refer the matter to an Inspector. For the purpose of this regulation, any recommended repair
recorded in the register in accordance with sub-paragraph (b) of paragraph (6) of this regulation
shall be deemed to constitute receipt of advice.
(10) If after receipt of such advice as aforesaid the owner neither causes the repairs to be
effected nor refers the matter to the Inspector within a period of one week the approved firm shall
forthwith inform the Inspector of the facts of the case.
(11) It shall be the duty of the owner of every lift to ensure that, in respect of such lift -
(a) the lift well and pit is maintained in a dry and clear condition, and no rubbish allowed
to accumulate therein, nor any part used for storage;
(b) no material not forming part of the lift equipment is placed on the top of the lift car;
(c) the lift is not operated at a load greater than the contract load as specified in the
certificate of registration and the car plate fitted in accordance with paragraph (4) of
regulation 7;
(d) in the case of any lift other than an automatic control lift, it is not operated unless in
the charge of a car attendant who shall be not less than eighteen years of age; and
(e) no wire or current carrying device is substituted for the proper fuse or circuit-breaker
in any lift control circuit.
PART III - MISCELLANEOUS
Regulation 32. Notices.
(1) The owner of every lift shall cause the certificate of registration thereof to be posted in the lift
car or adjacent to the bottom terminal landing.
(2) The owner of a goods lift shall cause suitable notices to be posted in the lift car and at each
landing prohibiting unauthorised persons from riding in or on the car.
(3) The owner of every lift shall cause notices to be posted -
(a) at the ground floor landing showing the name and telephone number of the person to
be contacted should any failure of the lift occur; and
(b) inside the lift car instructing passengers to sound the alarm bell should any failure of
the lift occur.
Regulation 33. Attendants.
Where it appears to an Inspector that any lift attendant is incompetent the Inspector may direct
such person to cease to work, operate or be in charge of any lift without the authority in writing of
the Inspector which authority may be revoked at any time at the discretion of the Inspector.
FIRST SCHEDULE
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (ELECTRICAL PASSENGER AND GOODS LIFT) REGULATIONS, 1970
[Regulation 6 (a)]
PARTICULARS OF ELECTRIC....................................LIFT
Name and postal address of owner ....................................................

Name and postal address of manufactures .........................................
Lift to be installed/ altered at .............................................................
Name and address of installing firm ...................................................
No. of floors served ............................. Total travel ................... Contract speed ......................... Contract load.................... Power: AC/DC
Drive: Traction/Drum Geared/Gearless Motor Horse Power ................ Lift Serial No. .........
Drawing No. ............... Operation ............................... Control ...................
Regulation Particulars FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY

Requirements Chief Inspector's Inspector's
Inspector's check remarks
remarks figure
Lift loading 7 (2) (a) Passenger lift car floor area ................
capacity No. of person ................
Contract load ................
7 (3) Type of goods lift ................
Minimum contract load/ sq.ft ................
Lift machine 8 (1) (2) Type of driving machines Traction/Drum/Flat
and belt/Chain driven
supports 8 (3) Method of connecting main driving gear to ................ Friction gearing or
drum or traction sheave friction clutch
mechanism not
permitted
8 (4) Material for worms and worm gears ................ Cast iron not
permitted
8 (5) Method of fastening used where connection ................ Set-screw
is subject to tension or torsion fastening not
permitted
8 (6) Material for drum, sheave or pulley ................ Cast iron or steel
8 (7) Diameter of drum, sheave or pulley ................
Ratio of diameter, drum sheave or pulley to ................ Not less than 40 :
diameter of rope 1
8 (8) Type of brake provided ................ Electromechanical
8 (11) Factor of safety of lift machine ................ Not less than 8 for
steel
Type of material for lift machine ................ Not less than 10
for other material
8 (12) (b) Material for supporting beam ................ Steel or reinforced
concrete
Factor of safety ................ 5 for steel
(c) Span of supporting beam ................ 7 for reinforced
concrete
Deflection of supporting beam under load ................ Not greater than
1/1500 span
Machinery 9 (2) (a) The maximum load the floor is designed to ................ Not less than 100
room carry per square foot Ib/sq.ft
(b) Minimum distance between any part of ................ 18" on at least
machine and wall two sides
(d) Clear height of machine room ................ Not less than 6' 6"
Clear height above highest point of Not less than 2' 6"
machine if machine installed on pedestal
on the floor
Lift well 10 (1) What piping, conduit or equipment other ................ Not permitted
than that forming part of lift or necessary for
its maintenance is installed in the lift well?
10 (2) Is there a room, passage or thoroughfare Yes/ No Not permitted
under the lift well unless by special
permission
10 (3) Is a screen provided for the counterweight Yes/ No Required
from the top to bottom of the well?
10 (4) Number of lifts located in one lift well ................ Maximum 4
10 (5) (b) Clearance between any fitting attached to ................ Minimum 2 feet
and projecting below the bottom of the car
frame and the pit floor when the car rests
on its fully compressed buffer
10 (6) Depth of lift pit ................ Required if pit
greater than 3' 6"
Are footholds and handholds fitted? Yes/ No
10 (7) Access to lift pit by way of ................ Bottom terminal
landing only
10 (8) Is a guard fixed in the lift pit around the Yes/ No Required
path of the counterweight?
Height of guard ................ 6' 6"
Lift well 11 (1) Does the enclosure extend on all sides Yes/ No Required
enclosure throughout the height of the lift well?
11 (2) Lift travel ................ Enclosure to be of
bricks or other fire
resisting materials
if lift travel is
greater than 40'
Type of material for lift well enclosure ................
11(4) Clearance between edge of landing ................ Not less than 1/2"
threshold and car platform nosing and not greater
than 1 1/2"
Not more than 5"

for passenger lifts
11 (5) Clearance between lift well enclosure and ................ Not more than 7
the loading side of car platform 1/2" for goods lifts
with vertically
sliding hoistway
doors
11 (6) Clearance between sides of car or ................ Not less than 1"
counterweight and lift well enclosure
11 (7) Maximum thrust well enclosure car ................ Not less than 75
withstand without deformation when the pounds
thrust is applied at any point in a direction
normal to the surface
11 (8) Is there an opening in the lift well enclosure Yes/ No Not permitted
which permits access to the car by passing
under a counterweight?
11 (9) If wire grille is used for the enclosure, the ................ Not greater than 1
size of the mesh or opening 1/4"
11 (10) If there is any glazing in a lift well enclosure Yes/ No Only toughened
is it of toughened or shatter-proof glass? or shatterproof
glass permitted
Landing 12 (2) Height of landing door ............... 6' 6" for
doors passenger lift
6' 0" for goods lift
12 (3) Distance between lift well side of landing ............... Not greater than
door and edge of landing threshold 4" for hinged door
2 3/4" for sliding
door
Type of door Hinged/ Sliding
12 (4) Distance between lift well side of landing ............... No greater than 6"
door and lift well side of car door or gate
12 (5) Maximum thrust the landing door and its ............... Not less than 75
track car withstand without causing pounds
permanent deformation and without such
door being sprung from its guides when the
thrust is applied at any point (excepting any
vision panel) normal to the surface of the
door
12 (7) Can the power operated landing door be Yes/ No Required
opened manually at any landing at which
the car is standing in the event of failure of
power operating mechanism?
12 (8) Is vision panel provided? Yes/ No Required for
hinged doors
Is car position indicator provided? Yes/ No Required in lieu of
vision panel
12 (9) If vision panel is provided; ................ Not more than 80
Total area of vision panels sq in
Minimum area of any single vision panel ................ No less than 25
sq in
Height of centre of panel above landing ................ Not less than 54"
and not more than
66"
Material of vision panel ................ Fire resisting and
of wired safety
glass
Landing 13 (1) Is landing door fitted with Yes/ No
door locking electromechanical lock having a retiring
device cam?
If retiring cam is not fitted, is the electric Yes/ No
lock controlling device contact positively
interrupted before the landing door is
unlocked?
And is the landing door mechanically Yes/ No
locked before the electric lock contact is
made?
Lift car 14 (2) Materials of car platform ................
construction
Factor of safety of car platform ................ Not less than 5 for
steel
Not less than 8 for
timber
14 (3) Material for car frame ................ Steel
Factor of safety of car frame members and ................ Not less than 5
their connection
14(4) Span of car frame cross head ................
Deflection of crosshead under static ................
conditions with contract load
Span of member carrying the platform ................
Deflection of member under static ................ Not to exceed
conditions with contact load 1/1000th of span
14 (5) Are guides provided at the top and bottom Yes/ No Required
of both sides of car frame?
14 (6) Maximum load car roof can support ................ 200 pounds
Is there any open work in the roof? Yes/ No
If so can it reject a sphere of one inch? Yes/ No
14 (7) Height of car enclosure ................ Not less than 6' 6"
Are there any open work panels (other than Yes/ No
ventilation panels)?
Distance of such open work panels from ................
car floor
Size of such open work panels ................
14 (8) Is the car enclosure securely fixed to the Yes/ No
platform and frame?
Maximum thrust the car enclosure can ................ Not less than 75
withstand without permanent deformation pounds
when the thrust is applied at any point
normal to the surface of the car enclosure Not less than 6' 6"
for passenger lift
Not less than 6' 0"

for goods lift
Lift car 15 (1) Height of gate or door .................
gates and
doors Does the gate or door cover the full width Yes/ No
and height of the car entrance opening?
15 (2) Number of entrances of lift car ................. Not more than 2
15 (3) Maximum thrust the gate or door and its ................. Not less than 75
track car withstand without permanent pounds
deformation and without such gate or door
being sprung from its guides when the
thrust is applied at any point (excepting any
vision panel) normal to the surface of the
door
15 (4) Size of opening in collapsible gate, if fitted ................. Should reject a
sphere of
diameter greater
than 2 1/2"
15 (5) Is the door or gate fitted with an electric Yes/ No
switch which will prevent the lift car from
being started or kept in motion unless all
gates and doors are closed?
15 (6) Can the gate or door be opened manually? Yes/ No
Is a car levelling device fitted? Yes/ No
If so is the car platform provided with a Yes/ No
suitable apron?
15 (7) Material of vision panel if provided .................. Fire resisting and
of wired safety
glass
Emergency 16 (1) Is emergency hatch provided? Yes/ No Required for lift
hatches with non
instantaneous
safety gear
16 (2) If side emergency hatch is provided, .................. Not to exceed 2'
distance between car platforms 6"
16 (3) If top emergency hatch is provided, can it Yes/ No
be opened from the top only?
Ventilation 17 State provision made for ventilation of lift ................
car
Regulation Particulars FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY
Requirements Chief Inspector's Inspector's
Inspector's check remarks
remarks figure
Lighting 18 (3) Minimum illumination at ................ Not less than 5
landing edge of car platform foot candles
General 19 (1) Is glass other than toughened Yes/ No
on shatterproof glass used in
lift car?
19 (2) Is an alarm bell provided that Yes/ No
can be operated from the car?
19 (3) Is a lighting socket for a Yes/ No
portable lamp provided at the
top of and underneath the
car?
19 (4) Is an emergency switch Yes/ No
provided on the top of the car?
Can the car be operated when Yes/ No
the switch is opened?
Counterweight 20 (1) Is a counterweight provided? Yes/ No
20 (2) Does the counterweight travel Yes/ No
in guides?
Are guide shoes or linings Yes/ No
provided?
Guides 21 (1) Guide section for lift car ................ T or round
Guide section for ................ T or round
counterweight
21 (3) Variation in distance between ................ Not greater than
guides 3/16"
21 (4) Are the guides and their Yes/ No
supports able to withstand the
application of the safety gear
when stopping a fully loaded
car on counterweight?
21 (5) Method of fixing guide ................
brackets to wall
21 (6) Distance between guide ................
brackets
Deflection of guide under ................ Not more than
normal operation 1/4"
Safety gear 22 (1) Number of safety gear ................
provided
Location of safety gear ................
22 (3) Can the safety gear stop the Yes/ No
car when it is ascending?
22 (4) Type of safety gear ................
(Instantaneous/ Non
Instantaneous Instantaneous
with oil buffer)
Stopping distance with rated

load
22 (7) Means of application of safety ................
gear
22 (10) Location of any releasing ................
carrier or other mechanism for
actuating the safety gear
22 (11) Is provision made for releasing Yes/ No
car safety from inside the car
mechanically?
Can a decrease in tension of Yes/ No
the governor rope or the
motion of the car in the
downward direction release
the safety gear?
Governor 23 (1) Is a governor fitted? Yes/ No Required for
23 (2) Tripping speed of governor ................ travel over 20 ft
23 (4) Material of governor rope ................

Diameter of governor rope .................
Not less than
Buffers 24 Type of buffers used ................ 5/16
Stroke of buffers ................
Clearances 25 Top clearance of car ................
and over- Top clearance of ................
travels counterweight
Bottom clearance of car ................
Bottom clearance of ................
counterweight
Terminal 26 (1) Is the car provided with upper Yes/ No
stopping and lower normal terminal
devices stopping devices?
26 (4) Is the car provided with upper Yes/ No
and lower final terminal
stopping devices?
26 (5) Distance the car can travel ................
above the terminal landing
before the upper final terminal
stopping device closes
26 (6) Position of car when lower ................
final stopping device closes
26 (7) Can the terminal stopping Yes/ No
devices act so as to prevent
the movement of the car in
either direction?
Suspension 27 (1) Diameter of steel suspension ................ Not less than
ropes ropes 3/8"
27 (2) Number of ropes ................
27 (6) Factor of safety of ropes:
Car ................
Counterweight ................
Clearances 29 (1) Clearance between car and ................
between cars counterweight
and
counterweights
Maintenance 31 Name and address of ................
maintenance firm
Name of "competent person" ................
employed by maintenance firm
Period of maintenance ................
contract
Remarks:
Date ................................
..................................................
Signature of owner of representative
SECOND SCHEDULE
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (ELECTRIC PASSENGER AND GOODS LIFT) REGULATIONS, 1970
Regulation 31 (6)
REGISTER OF LIFTS
Name and postal address of the owner of the lift
Location of the lift
No. of Certificate of Registration Date of issue
Name and postal address of approved maintenance firm
Name of competent person
______________________________________________
Date of competent person's examination
Safety gear last tested
Condition of safety gear
Condition of governor
Landing door locking devices last tested on
Condition of ropes
Dated ropes last renewed
Condition of controller
Condition of brake
Date brake linings last changed
Reduction gear: thrust bearings

main bearings
worm gear
spur wheel
Condition of gear oil
Date oil last changed
Normal terminal stopping devices tested on
Condition of normal terminal stopping devices
Final terminal stopping devices tested on
Condition of final terminal stopping devices
Condition of wiring
Details of any repairs necessary
Any other marks
Date .................................. ...........................................

Signature of competent person
...........................................
Signature of owner

[JK/ KB. No. 414; P.N. 250/ 54- 258B.]
V. MANICKAVASAGAM,
Minister of Labour
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (STEAM BOILER AND UNFIRED PRESSURE
VESSEL) REGULATIONS, 1970
___________________________
___________________________
Preamble
INTRODUCTORY

Regulation 5. Manufacture of boilers and pressure vessels in the Federation.
Regulation 6. Imported steam boiler and pressure vessels.
Regulation 7. Standard conditions.
Regulation 8. Variation from the standard conditions.
Regulation 9. Chief Inspector may refuse to assign a working pressure.
PART II - STEAM BOILERS
Regulation 10. Essential fittings.

Regulation 11. Fittings-general provisions.
Regulation 12. Safety valves.
Regulation 13. Water gauges.
Regulation 14. Pressure gauge.
Regulation 15. Blow-down valves and cocks.
Regulation 16. Main stop valve.
Regulation 17. Fusible plug.
Regulation 18. Feed check valve.
Regulation 19. Low-water fuel cut-out.
Regulation 20. Low-water alarm.
Regulation 21. Inspector's test attachment.
Regulation 22. Nameplate.
Regulation 23. Manhole door.
Regulation 24. Superheaters.
Regulation 25. Economiser fittings.
Regulation 26. Foundations.
Regulation 27. Brickwork settings.
Regulation 28. Dampers.
Regulation 29. Chimneys.
Regulation 30. Lagging.
Regulation 32. Boiler to be under cover.
Regulation 33. Boiler houses.
Regulation 34. Oil burning equipment.
Regulation 35. Hand controlled burner system.
Regulation 36. Semi-automatic burner system.
Regulation 37. Fully automatic burner system.
Regulation 38. Oil flash point.
Regulation 39. Exhibition of manufacture's or maker's instructions.
Regulation 40. Oil fuel tanks.
Regulation 41. Heating surface.
Regulation 42. Steam tests.
Regulation 43. Boiler feed water.
Regulation 44. Boiler register.
PART III - UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS
Regulation 45. Corrosive service conditions.

Regulation 46. Doors.
Regulation 47. Essential Fittings.
Regulation 49. Location of safety valves.
Regulation 50. Discharge from safety valves.
Regulation 51. Inter-connected vessels.
Regulation 52. Vessels having internal coil.
Regulation 53. Rupture discs.
Regulation 55. Nameplates.
Regulation 56. Drain valves.
Regulation 57. Stop valves.
Regulation 58. Pressure reducing valves.
Regulation 59. Snifting valve.
Regulation 60. Installation.
Regulation 61. Supports.
Regulation 62. Working test.
Regulation 63. Discharge of contents.
Regulation 64. Cubic capacity.
PART IV - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Regulation 65. Coupled boilers and pressure vessels.

Regulation 66. Piping connection.
Regulation 67. Pipes and pipe fittings for steam of feed water.
Regulation 68. Pipe installation.
Regulation 69. Steam pipe drainage.
Regulation 70. Boiler blow-down.
Regulation 71. Feed delivery pipe.
Regulation 72. Hydrostatic tests.
Regulation 73. Safety valves padlock.
Regulation 74. Directions by Chief Inspector.
Regulation 75. Routine instructions.
Regulation 76. Opening up boiler or pressure vessel.
Regulation 78. Notifiable occurrences.
Regulation 79. Repairs.
Regulation 80. Tests of welders.
Regulation 81. Reduction of safe working pressure.
Regulation 82. Registration number plate.
Regulation 83. Records.
Regulation 87. [Deleted].
FIRST SCHEDULE
SECOND SCHEDULE
THIRD SCHEDULE
FOURTH SCHEDULE
FIFTH SCHEDULE
SIXTH SCHEDULE
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (STEAM BOILER AND UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSEL)
REGULATIONS, 1970
Preamble
IN exercise of the powers conferred by section 56 (1) of the Factories and Machinery Act, 1967
[64 /1967], the Minister of Labour hereby makes the following regulations:
These regulations may be cited as the Factories and Machinery (Steam Boiler and Unfired
Pressure Vessel) Regulations, 1970, and shall come into force on the 1st day of February,
1970.
In these regulations, unless the context otherwise requires:
"air receiver" means an unfired pressure vessel used or intended to be used to contain
compressed air and connected to an air compressing plant and includes a vessel used or
intended to be used to contain compressed inert or exhaust gases and connected to an engine.
"authorised safe working pressure" means the maximum permissible pressure at which a steam
boiler or unfired pressure vessel may be operated as assigned by the Chief Inspector and as
stated on the current certificate of fitness relating to such steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel;
"Chief Inspector" and "Inspector" mean the officers appointed under section 4 (1) of the Act.
"cubic capacity" means in respect of any unfired pressure vessel, the volumetric capacity
measured in cubic feet;
"design pressure" means the maximum pressure at which the manufacturer of a steam boiler or
unfired pressure vessel or any fittings or pipework associated therewith designed the same to
operate;
"Inspecting Authority" means, in respect of any steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel, an
Inspecting Authority named in the Third Schedule to these regulations;
"steam receiver" means an unfired pressure vessel used or intended to be used to contain steam.
These regulations shall apply to every steam boiler and every unfired pressure vessel to which an
authorised safe working pressure has not been assigned by the Chief Inspector at the date of the
coming into force of these regulations:
Provided that where the Chief Inspector is of the opinion that the application of these regulations
or part thereof to any steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel to which an authorised safe working
pressure had been assigned at the date of the coming into force of these regulations is necessary
to ensure the safety of any person or property he may in writing order that these regulations or
part thereof shall apply thereto.
Where the Chief Inspector is of the opinion that, on account of special circumstances, the
application of these regulations or any part thereof to any steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel
or to any class or type of steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel is not necessary or reasonable,
he may by certificate in writing, which he may in his discretion revoke, exempt such steam boiler
or unfired pressure vessel or such class or type of steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel from
these regulations or part thereof subject to such conditions as he may specify in the certificate.
Regulation 5. Manufacture of boilers and pressure vessels.
(1) No person shall manufacture or make or cause to be manufactured or made any steam boiler
or unfired pressure vessel without the permission in writing of the Chief Inspector.
(2) Where the Chief Inspector is satisfied that an applicant for permission under paragraph (1) of
this regulation has or has available to the applicant suitable equipment and persons adequately
trained to design and construct acceptable steam boilers or unfired pressure vessels, as the case
may be, the Chief Inspector may, by writing under his hand, grant such permission subject to
such conditions relating to construction, methods of manufacture, materials, inspection during
construction and testing as he may deem necessary.
(3) Every application to construct a steam boiler or an unfired pressure vessel shall be
accompanied by-
(i) three copies of a drawing (to as large a scale as is reasonably practicable) showing
the principal dimensions of the boiler or unfired pressure vessel, as the case may be, with
a longitudinal section and an end view, details of materials, scantlings, riveting, welded
joints and all data necessary to assign an authorised safe working pressure;
(ii) particulars of the code, rules, or specification to which the steam boiler or unfired
pressure vessel is designed and details of the formulae and calculations of design
pressure either separately or on the drawing; and
(iii) the prescribed fee for approval of design.

(4) A certificate of fitness shall not be issued in respect of any steam boiler or unfired pressure
vessel made in the Federation unless the conditions of paragraphs (2) and (3) of this regulation
have been satisfied and the Chief Inspector has assigned to the steam boiler or unfired pressure
vessel an authorised safe working pressure.
Regulation 6. Imported steam boiler and pressure vessel.
The owner or importer of every steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel imported into the
Federation after the coming into force of these regulations, shall render to the Chief Inspector:
(i) a certificate from the manufacturer or maker of the steam boiler or unfired pressure
vessel describing the same and giving particulars of the materials used in its
construction, the design pressure, the manufacturer's or maker's serial number and the
hydrostatic test to which it has been subjected;
(ii) three copies of drawing which shall comply with the provisions of sub-para. (i) of
paragraph 3 of regulation 5;
(iii) the particulars required in sub-paragraph (ii) of paragraph 3 of regulation 5; and
(iv) details of the heating surface in square feet of the steam boiler and of any
superheater or economiser, and in the case of a steam boiler other than one to be
installed in a thermal power station, its maximum evaporative capacity from and at two
hundred and twelves degrees Fahrenheit with fuel of stated calorific value.
Regulation 7. Standard conditions.
(1) The Chief Inspector shall assign an authorised safe working pressure which shall be the
manufacturer's or maker's design pressure, to any imported steam boiler or unfired pressure
vessel as the case may be if such steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel satisfies the standard
conditions in paragraph (2) of this regulation.
(2) The standard conditions in respect of any imported steam boiler and imported unfired
pressure vessel shall be as follows:
(i) it shall not have been in previous use or suffered deterioration from any cause;
(ii) all the materials used in the construction shall, in respect of chemical composition,
quality, process of manufacture, number and nature of tests, inspections and
manufacturer's certificate, comply with the provisions of one of the codes, rules or
specifications set out in the First Schedule to these regulations;
(iii) in respect of design, method of construction workmanship and tests it shall comply
with the provisions of one of the codes, rules or specifications set out in the Second or
Third Schedule to these regulations as may be appropriate;
(iv) during the period of construction it shall have been under the supervision of an
authorised member of the Inspecting Authorities set out in the Fourth Schedule to these
regulations; and
(v) it shall be provided with fittings in accordance with the provisions of these regulations.
(3) A certificate from the Inspecting Authority substantially in the form shown in the Fifth Schedule
to these regulations declaring that the provisions of sub-paragraphs (ii), (iii) and (iv) of paragraph
(2) of this regulation have been satisfied shall be accepted by the Chief Inspector as satisfactory
evidence thereof.
(4) Notwithstanding the provisions of this regulation, if, in respect of an imported unfired pressure
vessel, the product of the internal diameter in inches and the design pressure in pounds per
square inch of which is three thousand or less-
(i) the provisions of sub-paragraph (iv) of paragraph (2) of this regulation shall not apply;
and
(ii) in lieu of the certificate prescribed in paragraph (3) of this regulation, a suitable
certificate from the manufacturer or maker of the unfired pressure vessel shall be
accepted.
Regulation 8. Variation from the standard conditions.
Where any steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel imported into the Federation after the coming
into force of these regulations does not comply with the standard conditions provided under
regulation 7 the Chief Inspector shall assign an authorised safe working pressure thereto which
shall be less than the manufacturer's or maker's design pressure by an amount which he, in his
discretion, may deem appropriate in the circumstances.
Regulation 9. Chief Inspector may refuse to assign a working pressure.
Notwithstanding the provisions of these regulations the Chief Inspector may refuse to assign an
authorised safe working pressure to an imported steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel-
(i) where he is not satisfied that any welded joint thereof is of a type that is suitable for the
purpose;
(ii) which is fabricated wholly or partially by welding and for which proof of inspection by
an Inspecting Authority during construction is prescribed and there is no such proof;
(iii) where he is not satisfied that there are sufficient handholes or sightholes for cleaning
and inspection purposes;
(iv) the fittings of which do not comply with these regulations; or
(v) which is not elliptical cross section.
PART II - STEAM BOILERS
Regulation 10. Essential fittings.
(1) Every steam boiler shall be provided with-
(i) two or more safety valves, at least one of which shall be of the direct spring-loaded
type:
Provided that any steam boiler having a heating surface of one hundred square feet or
less may have only one safety valve, in which case it shall be of the direct spring-loaded
type;
(ii) two water gauges:
Provided that any steam boiler having an evaporative capacity of less than three hundred
pounds of steam per hour from and at two hundred and twelves degrees Fahrenheit may
have only one water gauge, in which case not less than two suitable test cocks shall be
fitted in place of the second water gauge;
(iii) a steam pressure gauge;
(iv) a blow down valve or cock;
(v) two feed pumps or alternatively one feed pump and one injector:
Provided that any steam boiler having a heating surface of one hundred and fifty square
feet or less or any steam boiler fitted with automatic controls which "fail to safety" may be
fitted with one feed pump;
Provided further that where two or more steam boilers are coupled together the number
of feed pumps or injectors required shall be as approved by the Chief Inspector;
(vi) a main steam stop valve;
(vii) a feed check valve;
(viii) an Inspector's test pressure gauge attachment;
(ix) a fusible plug in each furnace or combustion chamber:
Provided that any steam boiler fired with liquid or gaseous fuel shall not be required to
have a fusible plug;
(x) a low-water alarm; except that a low water alarm shall not be required for any steam
boiler which is fired with-
(a) solid fuel and generation steam at a pressure of 250 pounds per square inch
or less; or
(b) liquid or gaseous fuel and fitted with a low water fuel cut-out.
(xi) a low-water fuel cut-out where such steam boiler is fired with liquid or gaseous fuel;
(xii) the manufacturer's or maker's name plate; and
(xiii) a registration plate.

(2) This regulation shall not apply to any economiser or any superheater.
Regulation 11. Fittings-general provisions.
(1) All fittings for steam boilers shall comply with the following general provisions:
(i) cast iron shall not be used for-
(a) any fitting for service at a temperature greater than four hundred degrees
Fahrenheit or at a steam pressure greater than one hundred and fifty pounds per
square inch; or
(b) any blow-down fitting; or
(c) any feed valve or scum valve directly attached to the steam boiler shell for
service at a pressure greater than one hundred and fifty pounds per square inch;
(ii) bronze or gun-metal shall not be used for any fitting for service at a temperature
greater than four hundred and thirty-five degrees Fahrenheit;
(iii) the seat and valve head of every valve shall be made of metal resistant to corrosion
and no such seat shall be made of cast iron;
(iv) every valve of one and one-half inch bore and over directly fitted to a steam boiler
shell and every valve of two and one-half inch bore and over shall have its cover secured
by bolts or studs;
(v) every screw-down valve fitted with a screwed cover and directly connected to a steam
boiler shall be provided with a suitable cover locking device;
(vi) every valve for use with super-heated steam and valve of two and one-half inch bore
and over and every valve of one and one-half inch bore and over directly connected to
the steam boiler shell shall have an externally screwed spindle;
(vii) every valve having a separate valve seat shall have the same effectively secured;
(viii) every cock of one inch bore and over shall be packed with heat resisting material
and shall have special provision, other than the gland, for securing the plug;
(ix) the body of every fitting shall have been satisfactorily hydrostatically tested at the
manufacturer's or maker's works to a pressure not less than twice its design pressure;
and after assembly every fitting shall be satisfactorily hydrostatically tested to a pressure
not less than one and one-half times its design pressure;
(x) every fitting shall be secured to the steam boiler directly or indirectly, by a flanged
joint:
Provided that a screwed connection not greater than one inch nominal bore may be
provided for any steam boiler having a design pressure of one hundred and thirty pounds
per square inch or less, the screwed part of such fitting being an integral part thereof. In
such case not less than four full threads shall be engaged and where practicable a back
nut shall be fitted. Where the shell thickness is insufficient for this purpose a suitable pad
shall be provided.
(2) Where not otherwise provided in these regulations every steam boiler fitting shall be in
accordance with the provision of British Standard Specification No. 759-Valves and Gauges for
Land Boiler Installations.
(1) Every safety valve fitted to a steam boiler shall-

(i) be so constructed and adjusted that it will open when the authorised safe working
pressure of such steam boiler is reached. The area of such valve or valves shall be
sufficient to ensure that the maximum peak load evaporation of the steam boiler is
completely discharged with a rise in pressure of not more than ten per centum of such
authorised safe working pressure:
Provided that an Inspector may in his discretion permit any safety valve to be adjusted so
as to open at a pressure greater than the authorised safe working pressure by an amount
not greater than five per centum thereof;
(ii) have a diameter of not less than-
(a) three quarters of one inch if the heating surface is thirty square feet or less, or
(b) one inch if the heating surface is greater than thirty square feet;
(iii) be so constructed that breakage of any part will not obstruct the free and full
discharge of steam from the steam boiler;
(iv) have the lid and spindle effectively guided and means provided to prevent such lid
and spindle lifting out of the guide;
(v) have no stuffing box fitted to the spindle;
(vi) in the case of the lever type safety valve, have either the pin or the bush of every
bearing thereof made of a non-ferrous or corrosion resistant metal;
(vii) be fitted with a spring which shall be so constructed that-
(a) the unloaded length thereof shall not be greater than four times its external
diameter;
(b) in the case of a compression spring the compression required to load the
valve to the authorised safe working pressure of the steam boiler to which it is
fitted shall not be less than one-quarter of the diameter of the valve, and the
distance between the coils of such loaded spring when the valve is lifted one-
quarter of its diameter shall not be less than one-sixteenth of an inch; or
(c) in the case of a tension spring the extension required to load the valve to the
authorised safe working pressure of the steam boiler to which it is fitted shall not
be less than one-quarter of the diameter of the valve, and provision shall be
made to prevent the extension of the spring beyond the amount corresponding to
a valve lift of one-quarter of the diameter of the valve;
(viii) be mounted as close as practicable to the steam boiler shell and in a position where
the steam shall have direct access to such safety valve without passing through any
valve cock or internal pipe;
(ix) have its axis vertical;
(x) be provided with a device whereby the adjustment of the valve may be locked or
sealed so that it is not possible to alter the setting of the valve except by unlocking or
breaking the seal;
(xi) be so arrange that the valve can be lifted off its seat when under pressure by easing
gear from a safe and convenient position; and
(xii) be clearly marked with the manufacturer's or maker's name, the diameter and
designed lift in inches and the pressure to which the valve has been set.
(2) All the safety valves fitted to a steam boiler may be located in one chest but such chest shall
be separate from any other valve chest or steam connection:
Provided that where the cylinder casting of an overhead engine is mounted directly on the steam
boiler shell, such safety valves may be fitted to the cylinder casting.
(3) Every safety valve chest shall-
(i) be connected to the seating pad on the steam boiler by a strong branch, the passage
through which shall have a cross-sectional area not less than the aggregate area of the
safety valves;
(ii) where a waste steam pipe is fitted thereto, have the cross-sectional area of such pipe
not less than the aggregate area of the safety valves:
Provided that where safety valves of the full-lift type are fitted, the area of such waste
steam pipe shall be twice the aggregate area of such valves; and
(iii) be provided with means of drainage that cannot be closed.
Regulation 13. Water gauges.
(1) Every water gauge fitted to a steam boiler shall-
(i) where practicable be fitted to the steam boiler end plate or shell. Where this is not
practicable it shall be mounted on a column and there shall be no connecting passage
between the top and bottom arms of such column unless valves or cocks are fitted as
close as practicable to the steam boiler between such column and the steam boiler.
Where the column is connected to the steam boiler by pipes there shall be no pocket or
bend between the upper arm of the column and the steam boiler where water may
accumulate and there shall be no outlet connections attached to such pipes except for
damper regulators, feedwater regulators, drains, pressure gauges or apparatus of such
nature as does not permit the escape of an appreciable amount of steam or water
therefrom;
(ii) be so mounted that the lowest visible part of the gauge glass shall not be lower than
the lowest safe working level;
(iii) be so arranged that the water level is visible from the firing floor and where necessary
suitable means of illumination shall be provided for this purpose;
(iv) be fitted with cleaning plugs;
(v) if of the tubular type, be fitted with a glass having an external diameter not less than
one-half of one inch and not more than three-quarters of one inch;
(vi) if of the tubular type, be provided with a substantial protector of toughened or splinter
proof glass:
Provided that a slotted metal protector may be fitted to a small portable steam boiler
except that no protector shall obstruct the reading of the gauge;
(vii) be fitted with a drain cock with a suitable discharge pipe. Such pipe shall be
adequately supported and shall lead the discharge clear of any place where it would be
likely to cause bodily injury to any person and where practicable the point of discharge
shall be visible;
(viii) be fitted with a self-closing device in the bottom arm; and
(xi) be fitted with cocks which shall-
(a) be accessible from positions free from danger in the event of the gauge glass
breaking;
(b) where directly operated have their handles arranged to lie parallel to the
longitudinal centre line of the gauge when the cocks are in their normal working
positions. Where any cock handle is detachable the shank of the cock shall be
marked to show the position of the port in the plug and arrangements shall be
made to prevent such handle being incorrectly fitted;
(c) where integral with the water gauge, have the plug thereof held in place by a
guard or gland; and
(d) where working at a pressure of one hundred pounds per square inch or over
have the bodies thereof packed with heat resisting material.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) of this regulation a globe-type screw down
valve may be fitted to any water gauge mounted on a high duty steam boiler installed in a thermal
power station.
(1) Every pressure gauge fitted to a steam boiler shall-
(i) be connected to such steam boiler above the highest water level thereof with the dial
of the gauge in the vertical plane so that it can be read from the firing position;
(ii) be provided with a syphon pipe and a cock integral with, or adjacent to, the gauge, so
that the gauge may be shut off and removed while the steam boiler is under steam. The
handle of such cock shall be parallel to the pipe to which it is connected when the cock is
in the opening position and the shank thereof shall be marked to show the position of the
port of the plug; and
(iii) have a dial which shall-
(a) not be less than six inches in diameter; and
(b) be graduated from zero to not less than one and one-third times and not more
than twice the authorised safe working pressure of the steam boiler to which it is
fitted; and
(c) have marked upon it in red the authorised safe working pressure of the steam
boiler to which it is fitted;
(iv) be provided with a single stop pin at the zero graduation; and
(v) accurately show the pressure within a tolerance of plus or minus two per centum of
the authorised safe working pressure of the steam boiler to which it is fitted.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (1) of this regulation a globe-type screw-down
valve may be fitted to the pressure gauge of a high-duty steam boiler installed in a thermal power
station.
Regulation 15. Blow-down valves and cocks.
(1) Every blow-down valve or cock fitted to a steam boiler shall-
(i) have a bore not less than one inch in diameter; and
(ii) be fitted with a device which shall indicate clearly the open and closed positions.
(2) Every blow-down cock shall be of the bolted cover or double gland type.
(3) Every blow-down valve or cock fitted to a shell-type steam boiler shall be attached direct to
the steam boiler shell as near as practicable to the lowest part thereof;
Provided that in the case of a horizontal cylindrical steam boiler it may be attached to a cast steel
tapered elbow of substantial construction and adequate cross-section.
(4) Where the blow-down pipes of two or more steam boilers are led into a common main, an
isolating valve of the screw down non-return type shall be fitted between the blow-down valve or
cock on every steam boiler and the common main. In such case only one operating key shall be
provided for the blow-down valve or cocks.
Regulation 16. Main stop valve.
(1) Every steam boiler main stop valve shall be fitted direct to its pad on the steam boiler shell
except where a superheater forms an integral part of the steam boiler or where for the purpose of
drainage it is necessary to interpose a stand pipe between the pad and the stop valve, in which
case such stand pipe shall have a height not greater than five times its diameter.
(2) Where two or more steam boilers are connected to a common steam pipe every main stop
valve shall be of the non-return or self-closing type unless a self-closing valve is interposed
between each main stop valve and such common steam pipe.
(3) Every main stop valve shall bear the manufacturer's or maker's name, its design pressure and
indicate the directions of flow and closing of the hand wheel.
Regulation 17. Fusible plug.
Every fusible plug fitted to a steam boiler shall-
(i) be of such height and so located as to give early protection to every part of the steam
boiler liable to damage by direct application of furnance heat in the event of shortage of
water;
(ii) have a separate outer body of bronze or gunmetal with a central conical passage the
least diameter of which shall not be greater than three-eighths of one inch:
Provided that for pressures of one hundred pounds per square inch or under such
diameter may be one-half of one inch; and
(iii) have such passage closed by a plug secured by an annular lining of fusible alloy so
arranged that such plug will drop clear when the lining melts. Such fusible alloy shall melt
readily at a temperature not more than one hundred and fifty degrees Fahrenheit greater
than the saturated steam temperature corresponding to the authorised safe working
pressure of the steam boiler.
Regulation 18. Feed check valve.
(1) Every steam boiler feed check valve shall be of the non-return regulating screw down type:
Provided that a non-return valve and a regulating screw down valve may be fitted separately
instead of combined valve.
(2) Every feed regulating valve shall be fitted direct to the boiler shell or to a pad attached thereto.
(3) The discharge from the feed valve or from the internal feed pipe, where provided, shall be
above low water level and clear of any riveted joint or of any surface which is exposed to direct
radiation.
(4) Every feed valve shall be arranged so as to be operated satisfactorily from the firing floor or
other convenient position.
(5) Where two means of supplying feed water to a steam boiler are provided, one check valve
only may be fitted.
(6) Where two or more steam boilers are supplied from a common feed delivery pipe, an isolating
valve shall be provided on the branch pipe to every steam boiler between the check valve and the
source of supply.
(7) Where a steam boiler is supplied by a feed pump of the reciprocating type a suitable relief
valve shall be fitted between the check valve and the pump.
(8) Every feed regulating valve and every combined regulating non-return feed valve shall be
clearly marked with the direction of hand-wheel closure.
(9) Every non-return feed valve shall be clearly marked with the direction of flow.
(10) Every feed valve shall bear the manufacturer's or maker's name and design pressure.
Regulation 19. Low-water fuel cut-out.
(1) Every steam boiler low-water fuel cut-out shall be connected to the burner control system so
that when the water falls below its safe working level such burner shall be shut down pending
manual resetting.
(2) Every low-water cut-out shall be so constructed as to be readily blown down, cleaned,
inspected and tested.
(3) The internal parts of every low-water cut-out shall be made of material resistant to corrosion.
Regulation 20. Low-water alarm.
Every low-water alarm fitted to a steam boiler shall-
(i) be so constructed that it may be adjusted after fitting; and
(ii) be adjusted so that the alarm is sounded when the water level is visible in the gauge
glass.
Regulation 21. Inspector's test attachment.
(1) The attachment for an Inspector's test pressure gauge shall consist of a suitable valve or cock
carrying in a vertical position a receiving socket fitted with a removable plug or cap.
(2) Except where such valve or cock is located in the pressure gauge connection it shall be
mounted on the top of the steam boiler shell near the pressure gauge.
Regulation 22. Nameplate.
Every steam boiler nameplate shall be located in a conspicuous position and have legibly and
permanently marked thereon-
(i) the manufacturer or maker's name and address;
(ii) the manufacturer's or maker's serial number;
(iii) the manufacturer's or maker's design pressure;
(iv) the code, specification or rule to which the steam boiler is designed;
(v) the hydrostatic test pressure; and
(vi) the date of hydrostatic test.
Regulation 23. Manhole door.
No manhole, handhole or sighthole door of any steam boiler shall be made of cast iron. The
spigot part of any such door shall be maintained with a clearance not greater than one-sixteenth
of an inch all round. Round sectioned packing shall not be used for the joint of any such door.
Regulation 24. Superheaters.
(1) Any superheater fitted to a steam boiler shall comply in respect of design, materials, method
of construction, workmanship and tests with the appropriate provisions of one of the codes, rules
or specifications in the First, Second or Third Schedules to these regulations.
(2) Where any superheater can be isolated from its associated steam boiler a separate safety
valve shall be provided which shall comply so far as it practicable with the provisions of regulation
12 relating to steam boiler safety valves.
Regulation 25. Economiser fittings.
(1) Every non-steaming economiser shall be provided with-
(i) an isolating valve and a non-return valve fitted between the economiser water outlet
and its associated steam boiler;
(ii) at least one safety valve having a diameter not less than two inches. Where such
economiser is arranged in two or more sections and fitted with circulating devices at least
one such safety valve shall be fitted in each section;
(iii) a thermometer or other temperature indicating device at both the water inlet and
outlet connections, so located as to be easily accessible and visible;
(iv) a suitable pressure gauge, preferably located on the inlet manifold;
(v) means for the release of any air which may accumulate therein;
(vi) means for completely draining the water;
(vii) where provided with means for heating the incoming feed water by mixing it with hot
water from the economiser outlet, a non-return valve fitted in the hot water return line;
and
(viii) an alternative means of feeding the steam boiler, other than through such
economiser.
(2) All economiser valves and fittings shall comply with the provisions of these regulations relating
to steam boiler fittings which are appropriate.
(3) Every economiser shall be provided with a by-pass flue fitted with isolating dampers so that
the flow of gases over the economiser may be cut off when necessary. The operating gear for
such dampers shall be readily accessible and means shall be provided to indicate clearly the
open and closed positions.
Regulation 26. Foundations.
(1) Where it is necessary to construct a concrete raft to support a steam boiler the thickness of
such raft shall not be less than twelve inches and where the bearing capacity of the substrata is
less than two tons per square foot adequate suitable reinforcement shall be provided.
(2) Any raft supporting an economiser shall be constructed adjacent to but independent of the raft
for its associated steam boiler and with suitable provision for expansion.
(3) Any shims used to support a vertical steam boiler shall be of iron or steel and shall be
securely grouted or otherwise fixed in position.
(4) Every horizontal shell type steam boiler shall be so supported that the transverse centre line is
horizontal, and so that such boiler is self-draining.
(5) Every wet-bottom steam boiler shall be so installed that there is a clear space not less than
twelve inches between it and the floor.
(6) Every vertical steam boiler shall be installed on a plinth or over a pit so that there is a distance
of not less than fourteen inches between the foundation ring of such boiler and the firing floor or
the pit floor respectively, for access to the furnace.
Regulation 27. Brickwork settings.
(1) The brickwork setting of every shell type steam boiler and economiser shall comply in respect
of the materials used in its construction with the requirements of British Standard Specification
No. 1614 - Brickwork settings for cylindrical boilers.
(2) Every such setting shall have at least one access door of area not less than one hundred and
ninety-two square inches and the minimum dimension of which in any direction is not less than
eleven inches.
(3) Every flue in any steam boiler setting shall be large enough to permit a man to pass through.
(4) Means shall be provided to prevent the accumulation of water between any steam boiler shell
and its seating blocks.
(5) Every riveted joint shall so far as practicable be kept clear of any brickwork.
(6) Where a blow-down recess is provided it shall be of sufficient size to accommodate the blow-
down connections and permit necessary maintenance.
(7) Where a number of steam boilers are connected to a common flue system, means shall be
provided to isolate any steam boiler for cleaning or repair.
(8) The flues of a steam boiler fired by oil or pulverised fuel shall not be connected to the same
chimney as the flues of a steam boiler fired by solid fuel except with the written permission of the
Chief Inspector.
(9) Where the setting of a steam boiler is provided with an explosion relief door such door shall be
of the outward opening hinged gravity closing type without catch or other fastening device and if
located in the setting within a distance of seven feet of the firing floor or operating platform, it shall
be provided with substantial deflectors to divert the blast.
Regulation 28. Dampers.
(1) No damper which may entirely close a flue or uptake shall be fitted to any steam boiler fired by
oil or pulverised fuel unless such damper is interlocked with the burners so that they cannot
function when the damper is closed.
(2) Where the provisions of paragraph (1) of this regulation are not satisfied means shall be
provided to prevent the damper closing more than ninety per centum of the area of the flue or
uptake.
Regulation 29. Chimneys.
(1) Every steam boiler chimney made of mild steel which is fitted directly above the uptake or
smoke-box shall be provided with a suitable cowl to prevent entry of rain.
(2) Every chimney shall be provided to the satisfaction of an Inspector with facilities for cleaning
and repair.
Regulation 30. Lagging.
The lagging of any steam boiler shall be of a non-heat conducting material which will allow the
existence of a leak to be detected. Building or fire bricks shall not be used for lagging.
(1) Where the distance from the floor to the top of a steam boiler or steam boiler setting is eight
feet or more, a permanent stairway or an inclined or vertical ladder at least eighteen inches wide,
shall be provided to give safe access to the steam boiler top. Where three or more steam boilers
are operated in battery, two means of access remote from each other shall be provided.
(2) A permanent platform with standard toe-board and fencing shall be provided-
(i) to give access to a steam boiler main stop valve except where the top of the steam
boiler setting is flat and without obstruction;
(ii) to give access to both ends of any steam drum of a water-tube steam boiler; and
(iii) to give access to the water gauges mounted on a steam boiler.
Regulation 32. Boiler to be under cover.
Every stationary steam boiler shall be housed under adequate and permanent cover unless
specially designed to operate under outdoor conditions.
Regulation 33. Boiler houses.
(1) Every steam boiler house shall be of sufficient side to permit-
(i) the safe and efficient working and maintenance of the steam boiler;
(ii) ample space between the steam boiler and any other steam boiler, machinery, wall or
column, for inspection and repairs (including the removal of any tubes):
Provided that in the case of a vertical steam boiler there shall be a clear height not less
than three feet between the top of the steam boiler and the roof and in the case of any
other type of steam boiler there shall be a clear height not less than seven feet between
any platform or the top of any setting and the roof, as the case may be.
(2) The floor of every steam boiler house shall be kept at all times free of water and oil.
(3) Every part of any steam boiler house in the vicinity of any oil burning equipment shall be
impervious to oil and so graded as to prevent the accumulation of oil.
(4) Spaces at the top and sides of any steam boiler shall not be used for storage purposes,
neither shall any combustible material other than material used for firing any steam boiler be
stored or allowed to accumulate near it.
(5) The door of any boiler house shall not open inwards.
Regulation 34. Oil burning equipment.
The oil burning equipment of every oil fired steam boiler or of any steam boiler converted to burn
fuel oil after the coming into force of these regulations shall comply with the provisions of
regulations 35 and 36 as are appropriate and with the provisions following:
(i) no part thereof which comes into contact with fuel oil shall be made of lead, zinc,
galvanised metal or yellow brass;
(ii) galvanised pipes and pipe fittings shall not be used;
(iii) every pipe joint shall be either flanged or welded:
Provided that any such joint for service at a pressure of one hundred pounds per square
inch or less may comprise an all metal union;
(iv) where any joint is flanged the pipes shall be either welded to or screwed and
expanded into the flanges. Every flange shall be machined on the face and have a
metallic or other suitable joint. Red lead and boiled oil shall not be used for jointing
material;
(v) no running joint, long screw or connector shall be used in any oil pipe, nor shall any
such pipe be buried in earth or concrete;
(vi) a flange and spindle packing shall be of graphite asbestos compound or equivalent
material;
(vii) means shall be provided to ensure that the supply of oil to any burner is cut off
before such burner can be uncoupled and that such supply cannot be resumed until the
burner has been correctly recoupled;
(viii) means shall be provided to ensure that any needle valve cannot be removed from
any burner while it is in operation;
(ix) any air register shall, so far as practicable, be arranged to close against the pressure
caused by an explosion or blow-back in the furnace;
(x) means shall, so far as practicable, be provided for the absorption or drainage and
disposal of any oil that may fall on the furnace bottom of the steam boiler;
(xi) where a lighting-up torch of the oil-soaked type is used it shall consist of a substantial
metal rod with a suitable hand grip having the absorbent material securely fixed to the rod
and it shall be provided with a dip-pot fastened to the furnace front in a convenient
position;
(xii) an Inspector may require that a tray, save-all or gutter shall be provided under any
pump, filter and heater and at every furnace front.
Regulation 35. Hand controlled burner system.
Every hand-controlled burner system fitted to a steam boiler shall be provided-
(i) with a stop valve, independent of the burner control valve, fitted as close to the burner
as practicable;
(ii) with means for regulating the supply of air to the combustion chamber;
(iii) with means for regulating by hand the supply of oil to the burner;
(iv) where an electric motor is used to drive any oil pump, fan or compressor supplying oil
or air to the combustion chamber, with:
(a) no-volt protection on the starter of such motor; and
(b) a device which automatically cuts off the supply of oil to the burner when the
electricity supply fails and does not permit such supply to be resumed until the
device is re-set manually.
Regulation 36. Semi-automatic burner system.
(1) For the purposes of this regulation a semi-automatic burner system is one in which the supply
of oil to the burner is regulated by an automatic device within predetermined limits but the burner
is ignited and the plant shut down by hand.
(2) Every semi-automatic burner system fitted to a steam boiler shall comply with the provisions
following:
(i) the automatic device shall so regulate the supply of oil to the burner that the pressure
generated in the steam boiler shall not be greater than its authorised safe working
pressure;
(ii) there shall be provided, either as a separate control or incorporated in the automatic
device a mechanism to cut off the supply of oil when the authorised safe working
pressure of the steam boiler is reached or exceeded. Such mechanism shall prevent the
further supply of oil to the burner until it has been re-set manually;
(iii) where there is more than one burner in any combustion chamber the automatic
controls shall operate on all burners;
(iv) means shall be provided to cut off automatically the supply of oil to the burner within a
period of sixty seconds from the failure of the flame thereof. Such means shall indicate
visually that the control is working:
Provided that this provision shall not apply to the oil burning equipment of a steam boiler
installed in a thermal power station operated by an electricity undertaking engaged in the
generation and distribution to the public of electricity energy;
(v) no light-operated flame failure device shall be prevented from functioning by
illumination from any source other than the flame of the burner it controls.
Regulation 37. Fully automatic burner system.
(1) For the purposes of this regulation a fully automatic burner system is one in which, while the
electricity supply is switched on, an electrically operated burner starts up, continues in operation
at a preset oil consumption or by flame modulation until the heat demand is satisfied, and then
shuts down.
(2) Energy fully automatic burner system fitted to a steam boiler shall comply with the provisions
following:
(i) means shall be provided to ignite the oil immediately it enters the combustion
chamber;
(ii) an automatic device shall be provided to cut off the supply of oil to the burner within a
period of sixty seconds of the oil entering the combustion chamber if it fails to ignite and
to prevent resumption of the supply until the device is re-set manually;
(iii) means shall be provided to cut off the supply of oil to the burner whenever it is idle or
stopped for any cause whatever;
(iv) means shall be provided to cut off automatically the supply of oil to the burner within a
period of thirty seconds from any failure of the flame thereof:
Provide that this provision shall not apply to the oil burning equipment of a steam boiler
installed in a thermal power station operated by an electricity undertaking engaged in the
generation and distribution to the public of electrical energy;
(v) no light-operated flame failure device shall be prevented from functioning by

illumination from any source other than the flame of the burner it controls;
(vi) the automatic devices shall be coupled either electrically or mechanically or both so
that-
(a) the burner will not start until the draught is established;
(b) the means of ignition is established before the oil leaves the burner;
(c) normal operation is maintained when the flame is satisfactorily established;
(d) the supply of oil to the burner is cut off if the flame is not established
satisfactorily or in the event of any defect in the flame failure device;
(e) there is a time lag of not less than two minutes between the shutting down
and starting up of any burner after an interruption of normal operation; and
(f) failure of the electric supply shall not prevent any of the devices from shutting
down the burners.
Regulation 38. Oil flash point.
The closed flash point of any oil fired in a steam boiler shall not be less than one hundred and fifty
degrees Fahrenheit as determined by means of the Pensky Martens apparatus.
Regulation 39. Exhibition of manufacturer's or maker's instructions.
The manufacturer's or maker's instructions for the care and maintenance of oil burning equipment
shall be exhibited in a prominent place in the boiler house.
Regulation 40. Oil fuel tanks.
(1) Every oil storage and service tank installed for the supply of oil to a steam boiler after the date
of the coming into force of these regulations shall comply generally with British Standard
Specifications No. 799-Oil burning equipment-or an equivalent specification in respect of
materials, construction, fittings, location and installation.
(2) Every such tank from which the oil is discharged by air pressure shall comply with the
provisions of these regulations relating to air receivers.
(3) No service tank shall be installed in such a position that any leakage therefrom can come in
contact with a hot surface.
Regulation 41. Heating surface.
(1) For the purpose of determining the area of the safety valve and the inspection fee the heating
surface of a steam boiler shall be the total surface of all plates and tubes exposed to heat on one
side and in contact with water on the other, measured on the water or fire side, whichever is the
greater.
(2) The heating surface of an economiser other than a steaming economiser and of a superheater
shall not be included in the steam boiler heating surface for the purpose of determining the
inspection fee, but shall be considered when calculating the capacity of the steam boiler safety
valve.
(3) For a Lancashire or Cornish type steam boiler the total heating surface shall include the
wetted surface of the furnace between the end plates, the fire surface of the cross tubes where
fitted and that part of the external shell below the side flue covers. In estimating areas, any
furnace shall be considered as a plain cylinder and the area of its wetted surface shall be taken
as its mean external circumference multiplied by the length of the steam boiler between the end
plates. For the shell, the width of the part of the circumference below the flue covers shall be
taken as equivalent to twice the mean diameter of the shell and this width multiplied by the length
between the end plates shall be taken as the area of the shell heating surface. Any part of the
back end plate exposed to heat shall be ignored.
(4) For a water-tube steam boiler the heating surface of a steam and water drum shall be taken
as half its external mean circumference multiplied by the clear length between the outer brick
walls or centres of cross boxes, as the case may be. The heating surface of a tube shall be taken
as its external surface between tube plates or headers. The surface of any header shall be
ignored.
(5) For a marine steam boiler of the fire-tube type the heating surface shall include the wetted
surface of any furnace between the tube plates (considered as for a Lancashire steam boiler), the
wetted surface of any combustion chamber (less the area of the tube holes) and the wetted
surface of any tubes between the tube plates. Any part of the front tube plate exposed to heat
shall be ignored.
(6) For a traction (loco-portable) or a vertical steam boiler the heating surface shall include the
wetted surface of the fire-box above the foundation ring (less the area of the fire-hole and ring
and the tube holes) and the surface of any cross or other tube and uptake below a point half way
up the gauge glass.
(7) For a locomotive type steam boiler the heating surface shall include the wetted surface of the
inner fire-box plates (excluding the surface covered by the foundation and fire-hole rings, the area
of the tube holes and the area within the junction of the plates in the case of a flanged fire-hole)
and the wetted surface of the tubes between the tube plates. The smoke-box plate shall be
ignored.
(8) No deduction shall be made for the area of any stay in calculating the heating surface.
Regulation 42. Steam tests.
(1) Every steam boiler inspected for the first time and every other steam boiler of which the
authorised safe working pressure has been altered shall be tested under steaming conditions to
the satisfaction of the Inspector.
(2) A steam boiler other than a water tube steam boiler shall be tested with the safety valves set
at the authorised safe working pressure under full steam and firing for at least ten minutes with
the feed water and the stop valve closed. Where the accumulation of pressure during such test
exceeds ten per centum of the authorised safe working pressure of the steam boiler the area of
the safety valves shall be considered insufficient, and a certificate of fitness for that working
pressure shall not be granted.
(3) When witnessing a safety valve test an Inspector shall use the standard pressure gauge
supplied for his use unless he is satisfied that the steam boiler pressure gauge is accurate.
Regulation 43. Boiler feed water.
(1) Where in the opinion of an Inspector any steam boiler feed water is so impure as to constitute
a danger, he may require samples of the water to be provided by the owner of such steam boiler
for analytical purposes and the cost of any analytical test shall be borne by the owner.
(2) An Inspector may require that feed water be filtered or otherwise treated to make it suitable for
use in such steam boiler.
Regulation 44. Boiler register.
(1) The owner of every steam boiler shall keep in respect thereof a boiler register in such form as
the Chief Inspector may require in which shall be entered the dates on which the steam boiler
was brought into and taken out of commission, cleaned, inspected, tested or repaired with details
of any alterations and repairs.
(2) Every entry in such register shall be initialled by the owner and by the person making any
inspection, test or repair.
(3) Every boiler register shall be produced whenever called for by an Inspector.
PART III - UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSELS
Regulation 45. Corrosive service conditions.
Where an unfired pressure vessel is to be subject to corrosive, abrasive or erosive conditions-
(i) the Chief Inspector may require that the scantlings of such vessel shall be increased
by an amount which he may deem appropriate before assigning and authorised safe
working pressure;
(ii) the Chief Inspector may require that a suitable lining shall be fitted to any part of such
vessel as he may specify before it is placed in service; and
(iii) an Inspector may require tell-tale holes to be drilled in the walls of such unfired
pressure vessel. Such holes shall be drilled to a depth not less than half the calculated
wall thickness less any corrosion allowance and shall be spaced not more than two feet
apart.
Regulation 46. Doors.
Where it is necessary to load and unload an unfired pressure vessel any door fitted thereto shall-
(i) if of the bayonet or other quick opening type, be provided with a mechanical interlock
that will prevent the door from being opened until all internal pressure has been relieved;
(ii) if of the bolted type, be provided with a tell-tale valve in full sight of the attendant.
Such tell-tale valve shall indicate by visual or other means the absence of pressure in the
unfired pressure vessel.
Regulation 47. Essential Fittings.
(1) Every steam receiver shall be provided with-
(i) one or more safety valves;
(ii) a pressure gauge;
(iii) a stop valve; and
(iv) the manufacturer's or maker's nameplate.
(2) Every air receiver shall be provided with-
(i) one or more safety valves;
(ii) a pressure gauge;
(iii) a drain cock or valve; and

(iv) the manufacturer's or maker's nameplate.
(3) Every unfired pressure vessel (other than a steam receiver or an air receiver) shall be
provided with-
(i) one or more safety valves:
Provided that a suitable rupture disc shall be provided in lieu thereof where it is
impracticable to provide a safety valve because-
(a) pressure fluctuations of an explosive character are to be encountered in the

unfired pressure vessel; or
(b) a safety valve would be gummed up owing to the nature of the working fluid;
or
(c) the working fluid is of a penetrating nature and a safety valve cannot be
maintained tight;
(ii) a pressure gauge; and
(iii) the manufacturer's or maker's nameplate.
Every safety valve fitted to an unfired pressure vessel shall:
(i) be so designed and constructed and adjusted that it will open when the authorised
safe working pressure is reached;
(ii) have an effective valve area sufficient to ensure that under the conditions of maximum
supply of the working fluid the pressure in such unfired pressure vessel shall not exceed
the authorised safe working pressure assigned to such vessel by ten per centum of such
safe working pressure;
(iii) not be less than three-eighths of an inch;
(iv) be of the direct spring loaded type with a washer or ferrule fitted under the spring
adjusting screw so that the valve cannot be overloaded when under pressure;
(v) be so constructed as to allow the valve to be eased by hand from its seat when under
pressure, and of such material that it cannot seize on its seat on account of corrosion or
distortion of the valve body;
(vi) have a valve seat and valve made of non-ferrous material;
(vii) where such unfired pressure vessel contains a viscous liquid, have a plain valve disc.
No fin or web shall be in contact with such fluid and the passage to the valve disc shall be
as short as practicable;
(viii) be clearly marked with the manufacturer's or maker's name, the nominal diameter
and the designed lift of calculated relieving capacity at the pressure to which the valve
has been set.
Regulation 49. Location of safety valves.
Every unfired pressure vessel safety valve shall-
(i) be mounted direct on the unfired pressure vessel:
Provided that where this is not practicable the connecting branch shall have an
unobstructed cross-sectional area not less than the area of the safety valve and shall be
as short as practicable:
Provided further that where an air receiver can be isolated from its protecting safety valve
a suitable fusible plug, the fusible portion of which will melt at a temperature of not more
than two hundred degrees Fahrenheit greater than the working temperature of the air
receiver, shall be fitted to it;
(ii) where it is so located that liquid may collect above the valve, be fitted with a drain at
the lowest point where such liquid can collect. Such drain shall not be less than three-
sixteenths of an inch in diameter; and
(iii) have the entrance thereto clear and unobstructed by any internal pipe or baffle and so
situated that the carry-over of any viscous substance cannot block it.
Regulation 50. Discharge from safety valves.
The discharge from any safety valve or rupture disc fitted to an unfired pressure vessel which
contains any poisonous, noxious or inflammable substance shall be led to a position of safety.
Such discharge shall not be led to a condenser or closed receiver unless such condenser or
closed receiver is itself fitted with a safety valve or rupture disc of sufficient capacity to prevent
the pressure therein exceeding its authorised safe working pressure and the connections
between such safety valves or rupture discs, as the case may be cannot become obstructed.
Regulation 51. Inter-connected vessels.
Where a number of unfired pressure vessels are inter-connected by a system of piping having a
cross sectional area not less than the area of safety valve required, such safety valve may be
fitted to one of such vessels or fitted to the system inlet pipe, provided that it shall not be possible
to isolate it from any of the vessels.
Regulation 52. Vessels having internal coil.
Any unfired pressure vessel which is provided with an internal coil under a pressure greater than
the vessel and which in the opinion of the Chief Inspector is, or is likely to be subject to corrosion,
shall be provided with safety valves of sufficient capacity to relieve the discharge from such coil in
case of rupture thereby preventing any danger to the vessel.
Regulation 53. Rupture discs.
(1) Every rupture disc fitted to an unfired pressure vessel shall be of suitable metal which-
(i) is uniform in thickness;

(ii) is capable of withstanding any chemical action to which it is subjected; and
(iii) will undergo as little change in tensile strength as possible on account of temperature
changes.
(2) Where on any unfired pressure vessel a rupture disc only is fitted it shall be constructed to
burst at the authorised safe working pressure of such vessel. Such rupture disc shall be renewed
at least once in every period of two years.
(3) Where on any unfired pressure vessel a rupture disc is fitted as additional protection therefor,
it shall be constructed to burst at a pressure greater than the safety valve blowing off pressure but
not greater than one and one-half times the authorised safe working pressure of the vessel.
(4) Every rupture disc shall have particulars of its bursting pressure and temperature stamped on
the flange thereof or on a metal tab permanently attached thereto.
(1) Every pressure gauge fitted to an unfired pressure vessel shall-
(i) not be less than three inches in diameter across the dial:
Provided that where the external shell diameter of the unfired pressure vessel is less than
twelve inches and the pressure in such vessel is not more than one hundred and fifty
pounds per square inch, such gauge shall not be less than two inches in diameter;
(ii) be graduated from zero to not less than one and one-third times and not more than
twice the authorised safe working pressure of the pressure vessel to which it is fitted;
(iii) have the authorised safe working pressure clearly marked in red on the dial;
(iv) be provided with a single stop pin at the lowest pressure reading; and
(v) accurately show the pressure within a tolerance of plus or minus two per centum of
the authorised safe working pressure of the pressure vessel to which it is attached.
(2) Where a pressure gauge cock is fitted, the handle thereof shall be parallel with the bore of the
cock when the cock is open.
Regulation 55. Nameplates.
Every unfired pressure vessel nameplate shall be located in a conspicuous position and have
legibly and permanently marked thereon-
(i) the manufacturer's or maker's name and address;
(ii) the manufacturer's or maker's serial number;
(iii) the manufacturer's or maker's design pressure;
(iv) code, specification and rule to which the pressure vessel is designed;
(v) hydrostatic test pressure; and
(vi) date of the hydrostatic test.
Regulation 56. Drain valves.
Every drain valve or drain cock for an air receiver shall be located as near to the lowest point of
the air receiver as practicable except where an internal pipe is fitted. Any such internal pipe shall
be of material resistant to corrosion.
Regulation 57. Stop valves.
(1) Every stop valve for a steam receiver shall comply with the provisions of these regulations
relating to main stop valves for steam boilers.
(2) A stop valve or cock shall not be fitted between any unfired pressure vessel shall and its
safety valve or rupture disc.
(3) A stop valve or cock shall not be fitted between any safety valve or rupture disc and its
discharge pipe.
(4) Where a stop valve is placed in the discharge line between a compressor and an air receiver,
a relief valve shall be placed between the compressor and the stop valve unless the compressor
is provided with an automatic unloading device.
Regulation 58. Pressure reducing valve.
(1) Where an unfired pressure vessel is supplied at a pressure greater than its authorised safe
working pressure, a pressure reducing valve shall be fitted between the source of pressure and
the unfired pressure vessel, so adjusted as to prevent the authorised safe working pressure of the
vessel being exceeded.
(2) For the purpose of paragraph (1) of this regulation any set of unfired pressure vessels
supplied through a single pipe may be treated as one unfired pressure vessel if the reducing
valve is fitted on such single pipe.
(3) Every reducing valve shall be fitted with a suitable safety valve and a suitable pressure gauge
adjacent thereto on the low pressure side.
Regulation 59. Snifting valves.
Any unfired pressure vessel wherein may be formed a partial vacuum shall be provided with a
snifting valve or other vacuum breaking device unless such vessel is constructed to withstand
such vacuum.
Regulation 60. Installation.

(1) Every stationary unfired pressure vessel shall be installed so as to give sufficient space
between it and any other machinery, wall, ceiling or column, for inspection and repairs. No part
thereof shall be encased in concrete or earth.
(2) Every stationary vertically mounted unfired pressure vessel shall be clear of the floor or
ground by a distance not less than six inches.
(3) An air receiver shall only be mounted vertically where the lower end is dished concave to
pressure so as to allow proper drainage.
Regulation 61. Supports.
(1) Every unfired pressure vessel shall be adequately supported so as to take the load when the
vessel is under hydrostatic test.
(2) The distance between any two supports of any horizontal unfired pressure vessel shall not be
greater than sixteen feet and each support shall extend over not less than one-third of the
circumference of the vessel except where authorised in writing by the Chief Inspector.
(3) The support of any unfired pressure vessel shall be kept clear of any seam or riveted joint.
(4) A layer of bituminous or other damp-proof protective material shall be placed between the
bottom of the vessel and any masonry or similar foundation with which it is in contact.
Regulation 62. Working test.
Every unfired pressure vessel inspected for the first time and every other unfired pressure vessel
the authorised safe working pressure of which has been altered shall be tested under working
conditions of maximum fluid flow to the satisfaction of an Inspector. Where the accumulation of
pressure during such test exceeds ten per centum of the authorised safe working pressure of the
pressure vessel the area of the safety valves shall be considered insufficient and a certificate of
fitness for that working pressure shall not be granted.
Regulation 63. Discharge of contents.
Where in any process it is necessary to discharge to atmosphere the contents of an unfired

pressure vessel, provision shall be made to lead such discharge to a position of safety.
Regulation 64. Cubic capacity.
For the purpose of determining the inspection fee of an unfired pressure vessel an Inspector shall
accept the cubic capacity stated on the manufacturer's or maker's name plate:
Provided that where the cubic capacity of the vessel is not stated thereon the Inspector shall
determine the cubic capacity by measurement and calculation.
PART IV - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
Regulation 65. Coupled boilers and pressure vessels.
(1) Where two or more steam boilers or unfired pressure vessels having differing authorised safe
working pressures are coupled together, such steam boilers or unfired pressure vessels shall not
be operated at a pressure greater than that of the steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel having
the lowest authorised safe working pressure:
Provided that each such steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel may be operated at its own
authorised working pressure where suitable pressure reducing valves are fitted to the system to
the satisfaction of an Inspector to ensure that no steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel can be
subjected to a pressure greater than its authorised safe working pressure.
(2) Every reducing valve shall be fitted with a suitable safety valve and a suitable pressure gauge
adjacent thereto on the low pressure side.
Regulation 66. Piping connection.
No owner or other person shall connect any steam, feed water or other piping to any new steam
boiler or unfired pressure vessel or alter the arrangement of piping on an existing steam boiler or
unfired pressure vessel without the approval of an Inspector. Before giving such approval the
Inspector may require to be submitted to him a drawing to a suitable scale showing the proposed
arrangement and description of piping.
Regulation 67. Pipes and pipe fittings for steam or feed water.
(1) Every ferrous and non-ferrous pipe, bend, elbow, tee and special for use under steam or feed
water pressure shall comply in respect of material, mode of manufacture, dimensions, hydrostatic
and other tests, method of securing and type of flange and maximum safe working pressure with
the appropriate provisions of British Standard Specification No. 806-Ferrous pipes and piping
installations-or No. 1306- Non-ferrous pipes and piping installations.
(2) The limits within which any such pipe, bend, elbow, tee and special are to be used shall be in
accordance with the table following:
TABLE
MAXIMUM DESIGN PRESSURES AND TEMPERATURES
Material and form Method of Maximum design Maximum Remarks

manufacture pressure in pounds design
per square inch temperature
in degrees
Fahrenheit
Carbon Steel .. Cold drawn seamless No restriction .. 900 Class A
Hot finished seamless ,, ,, .. 900 Class B
Hydraulic lapwelded ,, ,, .. 900 Class C
Carbon Steel .. Hot finished seamless 300 .. .. .. 500 Class D

Roll lapwelded 300 .. .. .. 500 Class E
Buttwelded 300 .. .. .. 500 Class F
Carbon Steel .. Cast .. .. No restriction .. 900
Cast iron .. .. Cast .. .. Blow down 150 .. 400 elbow, tee or

special only
Steam 150 .. .. 400
Feed 200 .. .. 400
Bronze or Cast .. .. Steam 250 .. .. 405 elbow, tee or

gunmetal special only
Feed 350 .. .. 300
Copper .. .. Solid drawn .. Up to and including 405 Straights and

5 inches diameter for bends
steam 250
Above 5 inches up 405

to and including 8
inches diameter for
steam 175
Up to and including 8
inches diameter for 300
feed 300
NOTE-Class of manufacture A to F means class of manufacture as set out in British Standard

specification No. 806-Ferrous pipes and piping installations.
(3) A screwed and socketed joint may be used for any steam pipe, bend or fitting if such pipe,
bend or fitting is made of steel or wrought iron for service at a temperature not greater than five
hundred degrees Fahrenheit and at a pressure within the following limits:
Nominal bore in inches Maximum design

pressure in pounds
per square inch
1" diameter and under ... ... ... ... 175
1 1/2" ,, ,, ... ... ... ... 150
3" ,, ,, ... ... ... ... 125
4" ,, ,, ... ... ... ... 100
(4) Every copper pipe and bend for steam or feed water service shall be carefully annealed
before fitting and thereafter at intervals of not more than four years of working life.
(5) Piping for service with an unfired pressure vessel not under steam pressure shall comply
generally with the provisions of this regulation in respect of piping under steam pressure:
Provided that an Inspector may, in his discretion, and in consideration of the service conditions,
allow the limits of pressure, temperature, type of joint and size prescribed in this regulation to be
exceeded by an amount not greater than fifty per centum thereof.
Regulation 68. Pipe Installation.
(1) Every pipe connected to a steam boiler or an unfired pressure vessel shall be adequately
supported. Supports shall maintain proper alignment of the pipe-line, withstand vibration and, with
the exception of anchor supports, permit free movement for expansion and contraction.
(2) Provision shall be made to accommodate pipeline expansion and contraction so far as
practicable other than by the use of special expansion bends or glands.
(3) Where special expansion bends or glands are used effective measures shall be taken to
anchor the pipes between such bends or glands and correctly distribute the expansion between
each bend or gland.
(4) Every expansion gland shall be provided with an adequate number of safety bolts.
(5) No expansion gland shall be used with superheated steam.
(6) Every pipe support or hanger shall so far as practicable be arranged adjacent to a pipe joint.
(7) Timber shall not be used for pipe anchors
Regulation 69. Steam pipe drainage.
(1) Every steam pipeline shall be provided with suitable means of drainage so arranged that the
entire line and any portion thereof, which it is possible to isolate, can be freed of water when the
line is in use or when the line is isolated from the steam boiler and there is no pressure on the
line.
(2) Every steam pipeline shall, so far as practicable, be graded so that all water that may be
formed in the pipeline will gravitate to the drainage point, in the direction of flow of the steam.
(3) Where it is not practicable to comply with paragraph (2) of this regulation at any point where
water can collect under working conditions, the drainage point shall consist of a drain pocket or a
separator which is itself drained by a steam trap with a bye-pass connection.
(4) A hand-operated drain valve or cock shall be fitted to the lowest point of each section of every
steam pipeline for the purpose of draining such section when it is not in use or during any
warming-up period. For the purpose of this paragraph a section is that portion of the pipeline
between two shut-offs.
(5) Every steam trap, drain cock and valve shall be provided with a discharge pipe which will
convey the condensate to such a position that it may be discharged with safety. The discharge
pipe shall not be connected to any sump or hotwell in such a manner that the end of the pipe may
become submerged in water. So far as is practicable and consistent with safety, the discharge
end of any pipe connected to any hand-operated drain valve or cock shall be visible.
Regulation 70. Boiler blow-down.
(1) Every steam boiler blow-down and scum pipe shall have a continuous fall from the valve to
the point of discharge.
(2) The discharge outlet of every steam boiler blow-down pipe shall be either visible to the
operator of the blow-down valve or led into a sump so arranged that there is no danger of injury to
any person.
(3) No blow-down pipe shall be bound fast in earth, concrete or brickwork.
Regulation 71. Feed delivery pipe.
Means shall be provided to absorb the expansion and contraction of any steam boiler feed
delivery pipe without undue stressing thereof. Where necessary means shall be provided to
support the weight of the pipe and to restrict any vibration.
Regulation 72. Hydrostatic tests.
(1) Every steam boiler and unfired pressure vessel shall, before being put into service for the first
time, be subjected to a hydrostatic test-
(a) of twice the authorised safe working pressure where such pressure is not more than
one hundred pounds per square inch; and
(b) of one and a half times the authorised safe working pressure plus fifty pounds where
such pressure exceeds one hundred pounds per square inch:
Provided that where any steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel complies with the
standard conditions in regulation 7 or where there is evidence that it has been
satisfactorily tested hydrostatically at the manufacturer's or maker's works in accordance
with the above, the Inspector may in his discretion carry out a hydrostatic test to one and
one-half times the authorised safe working pressure only.
(2) Such steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel shall withstand satisfactorily such hydrostatic
pressure without appreciable leakage or undue deflection or distortion of its parts for at least
twenty consecutive minutes.
(3) After any repair affecting the strength of any steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel, the
Inspector may require it to be tested hydrostatically to one and one-half times the authorised safe
working pressure.
(4) Every steam boiler shall be tested hydrostatically at intervals not exceeding seven years.
Provided that where any steam boiler by reason of its construction, cannot be inspected
thoroughly internally, an Inspector may require such steam boiler to be tested hydrostatically after
any regular inspection.
(5) Where by reason of its construction an unfired pressure vessel cannot be inspected
thoroughly internally, an Inspector may require such unfired pressure vessel to be tested
hydrostatically after any regular inspection.
(6) Where in the opinion of the Inspector the hydrostatic test of any steam boiler or unfired
pressure vessel is not satisfactory the authorised safe working pressure of such steam boiler or
unfired pressure vessel shall be reduced by an amount which the Chief Inspector may deem to
be appropriate:
Provided that where the owner of such steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel makes such
alterations thereto as will enable it to withstand to the satisfaction of the Inspector a further
hydrostatic test the authorised safe working pressure may be retained.
(7) During a hydrostatic test of any steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel the safety valve
thereof shall be removed.
(8) All pipes and pipe fittings shall be satisfactorily tested hydrostatically to twice the authorised
safe working pressure of the steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel to which they are to be fitted,
before erection on site:
Provided that where an Inspector is satisfied that such pipes and pipe fittings have been
satisfactorily so tested at the manufacturer's or maker's works he may require a hydrostatic test to
one and one-half times the authorised safe working pressure only.
(9) Where the joints in a pipe system are of welded construction the system shall, after erection
on site be tested hydrostatically to twice the authorised safe working pressure of the steam boiler
or unfired pressure vessel to which it is fitted or such joints shall be completely radiographed.
(10) No person shall, without the approval in writing of an Inspector, test any part of a steam
boiler or unfired pressure vessel or the fittings thereof or any pipes or pipe fittings, for pressure
tightness by any means other than water pressure.
(11) After any satisfactorily hydrostatic test and on payment of the prescribed fees for such test
an Inspector shall issue to the owner a certificate in the form shown in the sixth Schedule to these
regulations.
Regulation 73. Safety valves padlock.
(1) An Inspector may require that one safety valve on every steam boiler and every unfired
pressure vessel shall be so padlocked that no alteration can be made to the blowing off pressure
while such safety valve is locked.
(2) Such precautions shall be observed as an Inspector shall direct to ensure that the key to such
padlock is retained by a responsible person.
Regulation 74. Directions by Chief Inspector.
In respect of the operation, repair and maintenance of any steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel
the Chief Inspector may issue such directions and order such precautions to be taken as he may
deem desirable to obviate any danger to life or damage to property and such directions shall be
observed and such precautions shall be taken.
Regulation 75. Routine Instructions.
Every owner, engineer or dredgemaster shall issue routine instructions for the safe working of
any steam boiler and unfired pressure vessel in his charge and shall satisfy himself that every
person employed on or in close proximity thereto is familiar with and observes such instructions.
Regulation 76. Opening up boiler or pressure vessel.

(1) No person shall open up or require or permit any other person to open up any steam boiler or
unfired pressure vessel for repair, cleaning or for any other purpose unless precautions have
been taken to ensure that such steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel is relieved of all pressure.
(2) No person shall enter or require or permit any other person to enter any steam boiler or
unfired pressure vessel opened up for repair, cleaning or for any other purpose unless and until:
(a) it is cooled sufficiently to prevent the person entering from being burned or overcome
by heat;
(b) it is free from hazardous fumes and vapours; and
(c) in respect of a steam boiler or steam receiver, all steam and hot water communication
with any other steam boiler or steam receiver under steam has been effectively
disconnected.
(3) For the purposes of sub-paragraph (c) of paragraph (2) of this regulation, "effectively
disconnected" means either:
(i) the removal of any boiler stop valve, feed check valve, blow-down valve or in the case
of a steam receiver the receiver stop valve; or
(ii) the removal of appropriate piping between such boiler or steam receiver and the
source of pressure; or
(iii) the insertion of a substantial blank flange between the stop valve of such boiler or
steam receiver and the source of pressure; or
(iv) the padlocking of not less than two stop valves located between such boiler or steam
receiver and the source of pressure:
Provided that in respect of an unfired pressure vessel which requires to be loaded and
unloaded at frequent intervals, such unfired pressure vessel may be considered as
effectively disconnected if not less than two stop valves between the unfired pressure
vessel and the source of pressure have been closed and suitable precautions have been
taken to ensure that neither shall be opened while such loading or unloading is taking
place.
(1) In respect of any steam boiler and unfired pressure vessel it shall be the responsibility of the
owner, occupier, engineer or dredgemaster in charge thereof to ensure that-
(i) every safety valve, water gauge, pressure gauge and every other safety device fitted
thereto is maintained; and
(ii) the fusible metal of every fusible plug is renewed at intervals not greater than two
years.
(2) Any owner, occupier, engineer or dredgemaster in charge of a steam boiler or unfired
pressure vessel who works or causes or permits the same to be worked at a pressure greater
than the authorised safe working pressure, or when it is not maintained in a safe working
condition or when the fittings thereof are not in proper working order shall be guilty of an offence
against these regulations.
(3) Any driver in charge of a steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel which is working above the
authorised safe working pressure shall be deemed to be guilty of an offence against these
regulations.
(4) Any pressure gauge fitted to a steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel which, in the opinion of
an Inspector, is not fit for further use, shall be so marked and disposed of accordingly.
Regulation 78. Notifiable occurrences.
The owner of any steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel shall notify an Inspector in writing of
any occurrence which may affect the safety or strength of the steam boiler or unfired pressure
vessel. Loss of boiler water, the melting of a fusible plug and the bursting of a tube shall be
deemed to be notifiable occurrences under this regulation.
Regulation 79. Repairs.
(1) An owner or other person shall not, unless approval has been given by an Inspector, make or
cause to be made any repair to any steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel where such repair
involves the cutting, welding, patching or riveting of any member thereof which is subject to a
stress induced by fluid pressure.
(2) Where any steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel repair necessitates welding, the metallic
arc process shall be used.
(3) Welding shall not be used to repair any part of a fitting which is made of cast iron and is
subject to fluid pressure.
(4) Where repair has been made to a steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel such boiler or
vessel shall not be placed in service except with the approval of an Inspector.
(5) For the purpose of this regulation "repair" does not include normal maintenance work or boiler
tube renewals not exceeding ten per centum of the total number of tubes.
Regulation 80. Tests of welders.
The Chief Inspector may formulate tests for operators of welding equipment and may restrict the
repair of steam boilers and unfired pressure vessels by welding to such operators as have
satisfied him of their skill and experience.
Regulation 81. Reduction of safe working pressure.
Where it appears to an Inspector that any defect in a steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel is
such that it would be dangerous to continue to operate such steam boiler or unfired pressure
vessel at the authorised safe working pressure hitherto assigned, and it is impracticable or
unreasonable to remedy such defect he shall reduce such authorised safe working pressure by
an amount which he deems to be appropriate.
Regulation 82. Registration number plate.

The owner of every steam boiler and unfired pressure vessel under certificate of fitness shall
provide a registration number plate which shall be affixed thereto in a suitable and prominent
position and bear the Government registration number allocated by the Chief Inspector to such
steam boiler and unfired pressure vessel.
Regulation 83. Records.
On the first inspection of a steam boiler or an unfired pressure vessel the Inspector shall make,
and thereafter maintain, a complete record of all particulars necessary to ascertain the state and
condition of such steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel in the form prescribed by the Chief
Inspector. On each subsequent inspection of such steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel the
Inspector shall make a comparison with such record and note any change since the previous
inspection.
(1) Fees shall be charged as follows:
(i) For approval of design and assigning $100

an authorised safe working pressure in
respect of any steam boiler to be
manufactured in the Federation ... ... ...
...
(ii) For approval of the design and 50
assigning an authorised safe working
pressure in respect of any unfired
pressure vessel to be manufactured in
the Federation ... ... ...
(iii) For every visit of survey made 25
during construction on any steam boiler
or unfired pressure vessel manufactured
in the Federation ... ... ... ... ...
(iv) For assigning an authorised safe
working pressure on any imported
steam boiler which-
(a) complies with standard conditions as $100
prescribed under regulation 7 (2) ...
(b) which does not comply with standard 150
conditions prescribed ... ... ...
(v) For assigning an authorised safe
working pressure to any imported
unfired pressure vessel
half the fee prescribed in respect of a steam
boiler under sub-paragraph (iv) of this
paragraph.
(vi) for conducting an hydrostatic test

on-
(a) a steam boiler having a $25
heating surface less than 250
sq. ft. ... ...
50
(b) a steam boiler having a
h ti f f di
heating surface of or exceeding
250 sq. ft. ... 15
(c) an unfired pressure vessel

having a cubic capacity of or
less than 100 cu. ft. ...
Provided that where [Ins. P.U.(A) 375/71]

such an unfired
pressure is a hand fire
extinguisher or cylinder
solely for pyrpose of fire
fighting the fee for
conducting an
hydrostatic test on 25
every sech vessel shall
be fifty cents.
30
(d) an unfired pressure vessel
having a cubic capacity
exceeding 100 cu. ft but less
than 250 cu. ft. ...
(e) an unfired pressure vessel

having a cubic capacity of or
exceeding 250 cu. ft. ...
(2) Where the design of a steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel is identical with that of a steam
boiler or unfired pressure vessel which has previously been assigned an authorised safe working
pressure, no fee shall be charged for approval of design or assigning an authorised safe working
pressure.
Nothing in these regulations shall-
(i) be construed as relieving or exempting the owner of any steam boiler or unfired
pressure vessel or other person from complying with the provisions of any other written
law;
(ii) operate to relieve any owner, occupier, engineer, dredgemaster, driver or other
person from any civil or criminal liability.
penalty is provided by the Act, shall be liable to a fine not exceeding one thousand dollars.
FIRST SCHEDULE
(Subparagraph 7(2)(ii))
CODES, RULES AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR MATERIALS
1. Rules for the Manufacture, Testing and Certification of Materials of Lloyds Register.
2. British Standard No. 1501-Steel for Fired and Unfired Pressure Vessels.
3. Provisions for materials are as follows:
(a) Australian Standard No. AS 1548-Steel Plates for Boilers and Pressure Vessels;
(b) the Indian Boilers Regulations 1950;
(c) section II of the Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code of the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers; or
(d) specifications as set out in the Second Schedule and Third Schedule to these
Regulations.
[Subs. P.U.(A) 216/2005]

________________________________________
[Former First Schedule]
[Before substituted by P.U.(A) 216/2005]
MATERIAL CODES
Regulation 7 (2) (ii)
1. The Rules for Quality and Testing of Materials of Lloyds Register of Shipping, London.
2. British Standard No. 1633-Steel for land boilers, receivers, and other pressure vessels.
3. The provisions relating to materials of any of the following:
(i) the Rules for the Construction of Welded Steel Boilers and other Pressure Vessels of
the Associated Offices Technical Committee, Manchester, England;
(ii) the Standards Association of Australia Boiler Code CB 1;
(iii) the Indian Boiler Regulations 1950;
(iv) Section II of the Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code of the American Society of
Mechanical Engineers;
(v) the Specifications set out in the Second Schedule to these regulations.
4. Det Norske Veritas Rules for Quality and Testing of Materials.
[Ins. P.U.(B) 519/81]

SECOND SCHEDULE
(Subparagraph 7(2)(iii))
CODES, RULES AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR DESIGN, METHOD OF

CONSTRUCTION, WORKMANSHIP AND TESTS
1. British Standard No. 1113-Water-tube Boilers and their Integral Superheaters.
2. British Standard No. 2790-Cylindrical Land Steam Boilers of Welded Construction (other than
water tube).
3. British Standard No. 1894-Electrode Boilers.
4. The appropriate provisions of any British Standard relating to the construction of steam boilers.
5. Part 5 of Rules and Regulations for the Classification of Ships of Lloyds Register.
6. The Indian Boilers Regulations.
7. Australian Standard No. 1228-Pressure Equipment-Boilers.
8. Section I (Power Boilers) of the Boiler and Unfired Pressure Vessel Code of the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers.
9. Swedish Pressure Vessel Code with the condition that the inspection or survey during
construction of the vessel is carried out by Inspectors or inspection authorities recognised by
Angpanneforeningen (the Swedish Steam Users' Association) including the Technical X-ray
Centre and the Swedish National Board of Industrial Safety.
10. Boilers-Technische Regeln fur Dampfkessel (TRD) (Technical Regulation for Boilers) with the
condition that the inspection or survey during construction of the vessel is carried out by any of
the following:
(a) Members of the Vereinigung der Technischen Uberwachungs-Vereine e.V., Essen,

the Federal Republic of Germany;
(b) TUV Industrie Service GmbH, TUV Rheinland Group, Cologne;
(c) TUV Suddeutschland Group, Munich;
(d) Groupement des APAVE, Paris, France;
(e) Association des Indsutriels de Belgique (A.I.B), Brussel, Belgium;
(f) Technischer Uberwachungs-Verein Wien, Wien, Austria;
(g) Schweizer Verein Von Dampfkesselbesitzern, Zurich, Switzerland; or
(h) Angpanneforeingen (The Swedish Steam Users' Association) Stockholm, Sweden.
[Subs. P.U.(A) 216/2005]

________________________________________
[Former Second Schedule]
DESIGN CODES
Regulation 7 (2) (iii)
1. British Standard No. 537-Lancashire and Cornish Boilers.
2. British Standard No. 609-Horizontal Multitubular Boilers.
3. British Standard No. 665-Vertical Cross-tube Boilers.
4. British Standard No. 761-Vertical Multitubular Boilers
5. British Standard No. 931-Loco-type Multitubular Boilers.
6. British Standard No. 1113-Water-tube Boilers and their Integral Superheaters.
7. British Standard No. 2790-Cylindrical Land Steam Boilers of Welded Construction (other than
water-tube).
8. British Standard No. 1894-Electrode Boilers.
9. The appropriate provisions of any British Standard relating to the construction of Steam
Boilers.
10. The Engine and Boiler Rules of Lloyds Register of Shipping, London.
11. The Rules for Welded Pressure Vessels of Lloyds Register of Shipping, London.
12. The Indian Boiler Regulations.
13. Rules for the Construction of Welded Steel Boilers and other Pressure Vessels of the
Associated Offices Technical Committee, Manchester, England.
14. Standards Association of Australia Boiler Code CB 1.
15. Section I (Power Boilers) of the Boiler and Unfired Pressure Vessel Code of the American
Society of Mechanical Engineers.
16. INSTA --- (Inter-Nordic-STAndardization) --- Recommendation for Welded Pressure Vessels.
17. Swedish Pressure Vessel Code 1967:

Provided that the inspection of survey during manfacture of the vessel is carried out by
Inspectors or inspection bodies authorised by Angpanneforeningen (the Swedish Steam
User's Association) including the Technical X'ray Centre and the Swedish National Board
of Industrial Safety.
18. Boilers---Technische Regeln fun Dampfkessel (TRD) (Technical Regulations for Biolers) :
Provided that the inspection of survey during manufacture of the vessel is carried out by
any of the following :
(a) Members of the Vereinigung der Technischen Uberwachungs-Vereine e.V.,
Essen, the Federal Republic of Germany;
(b) Groupement des APAVE, Paris, France;
(c) Association des Industries de Belguque (A.I.B), Brussel, Belgium;
(d) Associated Offices Techincal Committee, Manchester 3, Great Britain;
(e) Technischer Uberwachungs-Verein Wien, Wien, Austria;
(f) Swhweizer Verien Von Dampfkesslebesitzern, Zurich, Switzerland;
(g) Angpanneforeningen (The Swedish Steam User's Association) Stocklholm,

Sweden.
[Ins. P.U.(A) 172/70]

19. Nippon Kaiji Kyokai Rules for Boilers and Pressure Vessles.
20. American Bureau of SShipping Rules for Boilers and Pressure Vessels.
[Ins. P.U.(A) 85/79]

21. Det Norske Veritas Rules for Boilers and Pressure Vessels.
[Ins. P.U.(B) 39/82]

THIRD SCHEDULE
(Subparagraph 7(2)(iii))
CODES, RULES AND SPECIFICATIONS FOR DESIGN, METHOD OF

CONSTRUCTION, WORKMANSHIP AND TESTS
1. British Standard No. 5169-Fusion Welded Steel Air Receivers.
2. British Standard No. 1101-Pressure Paint Containers.
3. British Standard No. 5500-Unfired Fusion Welded Pressure Vessels.
4. The appropriate provisions of any British Standard relating to the construction of unfired
pressure vessels.
5. Part 5 of Rules and Regulations for the Classification of Ships of Lloyds Register.
6. Standards Association of Australian Code No. B-55-Cast Iron Steam Jacketed Pans.
7. Australia Standard No. 1210-SAA Unfired Pressure Vessels Code.
8. Section VIII (Unfired Pressure Vessels) of the Boilers and Unfired Pressure Vessel Code of the
American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
9. Standards of Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association, U.S.A.
10. Swedish Pressure Vessel Code with the condition that the inspection or survey during
construction of the vessel is carried out by Inspectors or inspection authorities by
Angpanneforeningen (the Swedish Steam Users' Association) including the Technical X-ray
Centre and the Swedish National Board of Industrial Safety.
11. Pressure Vessels: AD-Merkblatter (AD Data Sheets) with the condition that the inspection or
survey during construction of the vessel is carried out by any of the following:
(a) Members of the Vereinigung der Technischen Uberwachungs-Vereine e.V., Essen,

the Federal Republic of Germany;
(b) TUV Industrie Service GmbH, TUV Rheinland Group, Cologne;
(c) TUV Suddeutschland Group, Munich;
(d) Groupement des APAVE, Paris, France;
(e) Association des Indutriels de Belgique (A.I.B), Brussel, Belgium;
(f) Technischer Uberwachungs-Verein Wien, Wien, Austria;
(g) Schweizer Verein Von Dampfkesselbesitzern, Zurich, Switzerland;

(h) Angpanneforeingen (The Swedish Steam Users' Association) Stockholm, Sweden; or
(i) HSB of Connecticut, U.S.A.
12. Chapter 4 of American Bureau of Shipping Rules for Building and Classing Steel Vessels.
[Subs. P.U.(A) 216/2005]

________________________________________
[Former Third Schedule]
DESIGN CODES
Regulation 7 (2) (iii)
1. British Standard No. 429-Riveted Air Receivers.
2. British Standard No. 1500-Fusion-welded Pressure Vessels for the Chemical and Allied
Trades.
3. British Standard No. 487-Fusion-welded Steel Air Receivers.
4. British Standard No. 1099-Small Fusion-welded Steel Air Receivers.
5. British Standard No. 1101-Pressure Paint Containers.
6. British Standard No. 428-Forge-welded Steel Air Receivers.
7. British Standard No. 430-Solid-drawn Steel Air Receivers.
8. British Standard No. 186-Cast Iron Steam Jacketed Pans.
9. British Standard No. 1515 Pt. I-Fusion-welded Pressure Vessels (Advanced Design and
Construction for use in the Chemical, Petroleum and Allied Industries).
10. British Standard No. 2079-Steam Receivers and Separators.
11. Rules for Welded Pressure Vessels of Lloyds Register of Shipping, London.
12. Standards Association of Australia Code No. B-55-Cast Iron Steam Jacketed Pans.
13. Standards Association of Australia Boiler Code No. CB 1.
14. Section VIII (Unfired Pressure Vessels) of the Boiler and Unfired Pressure Vessel Code of the
American Society of Mechanical Engineers.
15. Rules for the Construction of Steel Boilers and other Pressure Vessels of the Associated
Offices Technical Committee, Manchester, England.
16. Standards of Tubular Exchanger Manufacturers Association, U.S.A.
17. INSTA --- (Inter-Nordic-STAndardization) --- Recommendation for Welded Pressure Vessels.
18. Swedish Pressure Vessel Code 1967:
Provided that the inspection of survey during manfacture of the vessel is carried out by
Inspectors or inspection bodies authorised by Angpanneforeningen (the Swedish Steam
User's Association) including the Technical X'ray Centre and the Swedish National Board
of Industrial Safety.
18. Boilers---Technische Regeln fun Dampfkessel (TRD) (Technical Regulations for Biolers) :
Provided that the inspection of survey during manufacture of the vessel is carried out by
any of the following :
(a) Members of the Vereinigung der Technischen Uberwachungs-Vereine e.V.,

Essen, the Federal Republic of Germany;
(b) Groupement des APAVE, Paris, France;
(c) Association des Industries de Belguque (A.I.B), Brussel, Belgium;
(d) Associated Offices Techincal Committee, Manchester 3, Great Britain;
(e) Technischer Uberwachungs-Verein Wien, Wien, Austria;
(f) Swhweizer Verien Von Dampfkesslebesitzern, Zurich, Switzerland;
(g) Angpanneforeningen (The Swedish Steam User's Association) Stocklholm,

Sweden.
[Ins. P.U.(A) 173/70]

(h) The Hartford Steam Boiler Inspection and Insurance Company, Connecticut,
U.S.A.
[Ins. P.U.(A) 323/99].
20. Nippon Kaiji Kyokai Rules for Boilers and Pressure Vessles.
21. American Bureau of SShipping Rules for Boilers and Pressure Vessels.
[Ins. P.U.(A) 86/79]

[Ins. P.U.(B) 40/82]

FOURTH SCHEDULE
(Subparagraph 7(2)(iv))
INSPECTING AUTHORITIES
1. Lloyd's Register Verification Limited, London.
2. Bureau Veritas International Register of Shipping, Paris.
3. Plant Safety Limited, United Kingdom.
4. Royal & Sun Alliance Insurance plc, Manchester.
5. Zurich Risk Services, United Kingdom.
6. Contract Inspection Services, OneBeacon America Insurance Company, Boston, U.S.A.
7. HSB Of Connecticut, U.S.A.
8. Bataafse Internationale Petroleum Maatschappij NV., Holland.
9. HSB Inspection Quality Limited, United Kingdom.
10. International Business & Mercantile Reassurance Company.
11. Intertek Testing Services (Japan) K.K.
12. Crown Agent for Oversea Governments and Administration, London.
13. New Zealand Marine Department.
14. Technical Standards and Safety Authority, Ontario, Canada.
15. All members of the Vereinigung der Technishen Uberwachungs- Vereine e.V.
16. Groupement des APAVE, Paris, France.
17. Association des Industriels de Belgique (A.I.B), Brussels, Belgium.
18. Associated Offices Technical Committee, Manchester 3, Great Britain.
19. Technischer Uberwachungs- Verein Wien, Wien, Austria.
20. Schweizer Verein von Dampfkesselbesitzern, Zurich, Switzerland.
21. SAQ Kontroll AB, Stockholm, Sweden.
22. The Royal Danish Boiler Inspection Department.

23. Japan Quality Assurance Organization, Tokyo.
24. Japan Boiler Association, Tokyo.
25. Japan Inspection Company Ltd., Tokyo.
26. S.G.S Far East Ltd.
27. Vincotte International, Belgium.
28. Stiching Independent Inspectors Pool, Holland with the condition that the end user of the
steam boiler or unfired pressure vessel is any Shell Group of Companies or companies
associated with Shell in Malaysia.
29. Nippon Kaiji Kyokai, Japan.
30. ABSG Consulting Inc.
31. Societe Generale de Surveillance.
32. Det Norske Veritas.
33. Germanischer Lloyds.
34. Koatsugase Hoan Kyokai (KHK), Japan.
35. Shanghai Boiler & Pressure Vessel Inspection Institute, Shanghai, People Republic of China.
36. Moody International Ltd. (M.M.I), United Kingdom.
37. Registro Italiano Navale (RINA), Italy.
38. Velosi Certification Bureau Limited, United Kingdom.
39. TUV Industrie Service GmbH, TUV Rheinland Group, Cologne.
40. TUV Suddeutschland Group, Munich.
[Subs. P.U.(A) 216/2005]

________________________________________
[Former Fourth Schedule]
INSPECTING AUTHORITIES
Regulation 7 (2) (iv)
1. Lloyds Register of Shipping, London.

2. Bureau Veritas International Register of Shipping, Paris.
3. The Scottish Boiler and General Insurance Co., Glasgow.
4. National and Vulcan Engineering Insurance Group, Manchester.
5. The British Engine Boiler and Electrical Insurance Co., Manchester.
6. The Ocean Accident and Guarantee Corporation, London.
7. The London and Lanchashire Insurance Co. Ltd, England.
8. The Eagle Star Insurance Co. Ltd, London.
9. Insurance Engineers' Ltd, London.
10. Commercial Union Insurance Co. of New York, U.S.A.
11. The American Employees Insurance Co., Mass:, U.S.A.
12. The Employees Liability Assurance Corporation Ltd, Mass:, U.S.A.
13. The Mutual Boiler Insurance Company of Boston, Mass:, U.S.A.
14. The Columbia Casualty Co., New York, U.S.A.
15. The London Guarantee and Accident Co., Ltd, New York, U.S.A.
16. The Phoenix Indemnity Co., New York, U.S.A.
17 Chief Inspector of Machinery, Western Australia.
18. The General Accident Fire and Life Assurance Corporation Ltd, England.
19. Ewbank Preece Limited, England.
20. Esso Research and Engineering Co., New Jersey, U.S.A.
21. Chief Inspector of Machinery, Sub-Department of Machinery and Scaffolding, Queensland,

Australia.
22. The Hartford Steam Boiler Inspection and Insurance Company, Conn:, U.S.A.
23. [Deleted by P.U.(A) 323/99]
24. Bataafse Internationale Petroleum Maatschappij NV., Holland.
25. The Shell International Petroleum Co., Ltd, London.
26. Central Inspection Section of the Imperial Chemical Industries Ltd, London.
27. Old Republic Insurance Company.
[Subs. P.U.(A) 365/98]
28.Intertek Testing Services (Japan) K.K.
[Subs. P.U.(A) 365/98]
29. Crown Agents for Oversea Governments and Administrations, London.
30. Chief Inspector of Boilers, Dept. of Labour and Industry, South Australia, Adelaide.
31. Chief Inspector of Boilers and Pressure Vessels, Dept. of Labour and Industry, Victoria,
Australia.
32. Chief Inspector, Dept. of Labour and Industry, N.S.W. Australia.
33. New Zealand Marine Department.
34.Technical Standards and Safety Authority, Ontario, Canada.
[Subs. P.U.(A) 323/99]

35. All members of the Vereinigung der Technischen Uberwachungs-Vereine e.V.
36. Groupment des APAVE, Paris, France;
37. Association des Industriels de Belgique (A.I.B.) Brussel, Belgium;
38. Associated Offices Technical Committee, Manchester 3, Great Britain;
39. Technischer Uberwachungs-Verein Wien, Wien, Austria;
40. Schweizer Verein von Dampfkesselbesitzern, Zurich, Switzerland;
41. SAQ Kontroll AB, Stockholm, Sweden.
[Subs. P.U.(A) 365/98]

42. The Royal Danish Boiler Inspection Department.
43.Japan Quality Assurance Organisation, Tokyo
[Subs. P.U.(A) 323/99]

44. Japan Boiler Association, Tokyo;
45. Japan Inspection Company Ltd., Tokyo;
46. S.G.s Far East Ltd.

47. Association Vincotte, Belgium.
48. Stiching Independent Inspectors Pool, Holland.
Provided that the end user of the Steam Bioler or Unifired Pressure vessel is any one of
the Shell group of Companies or Campanies associated with Shell in Malaysia.
49. Nippon Kaiji Kyokai, Japan.
50. ABS Services Inc.

[Subs. P.U.(A) 365/98]
51. Societe Generale de Surveillance S.A
52. Det Norske Veritas.
53. Germanischer Llyod.
54. Koatsugasu Hoan Kyokai (KHK), Japan.
[Ins. P.U.(A) 174/70; Ins. P.U.(B) 29/72; Ins. P.U.(B) 112/77;

Ins. P.U.(A) 87/79; Ins. P.U.(B) 665/80; Ins. P.U.(B) 41/82;
Ins. P.U.(A) 81/85; Ins. P.U.(A) 352/88; Subs. P.U.(A) 6/90]
55. Shanghai Bolier & Pressure Vessel Inspection Institute, Shanghai, People Republic of China.
[Ins. P.U.(A) 167/92]

56. Moody International Ltd. (M.M.I) United Kingdom, Germany, The Nederlans and Italy.
[Ins. P.U.(A) 418/93; Subs. P.U.(A) 365/98]

57. Registro Italiano Navale (RINA), Italy.
[Ins. P.U.(A) 195/95]

FIFTH SCHEDULE
GOVERNMENT OF MALAYSIA
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (STEAM BOILER AND UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSEL),

REGULATIONS, 1970
Regulation 7 (3)
CERTIFICATE OF INSPECTING AUTHORITY
I, ..............................................being a Member / Surveyor of ......................................................an

Inspecting Authority named in the Fourth Schedule to the Factories and Machinery (Steam Boiler
and Unfired Pressure Vessel), Regulations, 1970, Malaysia, hereby certify that Steam Boiler /
Unfired Pressure Vessel Serial No. ................................................was constructed by Messrs
........................................................ for ......................................................in accordance with their
drawing number ................................................
It was surveyed during construction by me and the scantlings are in accordance with
................................................. (being a code name in the Second / Third Schedule to the
aforementioned Regulations) for a design pressure of .............................. pounds per square
inch. The workmanship is good.
Samples of all materials used in its construction were tested by, or in the presence of, Inspectors
of this Company and found to comply with the provisions of the above-mentioned Code.
On completion the Steam Boiler / Unfired Pressure Vessel was tested hydrostatically
to........................................................... pounds per square inch for a period of
............................................. minutes in my presence on .................................................... It
Showed no signs of weakness and was found tight and sound in every respect at that pressure. It
was stamped by me as follows:
.......................................................................
.......................................................................
Dated this ..........................................................day of ............................. 19 ......................
(Signed) .............................................
Member / Surveyor
.......................................................
Chief Engineer to Inspecting Authority
SIXTH SCHEDULE
GOVERNMENT OF MALAYSIA
FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (STEAM BOILER AND UNFIRED PRESSURE VESSEL),

REGULATIONS, 1970
Regulation 72 (11)
CERTIFICATE OF HYDROSTATIC TEST OF A STEAM BOILER / UNFIRED PRESSURE

VESSEL
I certify that the Steam Boiler / Unfired Pressure Vessel, details of which are given below, was
tested hydrostatically in my presence to ..............................................................pounds per
square inch for a period of at least twenty (20) minutes and that there was no leakage or undue
deflection or distortion of its parts, and that I am satisfied that the same may be safely operated at
......................................................pounds per square inch.
Details of Steam Boiler / Unfired Pressure Vessel:
Description:
Name and address of manufacturer:
Government Reg. No.
Name and address of owner:
Date and place of test:
Dated this ..................................................day of .................................19 ..................

..............................................
Inspector
NOTE-This certificate is not a receipt for any fee.

[JK / KB. No. 414; P.N 250 / 54-258A.]
V. MANICKAVASAGAM,
Minister of Labour

FMA Regs

Transféré par

Informations du document

Description originale:

Copyright

Formats disponibles

Partager ce document

Partager ou intégrer le document

Options de partage

Avez-vous trouvé ce document utile ?

Ce contenu est-il inapproprié ?

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

FMA Regs

Transféré par

Droits d'auteur :

Formats disponibles

LAWS OF MALAYSIA

4.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (ASBESTOS PROCESS) REGULATIONS, 1986.

5.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (LEAD) REGULATIONS, 1984.

6.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (SAFETY, HEALTH AND WELFARE)

7.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (FENCING OF MACHINERY AND SAFETY)

8.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (PERSONS-IN-CHARGE) REGULATIONS, 1970.

9.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (CERTIFICATES OF COMPETENCY--

10.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (ADMINISTRATION) REGULATIONS, 1970.

11.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (ELECTRIC PASSENGER AND GOODS LIFT)

12.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (COMPOUNDABLE OFFENCES) REGULATIONS,

12.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (COMPOUNDING OF OFFENCES) RULES 1978.

14.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (NOTIFICATION, CERTIFICATION OF FITNESS

15.0 FACTORIES AND MACHINERY (STEAM BOILER AND UNFIRED PRESSURE

Regulation 1. Citation and commencement.

PART II - PERMISSIBLE EXPOSURE LIMIT

Regulation 6. Permissible exposure limit.

PART III - EXPOSURE MONITORING

PART IV - METHODS OF COMPLIANCE

Regulation 14. Control equipment.

PART V - PERSONAL PROTECTIVE EQUIPMENT

Regulation 18. General.

Regulation 21. Surfaces.

PART VII - MEDICAL EXAMINATIONS

Regulation 23. Medical examination.

PART VIII - CHANGING ROOMS AND LOCKERS

Regulation 28. Changing rooms and lockers.

PART IX - EMPLOYEE INFORMATION AND TRAINING

Regulation 29. Training.

PART X - RECORD KEEPING

Regulation 30. Medical reports and records.

PART XI - WARNING SIGNS

Regulation 34. Warning sign.

PART XII - MISCELLANEOUS

Regulation 35. Amendment of Schedule.

Regulation 1. Citation and commencement.

In these Regulations, unless the context otherwise requires -

"approved" means approved by the Chief Inspector in writing;

"mineral" means any of the substances listed in the Schedule;

Aerodynamic Diameter % passing

Regulation 4. Obligations of occupier and employee.

(2) Every employee shall -

Regulation 5. Sand blasting.

[Am. P.U.(A) 105/89]

Regulation 6. Permissible exposure limit.

(2) No employee shall be exposed to crystalline silica at a concentration greater than -

(a) 0.05 milligram per metre cube of respirable cristobalite; or

(b) 0.1 milligram per metre cube of respirable quartz; or

(c) 0.05 milligram per metre cube of respirable tridymite,

averaged over an eight-hour period.

Regulation 7. Permissible exposure limit when using respirators.

Regulation 9. Initial employee exposure monitoring.

Regulation 10. Frequency of monitoring.

Regulation 11. Additional monitoring.

Regulation 12. Employee notification.

Regulation 13. Method of monitoring and analysis: Competent person to

(2) Employee exposure monitoring shall be conducted by a competent person.

Regulation 15. Operation of control equipment, inspection and

(2) Such control equipment shall -

[Am. P.U.(A) 105/89]

Regulation 17. Respiratory protection.

(b) where an employee is employed in a prescribed area or doing a prescribed work;

Regulation 18. General.

(b) approved respiratory protective equipment.